Cloudflare integration for AI agents.
Cloudflare integration for AI agents with secure authentication and server-side credential injection. Open Connector runs the OAuth, seals the token in an encrypted vault, and serves Cloudflare tools to your agent over MCP or a typed API — credentials injected server-side, every call audited, nothing leaving your infrastructure. Open source (AGPL-3.0) and self-hostable.
Real Cloudflare actions, managed and audited.
Your user connects Cloudflare once; your agent can then secure AI-agent actions — scoped to the OAuth permissions you grant and the tool allowlist you configure. Every action is least-privilege and written to a tamper-evident audit trail.
- 1
Your user grants Cloudflare access once (OAuth) — the token lands in the vault.
- 2
Your agent calls a tool over MCP or the typed API; Open Connector injects the credential server-side.
- 3
Every routed call appends a hash-chained audit record — nothing leaves your infra.
Supported Cloudflare tools.
3,239 tools are generated from the published Cloudflare catalog. Descriptions are plain text; each action remains subject to its configured authentication and tool allowlist.
Showing 3,239 tools. All published catalog entries are included in this page's server-rendered HTML.
- Add an Access application
- Adds a new application to Access.
- Access applications
- Delete an Access application
- Deletes an application from Access.
- Access applications
- Get an Access application
- Fetches information about an Access application.
- Access applications
- List Access applications
- Lists all Access applications in an account.
- Access applications
- Update Access application settings
- Updates Access application settings.
- Access applications
- Update Access application settings
- Updates Access application settings.
- Access applications
- Revoke application tokens
- Revokes all tokens issued for an application.
- Access applications
- Test Access policies
- Tests if a specific user has permission to access an application.
- Access applications
- Update an Access application
- Updates an Access application.
- Access applications
- Get Access authentication logs
- Gets a list of Access authentication audit logs for an account.
- Access authentication logs
- List authenticator device AAGUIDs
- Returns a list of Authenticator Device AAGUIDs for MFA configuration.
- Access Authenticator Device AAGUIDs
- Create a Bookmark application
- Create a new Bookmark application.
- Access Bookmark applications (Deprecated)
- Delete a Bookmark application
- Deletes a Bookmark application.
- Access Bookmark applications (Deprecated)
- Get a Bookmark application
- Fetches a single Bookmark application.
- Access Bookmark applications (Deprecated)
- List Bookmark applications
- Lists Bookmark applications.
- Access Bookmark applications (Deprecated)
- Update a Bookmark application
- Updates a configured Bookmark application.
- Access Bookmark applications (Deprecated)
- Create a custom page
- Create a custom page
- Access custom pages
- Delete a custom page
- Delete a custom page
- Access custom pages
- Get a custom page
- Fetches a custom page and also returns its HTML.
- Access custom pages
- List custom pages
- List custom pages
- Access custom pages
- Update a custom page
- Update a custom page
- Access custom pages
- Add a new SSH Certificate Authority (CA)
- Adds a new SSH Certificate Authority (CA).
- Gateway CA
- Delete an SSH Certificate Authority (CA)
- Deletes an SSH Certificate Authority.
- Gateway CA
- List SSH Certificate Authorities (CA)
- Lists SSH Certificate Authorities (CA).
- Gateway CA
- Create an Access group
- Creates a new Access group.
- Access groups
- Delete an Access group
- Deletes an Access group.
- Access groups
- Get an Access group
- Fetches a single Access group.
- Access groups
- List Access groups
- Lists all Access groups.
- Access groups
- Update an Access group
- Updates a configured Access group.
- Access groups
- Add an Access identity provider
- Adds a new identity provider to Access.
- Access identity providers
- Create SAML encryption certificate for Identity Provider
- Creates a new SAML encryption certificate set and assigns it to the specified SAML Identity Provider. This endpoint is idempotent - if the IdP already has a certificate set assigned, the existing certificate set is returned with a 200 status. **Workflow for enabling SAML encryption:** 1. Call this endpoint to create and assign a certificate set to the IdP 2. Update the IdP configuration (PUT `/identity_providers/{id}`) with: - `config.enable_encryption: true` - `saml_certificate_set_id: <uid from step 1>` 3. Configure the certificate's public key in your external SAML Identity Provider
- Access identity providers
- Delete an Access identity provider
- Deletes an identity provider from Access.
- Access identity providers
- Get an Access identity provider
- Fetches a configured identity provider.
- Access identity providers
- List Access identity providers
- Lists all configured identity providers.
- Access identity providers
- List SCIM Group resources
- Lists SCIM Group resources synced to Cloudflare via the System for Cross-domain Identity Management (SCIM).
- Access identity providers
- List SCIM User resources
- Lists SCIM User resources synced to Cloudflare via the System for Cross-domain Identity Management (SCIM).
- Access identity providers
- Update an Access identity provider
- Updates a configured identity provider.
- Access identity providers
- Create an IdP federation grant
- Creates an IdP federation grant for the specified identity provider, making it available for federation to other accounts in the same Cloudflare organization. The account must belong to a Cloudflare organization. One-time pin and Cloudflare-managed identity providers cannot be federated. An account can federate at most five identity providers at a time.
- Access IdP federation grants
- Delete an IdP federation grant
- Deletes an IdP federation grant. The identity provider remains in the account, but it is no longer available for federation to other accounts.
- Access IdP federation grants
- Get an IdP federation grant
- Retrieves a single IdP federation grant by its UID.
- Access IdP federation grants
- List IdP federation grants
- Lists the IdP federation grants owned by the account.
- Access IdP federation grants
- Get an Access JIT request log
- Gets an account-scoped Access JIT request summary and its lifecycle events in chronological order.
- Access JIT request logs
- List Access JIT request logs
- Lists account-wide Access JIT request logs reconstructed from request lifecycle events.
- Access JIT request logs
- Get the Access key configuration
- Gets the Access key rotation settings for an account.
- Access key configuration
- Rotate Access keys
- Perfoms a key rotation for an account.
- Access key configuration
- Update the Access key configuration
- Updates the Access key rotation settings for an account.
- Access key configuration
- Add an mTLS certificate
- Adds a new mTLS root certificate to Access.
- Access mTLS authentication
- Delete an mTLS certificate
- Deletes an mTLS certificate.
- Access mTLS authentication
- Get an mTLS certificate
- Fetches a single mTLS certificate.
- Access mTLS authentication
- List mTLS certificates
- Lists all mTLS root certificates.
- Access mTLS authentication
- List all mTLS hostname settings
- List all mTLS hostname settings for this account.
- Access mTLS authentication
- Update an mTLS certificate
- Updates a configured mTLS certificate.
- Access mTLS authentication
- Update an mTLS certificate's hostname settings
- Updates an mTLS certificate's hostname settings.
- Access mTLS authentication
- Convert an Access application policy to a reusable policy
- Converts an application-scoped policy to a reusable policy. The policy will no longer be exclusively scoped to the application. Further updates to the policy should go through the /accounts/{account_id}/policies/{uid} endpoint.
- Access application-scoped policies
- Create an Access application policy
- Creates a policy applying exclusive to a single application that defines the users or groups who can reach it. We recommend creating a reusable policy instead and subsequently referencing its ID in the application's 'policies' array.
- Access application-scoped policies
- Create an Access reusable policy
- Creates a new Access reusable policy.
- Access reusable policies
- Delete an Access application policy
- Deletes an Access policy specific to an application. To delete a reusable policy, use the /accounts/{account_id}/policies/{uid} endpoint.
- Access application-scoped policies
- Delete an Access reusable policy
- Deletes an Access reusable policy.
- Access reusable policies
- Get an Access application policy
- Fetches a single Access policy configured for an application. Returns both exclusively owned and reusable policies used by the application.
- Access application-scoped policies
- Get an Access reusable policy
- Fetches a single Access reusable policy.
- Access reusable policies
- List Access application policies
- Lists Access policies configured for an application. Returns both exclusively scoped and reusable policies used by the application.
- Access application-scoped policies
- List Access reusable policies
- Lists Access reusable policies.
- Access reusable policies
- Update an Access application policy
- Updates an Access policy specific to an application. To update a reusable policy, use the /accounts/{account_id}/policies/{uid} endpoint.
- Access application-scoped policies
- Update an Access reusable policy
- Updates a Access reusable policy.
- Access reusable policies
- Start Access policy test
- Starts an Access policy test.
- Access policy tester
- Get an Access policy test users page
- Fetches a single page of user results from an Access policy test.
- Access policy tester
- Get the current status of a given Access policy test
- Fetches the current status of a given Access policy test.
- Access policy tester
- Get SAML certificate set
- Retrieves a specific SAML encryption certificate set by its UID, including both current and previous certificates if available.
- Access SAML encryption certificates
- Download current certificate in PEM format
- Downloads the current SAML encryption certificate's public key in PEM format for the specified certificate set. This endpoint is useful for providing the certificate to Identity Providers for SAML assertion encryption configuration.
- Access SAML encryption certificates
- List SAML certificate sets
- Returns a paginated list of the organization's SAML encryption certificate sets. Each certificate set includes the current and (if present) previous certificates.
- Access SAML encryption certificates
- Rotate SAML certificate
- Rotates the SAML encryption certificates within the specified certificate set. This generates a new certificate and moves the current certificate to the previous slot. If a previous certificate exists, it will be deactivated and removed. This endpoint ensures zero-downtime rotation by maintaining both current and previous certificates during the transition period, allowing IdPs time to update their configurations. Automated rotation happens 30 days before a current certificate's expiration.
- Access SAML encryption certificates
- List Access SCIM update logs
- Lists Access SCIM update logs that maintain a record of updates made to User and Group resources synced to Cloudflare via the System for Cross-domain Identity Management (SCIM).
- Access SCIM update logs
- Create a service token
- Generates a new service token. **Note:** This is the only time you can get the Client Secret. If you lose the Client Secret, you will have to rotate the Client Secret or create a new service token.
- Access service tokens
- Delete a service token
- Deletes a service token.
- Access service tokens
- Get a service token
- Fetches a single service token.
- Access service tokens
- List service tokens
- Lists all service tokens.
- Access service tokens
- Refresh a service token
- Refreshes the expiration of a service token.
- Access service tokens
- Rotate a service token
- Generates a new Client Secret for a service token and revokes the old one.
- Access service tokens
- Update a service token
- Updates a configured service token.
- Access service tokens
- Create a short-lived certificate CA
- Generates a new short-lived certificate CA and public key.
- Access short-lived certificate CAs
- Delete a short-lived certificate CA
- Deletes a short-lived certificate CA.
- Access short-lived certificate CAs
- Get a short-lived certificate CA
- Fetches a short-lived certificate CA and its public key.
- Access short-lived certificate CAs
- List short-lived certificate CAs
- Lists short-lived certificate CAs and their public keys.
- Access short-lived certificate CAs
- Create a tag
- Create a tag
- Access tags
- Delete a tag
- Delete a tag
- Access tags
- Get a tag
- Get a tag
- Access tags
- List tags
- List tags
- Access tags
- Update a tag
- Update a tag
- Access tags
- Create Token
- Create a new Account Owned API token.
- Account Owned API Tokens
- Delete Token
- Destroy an Account Owned API token.
- Account Owned API Tokens
- List Permission Groups
- Find all available permission groups for Account Owned API Tokens
- Account Owned API Tokens
- List Tokens
- List all Account Owned API tokens created for this account. Results include active, disabled, and recently-expired tokens when include_expired is set to true.
- Account Owned API Tokens
- Roll Token
- Roll the Account Owned API token secret.
- Account Owned API Tokens
- Token Details
- Get information about a specific Account Owned API token.
- Account Owned API Tokens
- Update Token
- Update an existing token.
- Account Owned API Tokens
- Verify Token
- Test whether a token works.
- Account Owned API Tokens
- Billing Profile Details
- Gets the current billing profile for the account.
- Account Billing Profile
- Create an account
- Create an account (only available for tenant admins at this time)
- Accounts
- Delete a specific account
- Delete a specific account (only available for tenant admins at this time). This is a permanent operation that will delete any zones or other resources under the account
- Accounts
- Add Account Custom Nameserver
- Adds a custom nameserver to the account for use as a vanity nameserver on zones.
- Account-Level Custom Nameservers
- Delete Account Custom Nameserver
- Removes a custom nameserver from the account.
- Account-Level Custom Nameservers
- List Account Custom Nameservers
- List an account's custom nameservers.
- Account-Level Custom Nameservers
- Get Account Custom Nameserver Related Zone Metadata
- Get metadata for account-level custom nameservers on a zone. Deprecated in favor of [Show DNS Settings](https://developers.cloudflare.com/api/operations/dns-settings-for-a-zone-list-dns-settings).
- Account-Level Custom Nameservers Usage for a Zone
- Set Account Custom Nameserver Related Zone Metadata
- Set metadata for account-level custom nameservers on a zone. If you would like new zones in the account to use account custom nameservers by default, use PUT /accounts/:identifier to set the account setting use_account_custom_ns_by_default to true. Deprecated in favor of [Update DNS Settings](https://developers.cloudflare.com/api/operations/dns-settings-for-a-zone-update-dns-settings).
- Account-Level Custom Nameservers Usage for a Zone
- Create Monitor Group
- Create a new monitor group.
- Account Load Balancer Monitor Groups
- Delete Monitor Group
- Delete a configured monitor group.
- Account Load Balancer Monitor Groups
- List Monitor Group References
- Get the list of resources that reference the provided monitor group.
- Account Load Balancer Monitor Groups
- List Monitor Groups
- List configured monitor groups.
- Account Load Balancer Monitor Groups
- Monitor Group Details
- Fetch a single configured monitor group.
- Account Load Balancer Monitor Groups
- Patch Monitor Group
- Apply changes to an existing monitor group, overwriting the supplied properties.
- Account Load Balancer Monitor Groups
- Update Monitor Group
- Modify a configured monitor group.
- Account Load Balancer Monitor Groups
- Create Monitor
- Create a configured monitor.
- Account Load Balancer Monitors
- Delete Monitor
- Delete a configured monitor.
- Account Load Balancer Monitors
- List Monitor References
- Get the list of resources that reference the provided monitor.
- Account Load Balancer Monitors
- List Monitors
- List configured monitors for an account.
- Account Load Balancer Monitors
- Monitor Details
- List a single configured monitor for an account.
- Account Load Balancer Monitors
- Patch Monitor
- Apply changes to an existing monitor, overwriting the supplied properties.
- Account Load Balancer Monitors
- Preview Monitor
- Preview pools using the specified monitor with provided monitor details. The returned preview_id can be used in the preview endpoint to retrieve the results.
- Account Load Balancer Monitors
- Preview Result
- Get the result of a previous preview operation using the provided preview_id.
- Account Load Balancer Monitors
- Update Monitor
- Modify a configured monitor.
- Account Load Balancer Monitors
- Create Pool
- Create a new pool.
- Account Load Balancer Pools
- Delete Pool
- Delete a configured pool.
- Account Load Balancer Pools
- List Pool References
- Get the list of resources that reference the provided pool.
- Account Load Balancer Pools
- List Pools
- List configured pools.
- Account Load Balancer Pools
- Patch Pool
- Apply changes to an existing pool, overwriting the supplied properties.
- Account Load Balancer Pools
- Patch Pools
- Apply changes to a number of existing pools, overwriting the supplied properties. Pools are ordered by ascending `name`. Returns the list of affected pools. Supports the standard pagination query parameters, either `limit`/`offset` or `per_page`/`page`.
- Account Load Balancer Pools
- Pool Details
- Fetch a single configured pool.
- Account Load Balancer Pools
- Pool Health Details
- Fetch the latest pool health status for a single pool.
- Account Load Balancer Pools
- Preview Pool
- Preview pool health using provided monitor details. The returned preview_id can be used in the preview endpoint to retrieve the results.
- Account Load Balancer Pools
- Update Pool
- Modify a configured pool.
- Account Load Balancer Pools
- Search Resources
- Search for Load Balancing resources.
- Account Load Balancer Search
- Account Load Balancer Details
- Fetch a single configured account-scoped load balancer.
- Account Load Balancers
- Create Account Load Balancer
- Create a new account-scoped load balancer.
- Account Load Balancers
- Delete Account Load Balancer
- Delete a configured account-scoped load balancer.
- Account Load Balancers
- List Account Load Balancers
- List configured account-scoped load balancers.
- Account Load Balancers
- List Load Balancer Usage
- Get current load balancer resource usage counts for an account.
- Account Load Balancers
- Patch Account Load Balancer
- Apply changes to an existing account-scoped load balancer, overwriting the supplied properties.
- Account Load Balancers
- Update Account Load Balancer
- Update a configured account-scoped load balancer.
- Account Load Balancers
- Add Member
- Add a user to the list of members for this account.
- Account Members
- List Members
- List all members of an account.
- Account Members
- Member Details
- Get information about a specific member of an account.
- Account Members
- Remove Member
- Remove a member from an account.
- Account Members
- Update Member
- Modify an account member.
- Account Members
- Permission Group Details
- Get information about a specific permission group in an account.
- Account Permission Groups
- List Account Permission Groups
- List all the permissions groups for an account.
- Account Permission Groups
- Request Trace
- Traces a simulated HTTP request through Cloudflare's edge to analyze how rules, settings, and configurations would process the request. Useful for debugging firewall rules, page rules, and other request transformations without sending actual traffic. Supports custom headers, cookies, body content, and geolocation context.
- Account Request Tracer
- Create Resource Group
- Create a new Resource Group under the specified account.
- Account Resource Groups
- Remove Resource Group
- Remove a resource group from an account.
- Account Resource Groups
- Resource Group Details
- Get information about a specific resource group in an account.
- Account Resource Groups
- List Resource Groups
- List all the resource groups for an account.
- Account Resource Groups
- Update Resource Group
- Modify an existing resource group.
- Account Resource Groups
- List Roles
- Get all available roles for an account.
- Account Roles
- Role Details
- Get information about a specific role for an account.
- Account Roles
- Append Subscription Action
- Smartly applies the incoming subscription into the lifecycle of the subscription.
- Account Subscriptions
- Create Subscriptions
- Creates multiple subscriptions for an account in a single request.
- Account Subscriptions
- Create Subscription
- Creates an account subscription.
- Account Subscriptions
- Delete Subscription
- Deletes an account's subscription.
- Account Subscriptions
- List Subscriptions
- Lists all of an account's subscriptions.
- Account Subscriptions
- Update Subscription
- Updates an account subscription.
- Account Subscriptions
- Create User Group
- Create a new user group under the specified account.
- Account User Groups
- Remove User Group
- Remove a user group from an account.
- Account User Groups
- User Group Details
- Get information about a specific user group in an account.
- Account User Groups
- List User Groups
- List all the user groups for an account.
- Account User Groups
- Add User Group Members
- Add members to a User Group.
- Account User Group Members
- Remove User Group Member
- Remove a member from User Group
- Account User Group Members
- Get User Group Member
- Get details of a specific member in a user group.
- Account User Group Members
- List User Group Members
- List all the members attached to a user group.
- Account User Group Members
- Update User Group Members
- Replace the set of members attached to a User Group.
- Account User Group Members
- Update User Group
- Modify an existing user group.
- Account User Groups
- Account Details
- Get information about a specific account that you are a member of.
- Accounts
- Batch move accounts
- Batch move a collection of accounts to a specific organization. ⚠️ Not implemented.
- Accounts
- Get browser extension configuration
- Returns the browser extension configuration for an account. This endpoint is currently backed by the scaffolded service response while the runtime configuration surface is being implemented.
- Browser Extension Config
- Get account profile
- Retrieves the profile information for a specific Cloudflare account, including organization details, settings, and metadata. This endpoint is commonly used to verify account access and retrieve account-level configuration.
- Accounts
- List account organizations
- Retrieve a list of the organizations that "contain" this account or are managing it. The returned list will be in order from "root" to "leaf", where the "leaf" will be the organization that _immediately_ contains the specified account.
- Accounts
- List Accounts
- List all accounts you have ownership or verified access to.
- Accounts
- List available account datasets
- Returns all dataset types that this account can create. Each entry includes the dataset schema and timestamp field. The schema shows all possible fields for a dataset. However, not all fields may be available for your account. When creating or updating a dataset, only fields available to your account can be enabled. If you request a field that is not available, you will receive an error.
- Log Explorer Datasets
- Create an account dataset
- Create a new Log Explorer dataset for the account. List available account datasets to see the dataset types and fields you can use. The `fields` property is optional. If not specified, all available fields will be enabled. For dataset field definitions, see: https://developers.cloudflare.com/logs/logpush/logpush-job/datasets/
- Log Explorer Datasets
- Get an account dataset
- Retrieve a single Log Explorer dataset by ID for the account.
- Log Explorer Datasets
- List account datasets
- Returns all Log Explorer datasets configured for the account. Pass `include_zones=true` to also include zone-level datasets that belong to this account. List responses omit the `fields` property; use the single-dataset endpoint to retrieve field configuration.
- Log Explorer Datasets
- Update an account dataset
- Updates the enabled state and/or field configuration of an account dataset.
- Log Explorer Datasets
- Run a log query
- Run a SQL query against account-level datasets. The SQL query is passed as the `query` query parameter. Because the query appears in the URL, it is subject to gateway and proxy URL-length limits and may be recorded in access logs. This endpoint is deprecated in favour of the POST variant which sends the query in the request body.
- Log Explorer Queries
- Run a log query
- Run a SQL query against account-level datasets. Timestamp fields are RFC3339 strings. Filter with: WHERE {timestamp_field} >= now() - INTERVAL '30' DAY WHERE {timestamp_field} >= '2026-04-01T00:00:00Z' WHERE {timestamp_field} BETWEEN '2026-04-01T00:00:00Z' AND '2026-04-30T23:59:59Z' List configured account datasets to see enabled account-level datasets. Zone-level datasets will not appear here. List available account datasets to inspect their schemas and timestamp fields. For more information about the datasets, and the meaning of each field, check out https://developers.cloudflare.com/logs/logpush/logpush-job/datasets/
- Log Explorer Queries
- Modify account profile
- Updates the profile information for a Cloudflare account. Allows modification of account-level settings and organizational details. Requires Account Settings Write permission.
- Accounts
- Move account
- Move an account within an organization hierarchy or an account outside an organization. (Currently in Public Beta - see https://developers.cloudflare.com/fundamentals/organizations/)
- Accounts
- Create a Turnstile Widget
- Lists challenge widgets.
- Turnstile
- Delete a Turnstile Widget
- Destroy a Turnstile Widget.
- Turnstile
- Turnstile Widget Details
- Show a single challenge widget configuration.
- Turnstile
- Rotate Secret for a Turnstile Widget
- Generate a new secret key for this widget. If `invalidate_immediately` is set to `false`, the previous secret remains valid for 2 hours. Note that secrets cannot be rotated again during the grace period.
- Turnstile
- Update a Turnstile Widget
- Update the configuration of a widget.
- Turnstile
- List Turnstile Widgets
- Lists all turnstile widgets of an account.
- Turnstile
- Update Account
- Update an existing account.
- Accounts
- Add audio tracks to a video
- Adds an additional audio track to a video using the provided audio track URL.
- Stream Audio Tracks
- Add a participant
- Adds a participant to the given meeting ID.
- Meetings
- Add a webhook
- Adds a new webhook to an App.
- Webhooks
- Ingest messages
- Processes a conversation and extracts structured memories from it. Agent Memory identifies facts, events, instructions, and tasks automatically.
- Memory
- Delete a memory
- Deletes a memory by ID. Removes the memory and any source messages linked to it. Returns the deleted memory.
- Memory
- Get a memory
- Retrieves a memory by ID.
- Memory
- List memories
- List memories stored in a profile.
- Memory
- Create a namespace
- Creates a new memory namespace owned by the account.
- Namespaces
- Delete a namespace
- Deletes a namespace.
- Namespaces
- Get a namespace
- Gets a namespace by name.
- Namespaces
- List namespaces
- Lists all namespaces for the given account. Results are paginated.
- Namespaces
- Delete a profile
- Marks a profile for deletion.
- Memory
- Recall memories
- Retrieves memories relevant to the query and returns a synthesized answer.
- Memory
- Remember a memory
- Stores a single memory explicitly.
- Memory
- Delete a session
- Marks all memories and messages in a profile that are tagged with the given session ID for deletion.
- Memory
- Get a profile summary
- Generates a structured Markdown summary of everything stored in a memory profile.
- Memory
- Bulk get robots.txt rules
- Fetches and parses robots.txt files for multiple domains within a zone in a single request. Each domain must belong to the specified zone. Results are keyed by hostname.
- AI Audit
- Get robots.txt rules
- Fetches and parses the robots.txt file for a zone or a specific subdomain within the zone. Returns parsed user-agent rules, content signals, and sitemaps.
- AI Audit
- Create an AI Search instance.
- Create a new AI Search instance with the given configuration.
- AI Search Instances
- Create a namespace
- Create a namespace for organizing AI Search instances.
- AI Search Namespaces
- Create a token
- Create a stored Cloudflare credential for an AI Search instance to access its data source.
- AI Search Tokens
- Delete an AI Search instance.
- Permanently delete an AI Search instance and all its indexed data.
- AI Search Instances
- Delete a namespace
- Permanently delete a namespace. The namespace must be empty (no instances), and the default namespace cannot be deleted.
- AI Search Namespaces
- Delete a token
- Permanently delete a stored AI Search credential. Credentials in use by an instance cannot be deleted.
- AI Search Tokens
- Get an AI Search instance.
- Retrieve the configuration and status of an AI Search instance.
- AI Search Instances
- Get a namespace
- Retrieve a namespace and its description.
- AI Search Namespaces
- Get a token
- Retrieve a stored AI Search credential without exposing its secret.
- AI Search Tokens
- Cancel an indexing job.
- Cancel an in-progress indexing job for an AI Search instance.
- AI Search Instances Jobs
- Chat Completions
- Performs a chat completion request against an AI Search instance, using indexed content as context for generating responses.
- AI Search Instances
- Create new job
- Creates a new indexing job for an AI Search instance.
- AI Search Instances Jobs
- Get a Job Details
- Retrieves details for a specific AI Search indexing job.
- AI Search Instances Jobs
- List Job Logs
- Lists log entries for an AI Search indexing job.
- AI Search Instances Jobs
- List Jobs
- Lists indexing jobs for an AI Search instance.
- AI Search Instances Jobs
- Search
- Executes a semantic search query against an AI Search instance to find relevant indexed content.
- AI Search Instances
- List AI Search instances.
- List all AI Search instances in the account.
- AI Search Instances
- List namespaces
- List namespaces in the account, including their descriptions and creation times.
- AI Search Namespaces
- List tokens
- List stored AI Search credentials in the account without exposing their secrets.
- AI Search Tokens
- Move an instance to a different namespace.
- Moves an instance from its current namespace to the specified target namespace. Use 'default' with --destination-namespace to move the instance back to the default namespace. Fails with 400 if the target namespace already has an instance with the same id (ids must be unique within a namespace — the same id can exist in different namespaces).
- AI Search Namespaces
- Create an AI Search instance.
- Create a new AI Search instance with the given configuration.
- AI Search Instances
- Delete an AI Search instance.
- Permanently delete an AI Search instance and all its indexed data.
- AI Search Instances
- Get an AI Search instance.
- Retrieve the configuration and status of an AI Search instance.
- AI Search Instances
- Cancel an indexing job.
- Cancel an in-progress indexing job for an AI Search instance.
- AI Search Instances Jobs
- Chat Completions
- Performs a chat completion request against an AI Search instance, using indexed content as context for generating responses.
- AI Search Instances
- Create new job
- Creates a new indexing job for an AI Search instance.
- AI Search Instances Jobs
- Create or Update Item.
- Creates or updates an indexed item in an AI Search instance.
- AI Search Instances Items
- Delete Item.
- Deletes a file from a managed AI Search instance and triggers a reindex.
- AI Search Instances Items
- Get Item.
- Retrieves a specific indexed item from an AI Search instance.
- AI Search Instances Items
- Download Item Content.
- Downloads the raw file content for a specific item from the managed AI Search instance storage.
- AI Search Instances Items
- Get a Job Details
- Retrieves details for a specific AI Search indexing job.
- AI Search Instances Jobs
- List Item Chunks.
- Lists chunks for a specific item in an AI Search instance, including their text content.
- AI Search Instances Items
- Items List.
- Lists indexed items in an AI Search instance.
- AI Search Instances Items
- List Job Logs
- Lists log entries for an AI Search indexing job.
- AI Search Instances Jobs
- List Jobs
- Lists indexing jobs for an AI Search instance.
- AI Search Instances Jobs
- Item Logs.
- Lists processing logs for a specific item in an AI Search instance.
- AI Search Instances Items
- Search
- Executes a semantic search query against an AI Search instance to find relevant indexed content.
- AI Search Instances
- Sync Item.
- Syncs an item to an AI Search instance index.
- AI Search Instances Items
- Upload AI Search item from URL
- Downloads a file from a public HTTPS URL with redirect, timeout, and size guards, then uploads it to a Cloudflare AI Search instance as multipart/form-data.
- AI Search Instances Itemsuploadurl
- List AI Search instances.
- List all AI Search instances in the account.
- AI Search Instances
- Multi-Instance Chat Completions
- Performs a chat completion request against multiple AI Search instances in parallel, merging retrieved content as context for generating a response.
- AI Search Account Search
- Multi-Instance Search
- Performs a semantic search query against multiple AI Search instances in parallel, merging the retrieved results into a single ranked response.
- AI Search Account Search
- Purge search cache.
- Purges all cached search results for an AI Search instance. A new internal cache key is generated, immediately orphaning all prior cached entries.
- AI Search Instances
- Get instance statistics.
- Retrieve usage and indexing statistics for an AI Search instance.
- AI Search Instances
- Update an AI Search instance.
- Update the configuration of an AI Search instance.
- AI Search Instances
- Get instance statistics.
- Retrieve usage and indexing statistics for an AI Search instance.
- AI Search Instances
- Update an AI Search instance.
- Update the configuration of an AI Search instance.
- AI Search Instances
- Update a namespace
- Update the description of an existing namespace. The default namespace cannot be modified.
- AI Search Namespaces
- Update a token
- Replace a stored AI Search credential and invalidate cached credentials for instances that use it.
- AI Search Tokens
- Get AI Security for Apps Custom Topics
- Get the AI Security for Apps custom topic categories for a zone.
- AI Security for Apps
- Set AI Security for Apps Custom Topics
- Set the AI Security for Apps custom topic categories for a zone. A maximum of 20 custom topics can be configured per zone. Each topic label must be 2–20 characters using only lowercase letters (a–z), digits (0–9), and hyphens. Each topic description must be 2–50 printable ASCII characters. Changes can take up to a minute to propagate to the zone.
- AI Security for Apps
- Get AI Security for Apps Status
- Get whether AI Security for Apps is enabled or disabled for a zone.
- AI Security for Apps
- Set AI Security for Apps Status
- Enable or disable AI Security for Apps for a zone. Changes can take up to a minute to propagate to the zone.
- AI Security for Apps
- Check top-up status
- Get the payment processing status of a top-up by its invoice ID.
- AI Gateway
- Create a top-up
- Create a credit top-up via Stripe PaymentIntent for the given account.
- AI Gateway
- Delete spending limit
- Remove the spending limit for the account.
- AI Gateway
- Delete auto top-up configuration
- Remove the auto top-up configuration for the account.
- AI Gateway
- Get credit balance
- Retrieve the current credit balance, payment method info, and top-up configuration.
- AI Gateway
- Get invoice history
- Retrieve a list of past invoices with pagination, optionally filtered by type.
- AI Gateway
- Get invoice preview
- Retrieve a preview of the upcoming invoice including line items and tax.
- AI Gateway
- Get spending limit
- Retrieve the current spending limit configuration for the account.
- AI Gateway
- Get auto top-up configuration
- Retrieve the current auto top-up threshold, amount, and any error state.
- AI Gateway
- Get account top-up limits
- Retrieve the minimum and maximum allowed top-up amounts (in cents) for this account.
- AI Gateway
- Get usage history
- Retrieve aggregated usage meter event summaries for the given time range.
- AI Gateway
- Set spending limit (deprecated)
- Deprecated: spending limits can no longer be created, enabled, or modified and this endpoint always responds 403. Use the new AI Gateway spend limits instead: https://developers.cloudflare.com/ai-gateway/features/spend-limits/. Existing limits can be removed via DELETE /spending-limit.
- AI Gateway
- Set auto top-up configuration
- Configure auto top-up with a balance threshold and top-up amount.
- AI Gateway
- Create a new Account Provider
- Creates a new AI Gateway.
- AI Gateway Account Providers
- Create a new Account Provider Cost
- Creates a new AI Gateway.
- AI Gateway Account Provider Costs
- Create a new Dataset
- Creates a new AI Gateway.
- AI Gateway Datasets
- Create a new Evaluation
- Creates a new AI Gateway.
- AI Gateway Evaluations
- Create a new Gateway
- Creates a new AI Gateway.
- AI Gateway Gateways
- Create a new Provider Configs
- Creates a new AI Gateway.
- AI Gateway Provider Configs
- Delete a Account Provider
- Deletes an AI Gateway dataset.
- AI Gateway Account Providers
- Delete a Account Provider Cost
- Deletes an AI Gateway dataset.
- AI Gateway Account Provider Costs
- Delete a Dataset
- Deletes an AI Gateway dataset.
- AI Gateway Datasets
- Delete a Evaluation
- Deletes an AI Gateway dataset.
- AI Gateway Evaluations
- Delete a Gateway
- Deletes an AI Gateway dataset.
- AI Gateway Gateways
- Delete an AI Gateway Dynamic Route.
- Delete an AI Gateway Dynamic Route.
- AI Gateway Dynamic Routes
- Delete Gateway Logs
- Deletes gateway log entries matching the specified criteria.
- AI Gateway Logs
- Delete a Provider Configs
- Deletes an AI Gateway dataset.
- AI Gateway Provider Configs
- Fetch a Account Provider
- Retrieves details for a specific AI Gateway dataset.
- AI Gateway Account Providers
- Fetch a Account Provider Cost
- Retrieves details for a specific AI Gateway dataset.
- AI Gateway Account Provider Costs
- Fetch a Dataset
- Retrieves details for a specific AI Gateway dataset.
- AI Gateway Datasets
- Fetch a Evaluation
- Retrieves details for a specific AI Gateway dataset.
- AI Gateway Evaluations
- Fetch a Gateway
- Retrieves details for a specific AI Gateway dataset.
- AI Gateway Gateways
- Get an AI Gateway Dynamic Route.
- Get an AI Gateway Dynamic Route.
- AI Gateway Dynamic Routes
- Get an AI Gateway Dynamic Route Version.
- Get an AI Gateway Dynamic Route Version.
- AI Gateway Dynamic Routes
- Get Gateway Log Detail
- Retrieves detailed information for a specific AI Gateway log entry.
- AI Gateway Logs
- Get Gateway Log Request
- Retrieves the original request payload for an AI Gateway log entry.
- AI Gateway Logs
- Get Gateway Log Response
- Retrieves the response payload for an AI Gateway log entry.
- AI Gateway Logs
- Get Gateway URL
- Retrieves the endpoint URL for an AI Gateway.
- AI Gateway Gateways
- List Account Providers
- Lists all AI Gateway evaluator types configured for the account.
- AI Gateway Account Providers
- List Account Provider Costs
- Lists all AI Gateway evaluator types configured for the account.
- AI Gateway Account Provider Costs
- List Datasets
- Lists all AI Gateway evaluator types configured for the account.
- AI Gateway Datasets
- List Evaluations
- Lists all AI Gateway evaluator types configured for the account.
- AI Gateway Evaluations
- List Evaluators
- Lists all available evaluator types for scoring AI gateway responses.
- AI Gateway Evaluations
- List Gateways
- Lists all AI Gateway evaluator types configured for the account.
- AI Gateway Gateways
- List all AI Gateway Dynamic Route Deployments.
- List all AI Gateway Dynamic Route Deployments.
- AI Gateway Dynamic Routes
- List all AI Gateway Dynamic Route Versions.
- List all AI Gateway Dynamic Route Versions.
- AI Gateway Dynamic Routes
- List all AI Gateway Dynamic Routes.
- List all AI Gateway Dynamic Routes.
- AI Gateway Dynamic Routes
- List Gateway Logs
- Lists request/response log entries for the AI gateway with filtering and pagination.
- AI Gateway Logs
- List Provider Configs
- Lists all AI Gateway evaluator types configured for the account.
- AI Gateway Provider Configs
- Patch Gateway Log
- Updates metadata for an AI Gateway log entry.
- AI Gateway Logs
- Create a new AI Gateway Dynamic Route.
- Create a new AI Gateway Dynamic Route.
- AI Gateway Dynamic Routes
- Create a new AI Gateway Dynamic Route Deployment.
- Create a new AI Gateway Dynamic Route Deployment.
- AI Gateway Dynamic Routes
- Create a new AI Gateway Dynamic Route Version.
- Create a new AI Gateway Dynamic Route Version.
- AI Gateway Dynamic Routes
- Update a Account Provider
- Updates an existing AI Gateway dataset.
- AI Gateway Account Providers
- Update a Account Provider Cost
- Updates an existing AI Gateway dataset.
- AI Gateway Account Provider Costs
- Update a Dataset
- Updates an existing AI Gateway dataset.
- AI Gateway Datasets
- Update a Gateway
- Updates an existing AI Gateway dataset.
- AI Gateway Gateways
- Update an AI Gateway Dynamic Route.
- Update an AI Gateway Dynamic Route.
- AI Gateway Dynamic Routes
- Update a Provider Configs
- Updates an existing AI Gateway dataset.
- AI Gateway Provider Configs
- Execute an Analytics Engine SQL query via query parameter
- Executes a SQL query against Workers Analytics Engine data. Pass the SQL query as a query parameter. The response uses newline-delimited JSON (NDJSON) by default, or a single JSON object when the query includes a FORMAT JSON clause. Use the POST method for longer queries that may exceed URL length limits.
- Analytics Engine
- Execute an Analytics Engine SQL query via request body
- Executes a SQL query against Workers Analytics Engine data. Pass the SQL query in the request body as plain text. The response uses newline-delimited JSON (NDJSON) by default, or a single JSON object when the query includes a FORMAT JSON clause. Prefer this method for longer queries that may exceed URL length limits.
- Analytics Engine
- Analyze Certificate
- Returns the set of hostnames, the signature algorithm, and the expiration date of the certificate.
- Analyze Certificate
- Retrieve a discovered operation
- Retrieve a single discovered operation by ID
- API Shield API Discovery
- Retrieve discovered operations on a zone
- Retrieve the most up to date view of discovered operations
- API Shield API Discovery
- Retrieve discovered operations on a zone rendered as OpenAPI schemas
- Retrieve the most up to date view of discovered operations, rendered as OpenAPI schemas
- API Shield API Discovery
- Patch discovered operation
- Update the `state` on a discovered operation
- API Shield API Discovery
- Patch discovered operations
- Update the `state` on one or more discovered operations
- API Shield API Discovery
- Delete user label
- Delete user label
- API Shield Labels
- Add one operation to a zone
- Add one operation to a zone. Endpoints can contain path variables. Host, method, endpoint will be normalized to a canoncial form when creating an operation and must be unique on the zone. Inserting an operation that matches an existing one will return the record of the already existing operation and update its last_updated date.
- API Shield Endpoint Management
- Add operations to a zone
- Add one or more operations to a zone. Endpoints can contain path variables. Host, method, endpoint will be normalized to a canoncial form when creating an operation and must be unique on the zone. Inserting an operation that matches an existing one will return the record of the already existing operation and update its last_updated date.
- API Shield Endpoint Management
- Delete an operation
- Removes a single API operation from API Shield endpoint management. The operation will no longer be tracked or protected by API Shield rules.
- API Shield Endpoint Management
- Delete multiple operations
- Bulk removes multiple API operations from API Shield endpoint management in a single request. Efficient for cleaning up unused endpoints.
- API Shield Endpoint Management
- Retrieve information about all operations on a zone
- Lists all API operations tracked by API Shield for a zone with pagination. Returns operation details including method, path, and feature configurations.
- API Shield Endpoint Management
- Retrieve information about an operation
- Gets detailed information about a specific API operation in API Shield, including its schema validation settings and traffic statistics.
- API Shield Endpoint Management
- Retrieve operations and features as OpenAPI schemas
- Retrieves API operations and their features exported as OpenAPI schemas.
- API Shield Endpoint Management
- Generate fallthrough WAF expression template from a set of API hosts
- Creates an expression template fallthrough rule for API Shield. Used for configuring default behavior when no other expression templates match.
- API Shield WAF Expression Templates
- Create user labels
- Create user labels
- API Shield Labels
- Delete user labels
- Delete user labels
- API Shield Labels
- Retrieve all labels
- Retrieve all labels
- API Shield Labels
- Retrieve managed label
- Retrieve managed label
- API Shield Labels
- Retrieve user label
- Retrieve user label
- API Shield Labels
- Replace operation(s) attached to a managed label
- Replace all operations(s) attached to a managed label
- API Shield Labels
- Replace operation(s) attached to a user label
- Replace all operations(s) attached to a user label
- API Shield Labels
- Bulk remove label(s) on operation(s) in endpoint management
- Bulk remove label(s) on operation(s) in endpoint management
- API Shield Labels
- Bulk attach label(s) on operation(s) in endpoint management
- Bulk attach label(s) on operation(s) in endpoint management
- API Shield Labels
- Bulk replace label(s) on operation(s) in endpoint management
- Bulk replace label(s) on operation(s) in endpoint management
- API Shield Labels
- Remove label(s) on an operation in endpoint management
- Remove label(s) on an operation in endpoint management
- API Shield Labels
- Attach label(s) on an operation in endpoint management
- Attach label(s) on an operation in endpoint management
- API Shield Labels
- Replace label(s) on an operation in endpoint management
- Replace label(s) on an operation in endpoint management
- API Shield Labels
- Patch user label
- Update certain fields on a label
- API Shield Labels
- Update user label
- Update all fields on a label
- API Shield Labels
- Delete a schema
- Permanently removes an uploaded OpenAPI schema from API Shield schema validation. Operations using this schema will lose their validation rules.
- API Shield Schema Validation 2.0
- Enable validation for a schema
- Activates schema validation for an uploaded OpenAPI schema. Requests to matching endpoints will be validated against the schema definitions.
- API Shield Schema Validation 2.0
- Retrieve all operations from a schema.
- Retrieves all operations from the schema. Operations that already exist in API Shield Endpoint Management will be returned as full operations.
- API Shield Schema Validation 2.0
- Update zone level schema validation settings
- Updates zone level schema validation settings on the zone
- API Shield Schema Validation 2.0
- Upload a schema to a zone
- Uploads a new OpenAPI schema for API Shield schema validation. The schema defines expected request/response formats for API endpoints.
- API Shield Schema Validation 2.0
- Retrieve information about all schemas on a zone
- Lists all OpenAPI schemas uploaded to API Shield for the zone, including their validation status and associated operations.
- API Shield Schema Validation 2.0
- Retrieve information about a specific schema on a zone
- Gets detailed information about a specific uploaded OpenAPI schema, including its contents and validation configuration.
- API Shield Schema Validation 2.0
- Retrieve operation-level schema validation settings
- Retrieves operation-level schema validation settings on the zone
- API Shield Schema Validation 2.0
- Retrieve schema hosts in a zone
- Lists all unique hosts found in uploaded OpenAPI schemas for the zone. Useful for understanding which domains have schema coverage.
- API Shield Schema Validation 2.0
- Retrieve zone level schema validation settings
- Retrieves zone level schema validation settings currently set on the zone
- API Shield Schema Validation 2.0
- Update multiple operation-level schema validation settings
- Updates multiple operation-level schema validation settings on the zone
- API Shield Schema Validation 2.0
- Update operation-level schema validation settings
- Updates operation-level schema validation settings on the zone
- API Shield Schema Validation 2.0
- Update zone level schema validation settings
- Updates zone level schema validation settings on the zone
- API Shield Schema Validation 2.0
- Retrieve information about specific configuration properties
- Gets the current API Shield configuration settings for a zone, including validation behavior and enforcement mode.
- API Shield Settings
- Update configuration properties
- Updates API Shield configuration settings for a zone. Can modify validation strictness, enforcement mode, and other global settings.
- API Shield Settings
- Archive a finding
- Archive one or more finding instances.
- findings
- Archives Security Center Insight
- Archives a Security Center insight for an account, removing it from the active insights list while preserving historical data.
- Security Center Insights
- Archives Security Center Insight
- Deprecated endpoint for archiving Security Center insights. Use the newer archive-security-center-insight endpoint instead.
- Security Center Insights
- Archives Zone Security Center Insight
- Archives a zone-specific Security Center insight, removing it from the active zone insights while preserving historical data.
- Security Center Insights
- Argo Analytics for a zone at different PoPs
- Retrieves Argo Smart Routing analytics broken down by geographic points of presence (PoPs). Shows latency improvements and routing efficiency per location.
- Argo Analytics for Geolocation
- Argo Analytics for a zone
- Retrieves aggregate Argo Smart Routing analytics for a zone, including latency improvements, bandwidth savings, and routing statistics.
- Argo Analytics for Zone
- Get Argo Smart Routing setting
- Retrieves the value of Argo Smart Routing enablement setting.
- Argo Smart Routing
- Patch Argo Smart Routing setting
- Configures the value of the Argo Smart Routing enablement setting.
- Argo Smart Routing
- Query analytics summary
- Returns aggregate summary stats for a dataset. Includes current-period and previous-period totals for trend comparison.
- ART Analytics
- Query analytics timeseries
- Returns time-bucketed analytics data for a dataset. Includes time slots, each containing the requested stats, group-by dimensions, and resolution-controlled bucket size (e.g. `hour`, `day`).
- ART Analytics
- Query analytics top-N
- Returns the top N results for a dataset by a specified stat. Includes an array of result rows, each containing the requested stats and group-by dimensions.
- ART Analytics
- Get a namespace
- Returns an Artifacts namespace summary.
- Artifacts
- List namespaces
- Lists Artifacts namespaces for an account.
- Artifacts
- List repository tokens
- Lists tokens for a repository.
- Artifacts
- Read a Git blob
- Returns raw bytes for an immutable Git blob object. Blob responses are cacheable forever by hash.
- Artifacts
- Read a Git commit
- Returns decoded metadata for an immutable Git commit object. Commit responses are cacheable forever by hash.
- Artifacts
- Create a repository
- Creates a Git-compatible Artifacts repository in a namespace.
- Artifacts
- Delete a repository
- Deletes a repository and schedules cleanup of its backing data.
- Artifacts
- Read a file
- Returns raw bytes for a file resolved by ref and path.
- Artifacts
- Fork a repository
- Forks a source repository into a new repository.
- Artifacts
- Get a repository
- Returns repository metadata.
- Artifacts
- Import a repository
- Imports an HTTPS Git repository into an Artifacts repository.
- Artifacts
- List repositories
- Lists repositories in a namespace.
- Artifacts
- Read commit history
- Returns commit metadata walking backwards from a ref, branch, tag, or HEAD.
- Artifacts
- Read a raw file with content type
- Returns file bytes resolved by ref and path, with a sniffed content type and browser-safe response headers.
- Artifacts
- Read a Git tree
- Returns decoded entries for an immutable Git tree object. Tree responses are cacheable forever by hash.
- Artifacts
- Create a repository token
- Creates a scoped Git token for a repository.
- Artifacts
- Revoke a token
- Revokes an Artifacts repository token.
- Artifacts
- Get ASN Overview.
- Gets an overview of the Autonomous System Number (ASN) and a list of subnets for it.
- ASN Intelligence
- Get ASN Subnets
- Get ASN Subnets.
- ASN Intelligence
- Get account audit logs
- Gets a list of audit logs for an account. Can be filtered by who made the change, on which zone, and the timeframe of the change.
- Audit Logs
- Get user audit logs
- Gets a list of audit logs for a user account. Can be filtered by who made the change, on which zone, and the timeframe of the change.
- Audit Logs
- Get resource change history from an account audit log entry (Version 2)
- Returns the chronological change history for the resource identified by the given audit log entry. The endpoint first locates the source audit log entry by `id` (using `action_time` to narrow the lookup window), derives identifying filters from that entry, and then returns matching audit logs within the `since`/`before` window. The `result_info.history_status` field indicates the quality of the resource identification used: - `exact`: Resource was identified by the resource URI. - `approximate`: Resource was identified without the resource URI. - `unavailable`: The source audit log entry did not contain enough information to identify the resource; an empty result is returned.
- Audit Logs
- Get account audit logs (Version 2)
- Gets a list of audit logs for an account.
- Audit Logs
- Get resource change history from an organization audit log entry (Version 2)
- Returns the chronological change history for the resource identified by the given organization-scoped audit log entry. The endpoint first locates the source audit log entry by `id` (using `action_time` to narrow the lookup window), derives identifying filters from that entry, and then returns matching audit logs within the `since`/`before` window. The `result_info.history_status` field indicates the quality of the resource identification used: - `exact`: Resource was identified by the resource URI. - `approximate`: Resource was identified without the resource URI. - `unavailable`: The source audit log entry did not contain enough information to identify the resource; an empty result is returned.
- Audit Logs
- Get organization audit logs (Version 2)
- Gets a list of audit logs for an organization.
- Audit Logs
- List account audit log product categories (Version 2)
- Lists the available audit log product categories and the resource products each one expands to. Use these values with the product_category filter on the account audit logs endpoint.
- Audit Logs
- AI Search
- Runs an AI Search query against an AutoRAG.
- AutoRAG RAG Search
- Files
- Lists files indexed by an AutoRAG.
- AutoRAG RAG
- Get a Job Details
- Returns details for an AutoRAG job.
- AutoRAG Jobs
- List Job Logs
- Lists logs for an AutoRAG job.
- AutoRAG Jobs
- List Jobs
- Lists jobs for an AutoRAG.
- AutoRAG Jobs
- Search
- Searches an AutoRAG.
- AutoRAG RAG Search
- Sync
- Starts synchronization for an AutoRAG.
- AutoRAG RAG
- List available Page Rules settings
- Returns a list of settings (and their details) that Page Rules can apply to matching requests.
- Available Page Rules settings
- Begin SSO connector verification
- Validates the user has added the DNS TXT record required for validating ownership of the domain they are trying to set up a connector for.
- SSO
- Get PayGo Account Billable Usage (Version 1, Alpha)
- Returns billable usage data for PayGo (self-serve) accounts. When no query parameters are provided, returns usage for the current billing period.
- Billable Usage
- Get PayGo Account Billable Usage Info (Version 1, Alpha)
- Returns high-level usage information for the account, including coverage, and subscription metadata.
- Billable Usage
- Get Account Usage (Version 2, Alpha, Restricted)
- Returns cost and usage data for a single Cloudflare account, aligned with the [FinOps FOCUS v1.3](https://focus.finops.org/focus-specification/v1-3/) Cost and Usage dataset specification. Each record represents one billable metric for one account on one day. This includes all metered usage, including usage that falls within free-tier allowances and may result in zero cost. **Note:** Cost and pricing fields are not yet populated and will be absent from responses until billing integration is complete. When `from` and `to` are omitted, defaults to the start of the current month through today. The maximum date range is 31 days.
- Billable Usage V2
- Get Organization Usage (Version 2, Alpha, Restricted)
- Returns cost and usage data for all accounts within an organization, aligned with the [FinOps FOCUS v1.3](https://focus.finops.org/focus-specification/v1-3/) Cost and Usage dataset specification. Each record represents one billable metric for one account on one day. This includes all metered usage, including usage that falls within free-tier allowances and may result in zero cost. The response includes usage for every account belonging to the specified organization. **Note:** Cost and pricing fields are not yet populated and will be absent from responses until billing integration is complete. When `from` and `to` are omitted, defaults to the start of the current month through today. The maximum date range is 31 days.
- Billable Usage V2
- Get Zone Bot Management Config
- Retrieve a zone's Bot Management Config
- Bot Settings
- Update Zone Bot Management Config
- Updates the Bot Management configuration for a zone. This API is used to update: - **Bot Fight Mode** - **Super Bot Fight Mode** - **Bot Management for Enterprise** See [Bot Plans](https://developers.cloudflare.com/bots/plans/) for more information on the different plans \ If you recently upgraded or downgraded your plan, refer to the following examples to clean up old configurations. Copy and paste the example body to remove old zone configurations based on your current plan. #### Clean up configuration for Bot Fight Mode plan ```json { "sbfm_likely_automated": "allow", "sbfm_definitely_automated": "allow", "sbfm_verified_bots": "allow", "sbfm_static_resource_protection": false, "optimize_wordpress": false, "suppress_session_score": false } ``` #### Clean up configuration for SBFM Pro plan ```json { "sbfm_likely_automated": "allow", "fight_mode": false } ``` #### Clean up configuration for SBFM Biz plan ```json { "fight_mode": false } ``` #### Clean up configuration for BM Enterprise Subscription plan It is strongly recommended that you ensure you have [custom rules](https://developers.cloudflare.com/waf/custom-rules/) in place to protect your zone before disabling the SBFM rules. Without these protections, your zone is vulnerable to attacks. ```json { "sbfm_likely_automated": "allow", "sbfm_definitely_automated": "allow", "sbfm_verified_bots": "allow", "sbfm_static_resource_protection": false, "optimize_wordpress": false, "fight_mode": false } ```
- Bot Settings
- Submit a feedback report
- Submit a feedback report for the specified zone. Use `type` to indicate whether the report is a false positive (good traffic flagged as bot) or a false negative (bot traffic missed). Furthermore, you can also use `expression` as a wirefilter to identify the affected traffic sample. See more accepted API fields and expression types at https://developers.cloudflare.com/bots/concepts/feedback-loop/#api-fields and https://developers.cloudflare.com/bots/concepts/feedback-loop/#expression-fields, respectively.
- Feedback
- List zone feedback reports
- Returns all feedback reports previously submitted for the specified zone. Feedback reports help improve detection by sharing samples of traffic that were misclassified as bots or humans.
- Feedback
- Delete an ASN
- Delete an ASN from botnet threat feed for a given user.
- Botnet Threat Feed
- Get daily report
- Gets all the data the botnet tracking database has for a given ASN registered to user account for given date. If no date is given, it will return results for the previous day.
- Botnet Threat Feed
- Get full report
- Gets all the data the botnet threat feed tracking database has for a given ASN registered to user account.
- Botnet Threat Feed
- Get list of ASNs
- Gets a list of all ASNs registered for a user for the DDoS Botnet Feed API.
- Botnet Threat Feed
- Cancel a crawl job.
- Cancels an ongoing crawl job by setting its status to cancelled and stopping all queued URLs.
- brapi
- Close browser session.
- Closes an existing browser session.
- brapi
- Get crawl result.
- Returns the result of a crawl job.
- brapi
- Connect to browser session.
- Establishes a WebSocket connection to an existing browser session.
- brapi
- Acquire and connect to browser session.
- Acquires and establishes a WebSocket connection to a browser session.
- brapi
- List targets.
- Returns a list of all debuggable targets including tabs, pages, service workers, and other browser contexts.
- brapi
- Activate a browser target.
- Activates (brings to front) a specific browser target by its ID.
- brapi
- Close a browser target.
- Closes a specific browser target (tab, page, etc.) by its ID. Returns 'Target is closing' on success or an error if the target is not found.
- brapi
- List targets.
- Returns a list of all debuggable targets including tabs, pages, service workers, and other browser contexts.
- brapi
- Get Chrome DevTools Protocol schema.
- Returns the complete Chrome DevTools Protocol schema including all domains, commands, events, and types. This schema describes the entire CDP API surface.
- brapi
- Get a target by ID.
- Returns the debuggable target with the given ID.
- brapi
- Get browser version metadata.
- Get browser version metadata.
- brapi
- Connect to a specific Chrome DevTools page.
- Establishes a WebSocket connection to a specific Chrome DevTools target or page.
- brapi
- Get session details.
- Get details for a specific browser session.
- brapi
- List sessions.
- List active browser sessions.
- brapi
- Get accessibility tree page
- Returns the page's accessibility tree. Use `interestingOnly` to only return semantically meaningful nodes; use `root` to scope the tree to a CSS-selector-anchored subtree. Control page loading with `gotoOptions` and `waitFor*` options.
- brapi
- Get HTML content.
- Fetches rendered HTML content from provided URL or HTML. Check available options like `gotoOptions` and `waitFor*` to control page load behaviour.
- brapi
- Crawl websites.
- Starts a crawl job for the provided URL and its children. Check available options like `gotoOptions` and `waitFor*` to control page load behaviour.
- brapi
- Get a browser session ID.
- Acquires a browser and returns its session ID and websocket URL.
- brapi
- Get json.
- Gets json from a webpage from a provided URL or HTML. Pass `prompt` or `schema` in the body. Control page loading with `gotoOptions` and `waitFor*` options.
- brapi
- Get Links.
- Get links from a web page.
- brapi
- Get markdown.
- Gets markdown of a webpage from provided URL or HTML. Control page loading with `gotoOptions` and `waitFor*` options.
- brapi
- Get PDF.
- Fetches rendered PDF from provided URL or HTML. Check available options like `gotoOptions` and `waitFor*` to control page load behaviour.
- brapi
- Scrape elements.
- Get meta attributes like height, width, text and others of selected elements.
- brapi
- Get screenshot.
- Takes a screenshot of a webpage from provided URL or HTML. Control page loading with `gotoOptions` and `waitFor*` options. Customize screenshots with `viewport`, `fullPage`, `clip` and others.
- brapi
- Get HTML content and screenshot.
- Returns the page's HTML content and screenshot. Control page loading with `gotoOptions` and `waitFor*` options. Customize screenshots with `viewport`, `fullPage`, `clip` and others.
- brapi
- Open a new browser tab.
- Opens a new tab in the browser. Optionally specify a URL to navigate to.
- brapi
- Create multiple prefixes.
- Create multiple prefixes for an account.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Create a new app
- Creates a new Cloudflare calls app. An app is an unique enviroment where each Session can access all Tracks within the app.
- Calls Apps
- Delete app
- Deletes an app from Cloudflare Calls
- Calls Apps
- List apps
- Lists all apps in the Cloudflare account
- Calls Apps
- Retrieve app details
- Fetches details for a single Calls app.
- Calls Apps
- Edit app details
- Edit details for a single app.
- Calls Apps
- Delete TURN key
- Deletes a TURN key from Cloudflare Calls
- Calls TURN Keys
- Retrieve TURN key details
- Fetches details for a single TURN key.
- Calls TURN Keys
- Create a new TURN key
- Creates a new Cloudflare Calls TURN key.
- Calls TURN Keys
- List TURN Keys
- Lists all TURN keys in the Cloudflare account
- Calls TURN Keys
- Edit TURN key details
- Edit details for a single TURN key.
- Calls TURN Keys
- Cancel build
- Cancel a running or queued build
- Builds
- Create Catalog Sync
- Create a new Catalog Sync (Closed Beta).
- Catalog Sync
- Delete Catalog Sync
- Delete a Catalog Sync (Closed Beta).
- Catalog Sync
- List Catalog Syncs
- List Catalog Syncs (Closed Beta).
- Catalog Sync
- Patch Catalog Sync
- Update a Catalog Sync (Closed Beta).
- Catalog Sync
- List Prebuilt Policies
- List prebuilt catalog sync policies (Closed Beta).
- Catalog Sync
- Read Catalog Sync
- Read a Catalog Sync (Closed Beta).
- Catalog Sync
- Run Catalog Sync
- Refresh a Catalog Sync's destination by running the sync policy against latest resource catalog (Closed Beta).
- Catalog Sync
- Update Catalog Sync
- Update a Catalog Sync (Closed Beta).
- Catalog Sync
- Delete Advanced Certificate Manager Certificate Pack
- For a given zone, delete an advanced certificate pack.
- Certificate Packs
- Get Certificate Pack
- For a given zone, get a certificate pack.
- Certificate Packs
- Get Certificate Pack Quotas
- For a given zone, list certificate pack quotas.
- Certificate Packs
- List Certificate Packs
- For a given zone, list all active certificate packs.
- Certificate Packs
- Order Advanced Certificate Manager Certificate Pack
- For a given zone, order an advanced certificate pack.
- Certificate Packs
- Restart Validation or Update Advanced Certificate Manager Certificate Pack
- For a given zone, restart validation or add cloudflare branding for an advanced certificate pack. The former is only a validation operation for a Certificate Pack in a validation_timed_out status.
- Certificate Packs
- Update the severity for a finding
- Update the severity of a Finding. This will update the `severity_override` field on the Finding payload with the new severity value.
- findings
- Check whether a report can be appealed
- Returns whether the report is currently appealable, along with the signals behind that decision: whether it already has an open appeal, how many appeals have been submitted against it, and whether it has at least one mitigation that an appeal could reverse.
- tseng-abuse-complaint-processor_other
- Client Certificate Details
- Get Details for a single mTLS API Shield Client Certificate.
- API Shield Client Certificates for a Zone
- Create Client Certificate
- Create a new API Shield mTLS Client Certificate.
- API Shield Client Certificates for a Zone
- Revoke Client Certificate
- Set a API Shield mTLS Client Certificate to pending_revocation status for processing to revoked status.
- API Shield Client Certificates for a Zone
- Reactivate Client Certificate
- If a API Shield mTLS Client Certificate is in a pending_revocation state, you may reactivate it with this endpoint.
- API Shield Client Certificates for a Zone
- List Client Certificates
- List all of your Zone's API Shield mTLS Client Certificates by Status and/or using Pagination.
- API Shield Client Certificates for a Zone
- List Hostname Associations
- List Hostname Associations.
- API Shield Client Certificates for a Zone
- Replace Hostname Associations
- Replace Hostname Associations.
- API Shield Client Certificates for a Zone
- Add patterns to exemption rules
- Add regex patterns to per-account exemption rules (union semantics). Missing keys leave that type untouched; duplicates are silently deduped.
- Rules
- Create a rule
- Create a new detection rule.
- Rules
- Delete all rules
- Delete all rules in an account.
- Rules
- Delete a rule
- Delete an existing rule.
- Rules
- Get exemption rules for an account
- Get all exemption rule patterns for the account, grouped by type.
- Rules
- Get managed rules
- Get DFP managed rule metadata (name and description) from YARA rules.
- Rules
- Get a rule
- Get a single rule by ID.
- Rules
- Get dashboard stats
- Get statistics about rules for the dashboard.
- Rules
- Get folder tree structure
- Get the folder tree structure for rules navigation.
- Rules
- List rules
- List all rules for an account with optional filtering.
- Rules
- Delete a Priority Intelligence Requirement
- Deletes a priority intelligence request from Cloudforce One.
- Priority Intelligence Requirements (PIR)
- Get a Priority Intelligence Requirement
- Retrieves a specific priority intelligence request from Cloudforce One.
- Priority Intelligence Requirements (PIR)
- List Priority Intelligence Requirements
- Lists priority intelligence requests in Cloudforce One.
- Priority Intelligence Requirements (PIR)
- Create a New Priority Intelligence Requirement
- Creates a new priority intelligence request in Cloudforce One.
- Priority Intelligence Requirements (PIR)
- Get Priority Intelligence Requirement Quota
- Retrieves quota usage for Cloudforce One priority requests.
- Priority Intelligence Requirements (PIR)
- Update a Priority Intelligence Requirement
- Updates a priority intelligence request in Cloudforce One.
- Priority Intelligence Requirements (PIR)
- Remove patterns from exemption rules
- Remove regex patterns from per-account exemption rules. Missing keys leave that type untouched; non-existent patterns are silently skipped.
- Rules
- Delete a Request Asset
- Removes an asset from a Cloudforce One intelligence request.
- Request for Information (RFI)
- Get a Request Asset
- Retrieves an asset attached to a Cloudforce One intelligence request.
- Request for Information (RFI)
- List Request Assets
- Lists assets attached to a Cloudforce One intelligence request.
- Request for Information (RFI)
- Create a New Request Asset
- Uploads a new asset to a Cloudforce One intelligence request.
- Request for Information (RFI)
- Update a Request Asset
- Updates an asset in a Cloudforce One intelligence request.
- Request for Information (RFI)
- Get Request Priority, Status, and TLP constants
- Retrieves constant values used in Cloudforce One requests, including valid statuses and types.
- Request for Information (RFI)
- Delete a Request
- Deletes a Cloudforce One intelligence request and all associated data.
- Request for Information (RFI)
- Get a Request
- Retrieves details for a specific Cloudforce One intelligence request.
- Request for Information (RFI)
- List Requests
- Lists Cloudforce One intelligence requests with filtering and pagination.
- Request for Information (RFI)
- Delete a Request Message
- Removes a message from a Cloudforce One intelligence request thread.
- Request for Information (RFI)
- List Request Messages
- Lists messages in a Cloudforce One intelligence request conversation.
- Request for Information (RFI)
- Create a New Request Message
- Adds a message to a Cloudforce One intelligence request conversation.
- Request for Information (RFI)
- Update a Request Message
- Updates a message in a Cloudforce One intelligence request thread.
- Request for Information (RFI)
- Create a New Request.
- Creating a request adds the request into the Cloudforce One queue for analysis. In addition to the content, a short title, type, priority, and releasability should be provided. If one is not provided, a default will be assigned.
- Request for Information (RFI)
- Get Request Quota
- Retrieves quota usage for Cloudforce One standard requests.
- Request for Information (RFI)
- Get Request Types
- Lists available request types for Cloudforce One intelligence requests.
- Request for Information (RFI)
- Update a Request
- Updating a request alters the request in the Cloudforce One queue. This API may be used to update any attributes of the request after the initial submission. Only fields that you choose to update need to be add to the request body.
- Request for Information (RFI)
- Search rules
- Search rules using hybrid, vector, keyword, or exact retrieval, backed by AI Search with a SQL fallback.
- Rules
- Update exemption rule patterns
- Replace existing exemption patterns with new values. Each key maps to an array of {old_pattern, new_pattern} entries. Missing keys leave that type untouched. Fails if any old pattern is not found or any new pattern already exists.
- Rules
- Update a rule
- Update an existing rule.
- Rules
- Validate rule with context
- Validate rule syntax, name uniqueness, namespace, and meta checks.
- Rules
- Configure DMARC Reports
- Updates the DMARC report configuration for a zone. At least one of `enabled` or `skip_wizard` must be provided. When enabling, the handler will ensure the DMARC RUA record exists in DNS.
- Email Auth
- Delete Workers VPC connectivity service
- Delete Workers VPC connectivity service
- Connectivity Services
- Get Workers VPC connectivity service
- Get Workers VPC connectivity service
- Connectivity Services
- List Workers VPC connectivity services
- List Workers VPC connectivity services
- Connectivity Services
- Create Workers VPC connectivity service
- Create Workers VPC connectivity service
- Connectivity Services
- Update Workers VPC connectivity service
- Update Workers VPC connectivity service
- Connectivity Services
- Execute a command in a container instance
- Executes a command in a running container instance and returns its buffered standard output, standard error, and exit code.
- ApplicationsContainer Instances
- Proxy a request to a container instance
- Forwards an HTTP request to a running container instance by invoking fetch on the backing Durable Object. The container must be running. The container response status, headers, and text body are returned in the API response body.
- ApplicationsContainer Instances
- Get credentials to SSH into a Container
- Get a JWT to hit the SSH port on a given container.
- Deployments
- Create an account ruleset
- Creates a ruleset at the account level.
- Account Rulesets
- Create an account ruleset rule
- Adds a new rule to an account ruleset. The rule will be added to the end of the existing list of rules in the ruleset by default.
- Account Rulesets
- Create allowlist prefix.
- Create an allowlist prefix for an account.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Create App
- Create new app for your account
- Apps
- Create a new application
- Create a new application. An Application represents an intent to run one or more containers, with the same image, dynamically scheduled based on constraints
- Applications
- Create a new rollout for an application
- A rollout can be used to update the application's configuration across instances with minimal downtime.
- ApplicationsRollouts
- Create build token
- Create a new build authentication token
- Build Tokens
- Create a new CNI object
- Create a new CNI object
- CNIs
- Create a container instance
- Creates a new container instance within an application. The instance's container is started immediately by invoking startAndWaitForPorts on the backing Durable Object.
- ApplicationsContainer Instances
- Create a content export
- Creates a CSV export for content and accepts optional filters in the payload.
- exports
- Create Credential
- Creates a new credential within a credential set.
- Credentials
- Create Credential Set
- Creates a new credential set.
- Credential Sets
- Create deploy hook
- Create a new deploy hook for a worker script.
- Deploy Hooks
- Create deployment group
- Creates a new deployment group. Policy IDs must be unique across all deployment groups. This endpoint is in Beta.
- Deployment Groups
- Create a DEX Rule
- Create a DEX Rule.
- DEX Rules
- Create DNS Protection rule.
- Create a DNS Protection rule for an account.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Create new findings export request
- Creates a CSV export for findings and accepts optional filters in the payload.
- exports
- Create a finding instances export
- Creates a CSV export for Finding instances and accepts optional filters in the payload. The `storage_namespace_id` path parameter is derived from the finding ID by base64-decoding it (which yields `integration_id:finding_type_id`) and replacing the colon with a hyphen.
- exports
- Create Hyperdrive
- Creates and returns a new Hyperdrive configuration.
- Hyperdrive
- Add a new image registry configuration
- Add a new image registry into your account, so then Cloudflare can pull docker images with public key JWT authentication
- Image Registries
- Create integration
- Creates a new integration for the specified application. Integration creation with OAuth is not supported by API at the moment. For other auth methods, use `GET /v2/applications/{application_id}/credential-guide` to see the required credential structure and example payloads for each vendor.
- Integrations
- Create a new interconnect
- Create a new interconnect
- Interconnects
- Create IP profile
- Creates a WARP Device IP profile. Currently, only IPv4 Device subnets can be associated.
- IP Profiles
- Create an independent livestream
- Creates a livestream for the given App ID and returns ingest server, stream key, and playback URL. You can pass custom input to the ingest server and stream key, and freely distribute the content using the playback URL on any player that supports HLS/LHLS.
- Live streams
- Create manual build
- Trigger a manual build for a specific trigger
- Triggers
- Create a meeting
- Create a meeting for the given App ID.
- Meetings
- Create a poll
- Creates a new poll in an active session for the given meeting ID.
- Active session
- Create prefix.
- Create a prefix for an account.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Creates remediation jobs
- Create one or more remediation jobs tied to a specific Cloudflare Account.
- remediations
- Create a remediation jobs export
- Creates a CSV export for remediation jobs and accepts optional filters in the payload.
- exports
- Create Scan
- Creates and starts a new vulnerability scan. The response may include non-fatal warnings in the `messages` array.
- Scans
- Create a SYN Protection filter.
- Create a SYN Protection filter for an account.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Create SYN Protection rule.
- Create a SYN Protection rule for an account.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Create Target Environment
- Creates a new target environment for the account.
- Target Environments
- Create a TCP Flow Protection filter.
- Create a TCP Flow Protection filter for an account.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Create TCP Flow Protection rule.
- Create a TCP Flow Protection rule for an account.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Create trigger
- Create a new CI/CD trigger
- Triggers
- Create a new webhook configuration
- Creates a new webhook configuration for sending finding notifications to external endpoints.
- webhooks
- Create webhook jobs
- Creates webhook jobs to send a finding instance to one or more configured webhooks.
- webhooks
- Create Worker
- Create a new Worker.
- Workers
- Create worker build configuration
- Create a new build configuration for a Worker script, linking it to a git repository with CI/CD triggers.
- Workers
- Create Version
- Create a new version.
- Versions
- Create a zone ruleset
- Creates a ruleset at the zone level.
- Zone Rulesets
- Create a zone ruleset rule
- Adds a new rule to a zone ruleset. The rule will be added to the end of the existing list of rules in the ruleset by default.
- Zone Rulesets
- Get CSAM Scanner setting
- Retrieve the current CSAM Scanner configuration for a zone. The notification email is masked by default in responses.
- CSAM Scanner Settings
- Update CSAM Scanner setting
- Update the CSAM Scanner configuration for a zone. Allows enabling or disabling CSAM scanning, updating the notification email, and configuring scanning sources. When a new email is provided, email verification is triggered automatically. The `enabled` field is a toggle; the server may adjust it based on whether the notification email is verified. Returns 403 if the zone or account is locked by Trust & Safety.
- CSAM Scanner Settings
- Get CT Alerting Subscription
- Retrieve the Certificate Transparency alerting subscription settings for a zone. Returns whether CT monitoring is enabled and, for Business and Enterprise zones, the list of email addresses that receive alerts.
- CT Alerting
- Update CT Alerting Subscription
- Create or update the Certificate Transparency alerting subscription for a zone. Enables or disables email notifications when certificates are issued for the zone's domains. For Free and Pro zones, the subscription is toggled on or off using the enabled field. Notification emails are sent to all users with SSL permissions on the zone. For Business and Enterprise zones, the emails field is required and controls which addresses receive alerts. Setting emails to an empty list disables the subscription regardless of the enabled field. A maximum of 10 email addresses may be configured.
- CT Alerting
- Create a custom asset
- Creates a new custom asset at the zone level.
- Custom assets for a zone
- Delete a custom asset
- Deletes an existing custom asset.
- Custom assets for a zone
- Get a custom asset
- Fetches the details of a custom asset.
- Custom assets for a zone
- List custom assets
- Fetches all the custom assets at the zone level.
- Custom assets for a zone
- Update a custom asset
- Updates the configuration of an existing custom asset.
- Custom assets for a zone
- Create a custom asset
- Creates a new custom asset at the account level.
- Custom assets for an account
- Delete a custom asset
- Deletes an existing custom asset.
- Custom assets for an account
- Get a custom asset
- Fetches the details of a custom asset.
- Custom assets for an account
- List custom assets
- Fetches all the custom assets at the account level.
- Custom assets for an account
- Update a custom asset
- Updates the configuration of an existing custom asset.
- Custom assets for an account
- Create Custom CSR
- Generate a new custom Certificate Signing Request (CSR) for a zone. Cloudflare generates and securely stores the private key associated with the CSR. The CSR can then be provided to a Certificate Authority for signing. Once signed, the certificate is uploaded via the Custom SSL endpoint using the CSR ID.
- Custom CSRs for a Zone
- Custom CSR Details
- Retrieve details for a specific custom Certificate Signing Request (CSR).
- Custom CSRs for a Zone
- Delete Custom CSR
- Delete a custom Certificate Signing Request (CSR) and its associated private key. A CSR cannot be deleted if any custom certificates still reference it.
- Custom CSRs for a Zone
- List Custom CSRs
- List all custom Certificate Signing Requests (CSRs) for a zone.
- Custom CSRs for a Zone
- Create Custom CSR
- Generate a new custom Certificate Signing Request (CSR) for an account. Cloudflare generates and securely stores the private key associated with the CSR.
- Custom CSRs for an Account
- Custom CSR Details
- Retrieve details for a specific custom Certificate Signing Request (CSR).
- Custom CSRs for an Account
- Delete Custom CSR
- Delete a custom Certificate Signing Request (CSR) and its associated private key.
- Custom CSRs for an Account
- List Custom CSRs
- List all custom Certificate Signing Requests (CSRs) for an account.
- Custom CSRs for an Account
- Delete Fallback Origin for Custom Hostnames
- Removes the fallback origin configuration for custom hostnames on a zone. Custom hostnames without specific origins will no longer have a fallback.
- Custom Hostname Fallback Origin for a Zone
- Get Fallback Origin for Custom Hostnames
- Retrieves the current fallback origin configuration for custom hostnames on a zone. The fallback origin handles traffic when specific custom hostname origins are unavailable.
- Custom Hostname Fallback Origin for a Zone
- Update Fallback Origin for Custom Hostnames
- Updates the fallback origin configuration for custom hostnames on a zone. Sets the default origin server for custom hostname traffic.
- Custom Hostname Fallback Origin for a Zone
- Create Custom Hostname
- Add a new custom hostname and request that an SSL certificate be issued for it. One of three validation methods—http, txt, email—should be used, with 'http' recommended if the CNAME is already in place (or will be soon). Specifying 'email' will send an email to the WHOIS contacts on file for the base domain plus hostmaster, postmaster, webmaster, admin, administrator. If http is used and the domain is not already pointing to the Managed CNAME host, the PATCH method must be used once it is (to complete validation). Enable bundling of certificates using the custom_cert_bundle field. The bundling process requires the following condition One certificate in the bundle must use an RSA, and the other must use an ECDSA.
- Custom Hostname for a Zone
- Custom Hostname Details
- Retrieves detailed information about a specific custom hostname, including SSL certificate status, ownership verification, and origin configuration.
- Custom Hostname for a Zone
- Delete Custom Hostname (and any issued SSL certificates)
- Permanently deletes a custom hostname and revokes any SSL certificates that were issued for it. This action cannot be undone.
- Custom Hostname for a Zone
- Delete Single Certificate And Key For Custom Hostname
- Delete a single custom certificate from a certificate pack that contains two bundled certificates. Deletion is subject to the following constraints. You cannot delete a certificate if it is the only remaining certificate in the pack. At least one certificate must remain in the pack.
- Custom Hostname for a Zone
- Replace Custom Certificate and Custom Key In Custom Hostname
- Replace a single custom certificate within a certificate pack that contains two bundled certificates. The replacement must adhere to the following constraints. You can only replace an RSA certificate with another RSA certificate or an ECDSA certificate with another ECDSA certificate.
- Custom Hostname for a Zone
- Edit Custom Hostname
- Modify SSL configuration for a custom hostname. When sent with SSL config that matches existing config, used to indicate that hostname should pass domain control validation (DCV). Can also be used to change validation type, e.g., from 'http' to 'email'. Bundle an existing certificate with another certificate by using the "custom_cert_bundle" field. The bundling process supports combining certificates as long as the following condition is met. One certificate must use the RSA algorithm, and the other must use the ECDSA algorithm.
- Custom Hostname for a Zone
- Get Custom Hostname Quota
- Returns custom hostname quota usage for a zone. The allocated quota is a soft limit; creating custom hostnames after usage exceeds this limit can still succeed until the hard cap is reached. Use the exceeded and hard_cap fields to track when usage is above the soft limit and when new custom hostname creation will be rejected.
- Custom Hostname for a Zone
- List Custom Hostnames
- List, search, sort, and filter all of your custom hostnames.
- Custom Hostname for a Zone
- Grant permission to indicator feed
- Grants access permissions for a custom threat indicator feed to other accounts.
- Custom Indicator Feeds
- Create new indicator feed
- Creates a new custom threat indicator feed for sharing threat intelligence data.
- Custom Indicator Feeds
- Create indicator feed provider
- Creates a new indicator feed provider for an account. Only available to Intel accounts.
- Custom Indicator Feeds
- Download indicator feed data
- Downloads the content of a custom threat indicator feed.
- Custom Indicator Feeds
- Get indicator feed data
- Retrieves the raw data entries in a custom threat indicator feed.
- Custom Indicator Feeds
- Get indicator feed metadata
- Retrieves details for a specific custom threat indicator feed.
- Custom Indicator Feeds
- Get indicator feeds owned by this account
- Retrieves details for all accessible custom threat indicator feeds.
- Custom Indicator Feeds
- Revoke permission to indicator feed
- Revokes access permissions for a custom threat indicator feed.
- Custom Indicator Feeds
- Update indicator feed data
- Revises the raw data entries in a custom threat indicator feed. Accepts both plain and gzipped STIX2/CRDF bodies. Gzip is detected by RFC 1952 magic bytes (`0x1f 0x8b`) and/or a `.gz` filename suffix (case-insensitive) — either signal alone is sufficient to trigger the gzip path; if the body is not valid gzip, the upload fails fast. Customers are encouraged to gzip larger uploads — the api-gateway 500 MB body cap applies to the on-the-wire (compressed) size, so gzip lets a single upload carry several GiB of decompressed STIX.
- Custom Indicator Feeds
- Update indicator feed metadata
- Revises details for a specific custom threat indicator feed.
- Custom Indicator Feeds
- List indicator feed permissions
- Lists current access permissions for custom threat indicator feeds.
- Custom Indicator Feeds
- Upload Custom Origin Trust Store
- Upload a root CA certificate to the Custom Origin Trust Store for a Zone. Only root CA certificates are accepted.
- Custom Origin Trust Store
- Delete Custom Origin Trust Store
- Removes a root CA certificate from the custom origin trust store. Origins using certificates signed by this CA will no longer be trusted.
- Custom Origin Trust Store
- Custom Origin Trust Store Details
- Retrieves details about a specific root CA certificate in the custom origin trust store, including expiration and subject information.
- Custom Origin Trust Store
- List Custom Origin Trust Store Details
- Get Custom Origin Trust Store for a Zone.
- Custom Origin Trust Store
- Create a preview token
- Creates a signed JWT token used to preview custom pages before they are published. The API gateway rewrites zone-scoped requests to the account-level service endpoint.
- Custom pages for a zone
- Get a custom page
- Fetches the details of a custom page.
- Custom pages for a zone
- List custom pages
- Fetches all the custom pages at the zone level.
- Custom pages for a zone
- Update a custom page
- Updates the configuration of an existing custom page.
- Custom pages for a zone
- Create a preview token
- Creates a signed JWT token used to preview custom pages before they are published.
- Custom pages for an account
- Get a custom page
- Fetches the details of a custom page.
- Custom pages for an account
- List custom pages
- Fetches all the custom pages at the account level.
- Custom pages for an account
- Update a custom page
- Updates the configuration of an existing custom page.
- Custom pages for an account
- Create SSL Configuration
- Upload a new SSL certificate for a zone.
- Custom SSL for a Zone
- Delete SSL Configuration
- Remove a SSL certificate from a zone.
- Custom SSL for a Zone
- Edit SSL Configuration
- Upload a new private key and/or PEM/CRT for the SSL certificate. Note: PATCHing a configuration for sni_custom certificates will result in a new resource id being returned, and the previous one being deleted.
- Custom SSL for a Zone
- List SSL Configurations
- List, search, and filter all of your custom SSL certificates. The higher priority will break ties across overlapping 'legacy_custom' certificates, but 'legacy_custom' certificates will always supercede 'sni_custom' certificates.
- Custom SSL for a Zone
- Re-prioritize SSL Certificates
- If a zone has multiple SSL certificates, you can set the order in which they should be used during a request. The higher priority will break ties across overlapping 'legacy_custom' certificates.
- Custom SSL for a Zone
- SSL Configuration Details
- Retrieves details for a specific custom SSL certificate, including certificate metadata, bundle method, geographic restrictions, and associated keyless server configuration.
- Custom SSL for a Zone
- Create D1 Database
- Returns the created D1 database.
- D1
- Delete D1 Database
- Deletes the specified D1 database.
- D1
- Export D1 Database as SQL
- Returns a URL where the SQL contents of your D1 can be downloaded. Note: this process may take some time for larger DBs, during which your D1 will be unavailable to serve queries. To avoid blocking your DB unnecessarily, an in-progress export must be continually polled or will automatically cancel.
- D1
- Get D1 Database
- Returns the specified D1 database.
- D1
- Import SQL into your D1 Database
- Generates a temporary URL for uploading an SQL file to, then instructing the D1 to import it and polling it for status updates. Imports block the D1 for their duration.
- D1
- List D1 Databases
- Returns a list of D1 databases.
- D1
- Query D1 Database
- Returns the query result as an object.
- D1
- Raw D1 Database query
- Returns the query result rows as arrays rather than objects. This is a performance-optimized version of the /query endpoint.
- D1
- Get D1 database bookmark
- Retrieves the current bookmark, or the nearest bookmark at or before a provided timestamp. Bookmarks can be used with the restore endpoint to revert the database to a previous point in time.
- D1
- Restore D1 Database to a bookmark or point in time
- Restores a D1 database to a previous point in time either via a bookmark or a timestamp.
- D1
- Update D1 Database
- Updates the specified D1 database.
- D1
- Update D1 Database partially
- Updates partially the specified D1 database.
- D1
- Top integrations by content findings
- Returns the top N integrations ranked by total content findings.
- Data Security
- Data security findings summary
- Returns aggregate current-period and previous-period totals for CASB findings.
- Data Security
- Data security findings timeseries
- Returns merged time-bucketed CASB findings.
- Data Security
- Retrieve the DCV Delegation unique identifier.
- Retrieve the account and zone specific unique identifier used as part of the CNAME target for DCV Delegation.
- DCV Delegation
- Delete an account ruleset
- Deletes all versions of an existing account ruleset.
- Account Rulesets
- Delete an account ruleset rule
- Deletes an existing rule from an account ruleset.
- Account Rulesets
- Delete an account ruleset version
- Deletes an existing version of an account ruleset.
- Account Rulesets
- Delete brands by ID
- Return a success message after deleting brands by ID
- brand_protection
- Delete patterns for brands by ID
- Return a success message after deleting patterns for brands by ID
- brand_protection
- Delete saved logo queries by ID
- Return a success message after deleting saved logo queries by ID
- logo_match
- Delete saved string queries by ID
- Return a success message after deleting saved string queries by ID
- domain_search
- Delete Logpush job
- Deletes a Logpush job.
- Logpush jobs for an account
- Validate destination
- Validates destination.
- Logpush jobs for an account
- Check destination exists
- Checks if there is an existing job with a destination.
- Logpush jobs for an account
- Delete CMB config
- Deletes CMB config.
- Logcontrol CMB config for an account
- Delete allowlist prefix.
- Delete the allowlist prefix for an account given a UUID.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Delete all allowlist prefixes.
- Delete all allowlist prefixes for an account.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Delete a single application by id
- Deletes a single application by id
- Applications
- Delete additional audio tracks on a video
- Deletes additional audio tracks on a video. Deleting a default audio track is not allowed. You must assign another audio track as default prior to deletion.
- Stream Audio Tracks
- Delete build token
- Remove a build authentication token
- Build Tokens
- Deletes a category
- Delete a category by its identifier.
- Category
- Delete a specified CNI object
- Delete a specified CNI object
- CNIs
- Delete collection
- Deletes a collection and all its items. This action cannot be undone. The Durable Object storage is deleted asynchronously.
- Collections
- Delete column
- Delete a column from the collection schema. Data is preserved as orphaned UUID keys (forensic safety) and filtered from API responses.
- Collections
- Delete a container instance
- Stops the backing Durable Object container by sending SIGKILL. The instance remains visible until normal runtime lifecycle processing marks it asleep and eventually prunes it.
- ApplicationsContainer Instances
- Delete Credential
- Deletes a credential.
- Credentials
- Delete Credential Set
- Deletes a credential set and all of its credentials.
- Credential Sets
- Delete a dataset
- Soft-deletes a dataset given a datasetId.
- Dataset
- Delete domain query
- Delete a saved brand protection domain query from the account_queries table. This operation will remove the query from the durable object database. Returns 404 if the query ID doesn't exist.
- Brand Protection
- Delete logo query
- Delete a saved brand protection logo query. Returns 404 if the query ID doesn't exist.
- Brand Protection
- Delete a Scan Config
- Delete a Scan Config
- Scans
- Delete deploy hook
- Delete a deploy hook.
- Deploy Hooks
- Delete deployment group
- Deletes a deployment group. Associated policies no longer apply and devices stop receiving version targets. This endpoint is in Beta.
- Deployment Groups
- Delete device
- Deletes a WARP device.
- Physical Devices
- Delete a DEX Rule
- Delete a DEX Rule.
- DEX Rules
- Delete DNS Protection rule.
- Delete a DNS Protection rule specified by the given UUID.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Delete all DNS Protection rules.
- Delete all DNS Protection rules for an account.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Delete environment variable
- Remove a specific environment variable from a trigger
- Environment Variables
- Deletes one or more events
- Delete one or more events from a dataset.
- Event
- Delete a saved event query
- Delete a saved event query by its ID
- Event
- Removes an event reference
- Remove one or more references from an event.
- Event
- Removes a tag from an event
- Remove one or more tags from an event.
- Event
- Delete a group for an account
- Delete a group for an account
- Groups
- Delete a group member
- Delete a group member
- Groups
- Delete Hyperdrive
- Deletes the specified Hyperdrive.
- Hyperdrive
- Delete a registry from the account
- Delete a registry from the account, this will make Cloudchamber unable to pull images from the registry
- Image Registries
- Deletes an indicator
- Deletes a specific indicator by its UUID.
- Indicator
- Delete integration
- Delete an integration by soft-deleting it.
- Integrations
- Delete an interconnect object
- Delete an interconnect object
- Interconnects
- Delete IP profile
- Delete a WARP Device IP profile.
- IP Profiles
- Delete collection item
- Delete an item from a collection by its identifier.
- Collections
- Delete letter template
- Delete a user-defined takedown letter template. System templates cannot be deleted.
- Brand Protection
- Delete Managed Transforms
- Disables all Managed Transforms.
- Managed Transforms
- Delete a participant
- Deletes a participant for the given meeting and participant ID.
- Meetings
- Delete a permission for dataset
- Delete a permission
- Permissions
- Delete prefix.
- Delete the prefix for an account given a UUID.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Delete all prefixes.
- Delete all prefixes for an account.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Delete a preset
- Deletes a preset using the provided preset ID
- Presets
- Delete account Email Sending suppression
- Delete account Email Sending suppression
- Email Sending suppressions
- Delete account email suppression
- Deletes an email suppression for the specified account.
- Email Routing suppressions
- Delete account email suppression
- Deletes an email suppression for the specified account.
- Email Sending suppressions
- Delete zone email suppression
- Deletes an email suppression for the specified zone.
- Email Routing suppressions
- Delete zone email suppression
- Deletes an email suppression for the specified zone.
- Email Sending suppressions
- Delete registration
- Deletes a WARP registration.
- Registrations
- Delete registrations
- Deletes a list of WARP registrations.
- Physical Devices
- Delete repository connection
- Remove a repository connection
- Repository Connections
- Delete Scan
- Deletes a scan and all associated data. Only scans in a terminal state (`finished`, `failed`) may be deleted. Attempting to delete a scan that is still being created or executed (`created`, `scheduled`, `planning`, `running`) returns `400`.
- Scans
- Deletes security.txt
- Removes the security.txt file configuration for a zone. The /.well-known/security.txt endpoint will no longer be served.
- security.txt
- Delete SSO connector
- Deletes an SSO connector from the account.
- SSO
- Delete SYN Protection filter.
- Delete a SYN Protection filter specified by the given UUID.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Delete all SYN Protection filters.
- Delete all SYN Protection filters for an account.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Delete SYN Protection rule.
- Delete a SYN Protection rule specified by the given UUID.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Delete all SYN Protection rules.
- Delete all SYN Protection rules for an account.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Deletes a tag category (SoT)
- Deletes a Source-of-Truth tag category by UUID.
- TagCategory
- Deletes a tag (SoT)
- Deletes a Source-of-Truth tag by UUID.
- Tag
- Delete takedown letter
- Delete a specific takedown letter and its associated PDF from storage.
- Brand Protection
- Delete takedown notice
- Delete a takedown notice and all associated letters. PDFs are also removed from storage.
- Brand Protection
- Delete Target Environment
- Removes a target environment.
- Target Environments
- Delete TCP Flow Protection filter.
- Delete a TCP Flow Protection filter specified by the given UUID.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Delete all TCP Flow Protection filters.
- Delete all TCP Flow Protection filters for an account.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Delete TCP Flow Protection rule.
- Delete a TCP Flow Protection rule specified by the given UUID.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Delete all TCP Flow Protection rules.
- Delete all TCP Flow Protection rules for an account.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Delete trigger
- Remove a CI/CD trigger
- Triggers
- Delete URL Normalization settings
- Deletes the URL Normalization settings.
- URL Normalization
- [DEPRECATED] Delete Pipeline
- [DEPRECATED] Delete a pipeline. Use the new /pipelines/v1/pipelines endpoint instead.
- workers_pipelines_other
- Delete Pipelines
- Delete Pipeline in Account.
- workers_pipelines_other
- Delete Sink
- Delete Pipeline in Account.
- workers_pipelines_other
- Delete Stream
- Delete Stream in Account.
- workers_pipelines_other
- Delete a webhook configuration
- Soft deletes a webhook configuration by its unique identifier. The webhook will be marked as deleted and will no longer be available for use.
- webhooks
- Delete a webhook
- Removes a webhook for the given webhook ID.
- Webhooks
- Delete Worker
- Delete a Worker and all its associated resources (versions, deployments, etc.).
- Workers
- Delete worker build configuration
- Delete the build configuration for a Worker script.
- Workers
- Delete Version
- Delete a version.
- Versions
- Delete a zone ruleset
- Deletes all versions of an existing zone ruleset.
- Zone Rulesets
- Delete a zone ruleset rule
- Deletes an existing rule from a zone ruleset.
- Zone Rulesets
- Delete a zone ruleset version
- Deletes an existing version of a zone ruleset.
- Zone Rulesets
- Delete a zone snippet
- Deletes a snippet belonging to the zone.
- Zone Snippets
- Delete zone snippet rules
- Deletes all snippet rules belonging to the zone.
- Zone Snippets
- Delete Logpush job
- Deletes a Logpush job.
- Logpush jobs for a zone
- Create Destination
- Create a new Workers Observability Telemetry Destination.
- Destinations
- Get Destinations
- List your Workers Observability Telemetry Destinations.
- Destinations
- Update Destination
- Update an existing Workers Observability Telemetry Destination.
- Destinations
- Delete Destination
- Delete a Workers Observability Telemetry Destination.
- Destinations
- Create Device DEX test
- Create a DEX test.
- DEX Synthetic Application Monitoring
- Delete Device DEX test
- Delete a Device DEX test. Returns the remaining device dex tests for the account.
- DEX Synthetic Application Monitoring
- List Device DEX tests
- Fetch all DEX tests.
- DEX Synthetic Application Monitoring
- Get Device DEX test
- Fetch a single DEX test.
- DEX Synthetic Application Monitoring
- Update Device DEX test
- Update a DEX test.
- DEX Synthetic Application Monitoring
- Create a device managed network
- Creates a new device managed network.
- Device Managed Networks
- Delete a device managed network
- Deletes a device managed network and fetches a list of the remaining device managed networks for an account.
- Device Managed Networks
- Get device managed network details
- Fetches details for a single managed network.
- Device Managed Networks
- List your device managed networks
- Fetches a list of managed networks for an account.
- Device Managed Networks
- Update a device managed network
- Updates a configured device managed network.
- Device Managed Networks
- Create a device posture integration
- Create a new device posture integration.
- Device Posture Integrations
- Delete a device posture integration
- Delete a configured device posture integration.
- Device Posture Integrations
- Get device posture integration details
- Fetches details for a single device posture integration.
- Device Posture Integrations
- List your device posture integrations
- Fetches the list of device posture integrations for an account.
- Device Posture Integrations
- Update a device posture integration
- Updates a configured device posture integration.
- Device Posture Integrations
- Create a device posture rule
- Creates a new device posture rule.
- Device posture rules
- Delete a device posture rule
- Deletes a device posture rule.
- Device posture rules
- Get device posture rule details
- Fetches a single device posture rule.
- Device posture rules
- List device posture rules
- Fetches device posture rules for a Zero Trust account.
- Device posture rules
- Update a device posture rule
- Updates a device posture rule.
- Device posture rules
- Create a device settings profile
- Creates a device settings profile to be applied to certain devices matching the criteria.
- Devices
- Delete a device settings profile
- Deletes a device settings profile and fetches a list of the remaining profiles for an account.
- Devices
- Get device (deprecated)
- Fetches a single WARP device. Not supported when [multi-user mode](https://developers.cloudflare.com/cloudflare-one/connections/connect-devices/warp/deployment/mdm-deployment/windows-multiuser/) is enabled for the account. **Deprecated**: please use one of the following endpoints instead: - GET /accounts/{account_id}/devices/physical-devices/{device_id} - GET /accounts/{account_id}/devices/registrations/{registration_id}
- Devices
- Get the default device settings profile
- Fetches the default device settings profile for an account.
- Devices
- Get device settings profile by ID
- Fetches a device settings profile by ID.
- Devices
- Get your Local Domain Fallback list
- Fetches a list of domains to bypass Gateway DNS resolution. These domains will use the specified local DNS resolver instead.
- Devices
- Get the Local Domain Fallback list for a device settings profile
- Fetches the list of domains to bypass Gateway DNS resolution from a specified device settings profile. These domains will use the specified local DNS resolver instead.
- Devices
- Get device certificate provisioning status
- Fetches device certificate provisioning.
- Devices
- Get the Split Tunnel exclude list
- Fetches the list of routes excluded from the WARP client's tunnel.
- Devices
- Get the Split Tunnel exclude list for a device settings profile
- Fetches the list of routes excluded from the WARP client's tunnel for a specific device settings profile.
- Devices
- Get the Split Tunnel include list
- Fetches the list of routes included in the WARP client's tunnel.
- Devices
- Get the Split Tunnel include list for a device settings profile
- Fetches the list of routes included in the WARP client's tunnel for a specific device settings profile.
- Devices
- Get override codes (deprecated)
- Fetches a one-time use admin override code for a device. This relies on the **Admin Override** setting being enabled in your device configuration. Not supported when [multi-user mode](https://developers.cloudflare.com/cloudflare-one/connections/connect-devices/warp/deployment/mdm-deployment/windows-multiuser/) is enabled for the account. **Deprecated:** please use GET /accounts/{account_id}/devices/registrations/{registration_id}/override_codes instead.
- Devices
- List device settings profiles
- Fetches a list of the device settings profiles for an account.
- Devices
- List devices (deprecated)
- List WARP devices. Not supported when [multi-user mode](https://developers.cloudflare.com/cloudflare-one/connections/connect-devices/warp/deployment/mdm-deployment/windows-multiuser/) is enabled for the account. **Deprecated**: please use one of the following endpoints instead: - GET /accounts/{account_id}/devices/physical-devices - GET /accounts/{account_id}/devices/registrations
- Devices
- Get the latest status of a device.
- Get the latest status of a device given device_id from the device_state table.
- DEX Synthetic Application Monitoring
- Retrieve Global WARP override state
- Fetch the Global WARP override state.
- Devices Resilience
- Set Global WARP override state
- Sets the Global WARP override state.
- Devices Resilience
- Revoke devices (deprecated)
- Revokes a list of devices. Not supported when [multi-user mode](https://developers.cloudflare.com/cloudflare-one/connections/connect-devices/warp/deployment/mdm-deployment/windows-multiuser/) is enabled. **Deprecated**: please use POST /accounts/{account_id}/devices/registrations/revoke instead.
- Devices
- Set your Local Domain Fallback list
- Sets the list of domains to bypass Gateway DNS resolution. These domains will use the specified local DNS resolver instead.
- Devices
- Set the Local Domain Fallback list for a device settings profile
- Sets the list of domains to bypass Gateway DNS resolution. These domains will use the specified local DNS resolver instead. This will only apply to the specified device settings profile.
- Devices
- Set the Split Tunnel exclude list
- Sets the list of routes excluded from the WARP client's tunnel.
- Devices
- Set the Split Tunnel exclude list for a device settings profile
- Sets the list of routes excluded from the WARP client's tunnel for a specific device settings profile.
- Devices
- Set the Split Tunnel include list
- Sets the list of routes included in the WARP client's tunnel.
- Devices
- Set the Split Tunnel include list for a device settings profile
- Sets the list of routes included in the WARP client's tunnel for a specific device settings profile.
- Devices
- Unrevoke devices (deprecated)
- Unrevokes a list of devices. Not supported when [multi-user mode](https://developers.cloudflare.com/cloudflare-one/connections/connect-devices/warp/deployment/mdm-deployment/windows-multiuser/) is enabled. **Deprecated**: please use POST /accounts/{account_id}/devices/registrations/unrevoke instead.
- Devices
- Update the default device settings profile
- Updates the default device settings profile for an account.
- Devices
- Update a device settings profile
- Updates a configured device settings profile.
- Devices
- Update device certificate provisioning status
- Enable Zero Trust Clients to provision a certificate, containing a x509 subject, and referenced by Access device posture policies when the client visits MTLS protected domains. This facilitates device posture without a WARP session.
- Devices
- Get the status over time for a device
- Get time-bucketed status metrics for a specific device.
- DEX Synthetic Application Monitoring
- Get details and aggregate metrics for an http test
- Get test details and aggregate performance metrics for an http test for a given time period between 1 hour and 7 days.
- DEX Synthetic Application Monitoring
- Get percentiles for an http test
- Get percentiles for an http test for a given time period between 1 hour and 7 days.
- DEX Synthetic Application Monitoring
- List Cloudflare colos
- List Cloudflare colos that account's devices were connected to during a time period, sorted by usage starting from the most used colo. Colos without traffic are also returned and sorted alphabetically.
- DEX Synthetic Application Monitoring
- List device ISPs
- List ISP information observed for a specific device during traceroute tests.
- DEX Synthetic Application Monitoring
- List DEX test analytics
- List DEX tests with overview metrics.
- DEX Synthetic Application Monitoring
- Get count of devices targeted
- Returns unique count of devices that have run synthetic application monitoring tests in the past 7 days.
- DEX Synthetic Application Monitoring
- Get details and aggregate metrics for a traceroute test
- Get test details and aggregate performance metrics for a traceroute test for a given time period between 1 hour and 7 days.
- DEX Synthetic Application Monitoring
- Get network path breakdown for a traceroute test
- Get a breakdown of metrics by hop for individual traceroute test runs.
- DEX Synthetic Application Monitoring
- Get percentiles for a traceroute test
- Get percentiles for a traceroute test for a given time period between 1 hour and 7 days.
- DEX Synthetic Application Monitoring
- Get details for a specific traceroute test run
- Get a breakdown of hops and performance metrics for a specific traceroute test run
- DEX Synthetic Application Monitoring
- List details of devices using WARP.
- List details of devices using WARP.
- DEX Synthetic Application Monitoring
- Get live aggregate device details by dimension
- Get details for live (up to 60 minutes) devices using WARP.
- DEX Synthetic Application Monitoring
- Get over time aggregate details for devices by dimension
- Get aggregate details for devices using WARP, up to 7 days.
- DEX Synthetic Application Monitoring
- Endpoint Health Check
- Create Endpoint Health Check.
- Endpoint Health Checks
- Delete Endpoint Health Check
- Delete Endpoint Health Check.
- Endpoint Health Checks
- Get Endpoint Health Check
- Get a single Endpoint Health Check.
- Endpoint Health Checks
- List Endpoint Health Checks
- List Endpoint Health Checks.
- Endpoint Health Checks
- Update Endpoint Health Check
- Update a Endpoint Health Check.
- Endpoint Health Checks
- Traceroute
- Run traceroutes from Cloudflare colos.
- Diagnostics
- Disable R2 catalog
- Disable an R2 bucket as a catalog. This operation deactivates the catalog but preserves existing metadata and data files. The catalog can be re-enabled later.
- R2 Catalog Management
- Create custom prompt topic
- Creates a DLP custom prompt topic entry.
- DLP Custom Prompt Topics
- Delete custom prompt topic
- Deletes a DLP custom prompt topic entry.
- DLP Custom Prompt Topics
- Get custom prompt topic
- Fetches a DLP custom prompt topic entry by ID.
- DLP Custom Prompt Topics
- List custom prompt topics
- Lists all DLP custom prompt topic entries in an account.
- DLP Custom Prompt Topics
- Update custom prompt topic
- Updates a DLP custom prompt topic entry.
- DLP Custom Prompt Topics
- Creates a new data class
- Creates a data class for use in DLP profiles.
- DLP Data Classes
- Delete a single data class
- Deletes a data class from the account.
- DLP Data Classes
- Retrieve all data classes in an account
- Lists data classes configured for the account.
- DLP Data Classes
- Retrieve a specific data class
- Gets the configuration for a data class.
- DLP Data Classes
- Update the attributes of a single data class
- Updates the configuration for a data class.
- DLP Data Classes
- Creates a new data tag category.
- Creates a data tag category, optionally from a template.
- DLP Data Tag Categories
- Delete a single data tag category.
- Deletes a data tag category and its tags.
- DLP Data Tag Categories
- Retrieve all data tag categories in an account
- Lists data tag categories configured for the account.
- DLP Data Tag Categories
- Retrieve a specific data tag category.
- Gets a data tag category and its tags.
- DLP Data Tag Categories
- Update the attributes of a single data tag category.
- Updates a data tag category and its tags.
- DLP Data Tag Categories
- Retrieve a specific data tag category template.
- Gets an available data tag category template.
- DLP Data Tag Category Templates
- Retrieve all data tag category templates in an account
- Lists available data tag category templates.
- DLP Data Tag Category Templates
- Creates a new data tag.
- Creates a data tag in a category.
- DLP Data Tags
- Delete a single data tag.
- Deletes a data tag from a category.
- DLP Data Tags
- Retrieve all data tags in a data tag category
- Lists data tags in a category.
- DLP Data Tags
- Retrieve a specific data tag.
- Gets a data tag from a category.
- DLP Data Tags
- Update the attributes of a single data tag.
- Updates a data tag in a category.
- DLP Data Tags
- Create a new dataset
- Creates a new DLP (Data Loss Prevention) dataset for storing custom detection patterns. Datasets can contain exact match data, word lists, or EDM (Exact Data Match) configurations.
- DLP Datasets
- Prepare to upload a new version of a dataset
- Creates a new version of a DLP dataset, allowing you to stage changes before activation. Used for single-column EDM and custom word lists.
- DLP Datasets
- Sets the column information for a multi-column upload
- This is used for multi-column EDMv2 datasets. The EDMv2 format can only be created in the Cloudflare dashboard. The columns in the response appear in the same order as in the request.
- DLP Datasets
- Delete a dataset
- This deletes all versions of the dataset.
- DLP Datasets
- Fetch a specific dataset
- Gets a dataset and its latest upload status.
- DLP Datasets
- Fetch all datasets
- Lists all DLP datasets configured for the account, including custom word lists and EDM datasets.
- DLP Datasets
- Update details about a dataset
- Updates the configuration of an existing DLP dataset, such as its name, description, or detection settings.
- DLP Datasets
- Upload a new version of a multi-column dataset
- This is used for multi-column EDMv2 datasets. The EDMv2 format can only be created in the Cloudflare dashboard.
- DLP Datasets
- Upload a new version of a dataset
- This is used for single-column EDMv1 and Custom Word Lists. The EDM format can only be created in the Cloudflare dashboard. For other clients, this operation can only be used for non-secret Custom Word Lists. The body must be a UTF-8 encoded, newline (NL or CRNL) separated list of words to be matched.
- DLP Datasets
- Creates a new document fingerprint.
- Creates a new document fingerprint for DLP scanning. Document fingerprints detect documents that are structurally similar to the uploaded sample.
- DLP Document Fingerprints
- Delete a single document fingerprint.
- Removes a document fingerprint from DLP configuration. Documents matching this fingerprint will no longer be detected.
- DLP Document Fingerprints
- Retrieve data about a specific document fingerprint.
- Gets a document fingerprint and its latest upload status.
- DLP Document Fingerprints
- Retrieve data about all document fingerprints.
- Lists all document fingerprints configured for DLP scanning in the account.
- DLP Document Fingerprints
- Update the attributes of a single document fingerprint.
- Updates metadata for an existing document fingerprint, such as its name or description.
- DLP Document Fingerprints
- Uploads a new version for a document fingerprint.
- Uploads a new document to create or update a fingerprint. The document structure is analyzed to enable detection of similar documents.
- DLP Document Fingerprints
- Create mapping
- Creates a mapping between a Cloudflare account and an email provider for DLP email scanning integration.
- DLP Email
- Create email scanner rule
- Creates a new DLP email scanning rule that defines what content patterns to detect in email messages and what actions to take.
- DLP Email
- Delete email scanner rule
- Removes a DLP email scanning rule. The rule will no longer be applied to email messages.
- DLP Email
- Get mapping
- Retrieves the email provider mapping configuration for DLP email scanning.
- DLP Email
- Get an email scanner rule
- Gets detailed configuration for a specific DLP email scanning rule, including detection patterns and actions.
- DLP Email
- List all email scanner rules
- Lists all email scanner rules for an account.
- DLP Email
- Update email scanner rule
- Updates a DLP email scanning rule.
- DLP Email
- Update email scanner rule priorities
- Reorders DLP email scanning rules by updating their priority values. Higher priority rules are evaluated first.
- DLP Email
- Create custom entry
- Creates a DLP custom entry.
- DLP Entries
- Create integration entry
- Integration entries can't be created, this will update an existing integration entry. This is needed for our generated terraform API.
- DLP Integration Entries
- Create predefined entry
- Predefined entries can't be created, this will update an existing predefined entry. This is needed for our generated terraform API.
- DLP Predefined Entries
- Delete custom entry
- Deletes a DLP custom entry.
- DLP Entries
- Delete integration entry
- This is a no-op as integration entires can't be deleted but is needed for our generated terraform API.
- DLP Integration Entries
- Delete predefined entry
- This is a no-op as predefined entires can't be deleted but is needed for our generated terraform API.
- DLP Predefined Entries
- Get DLP Entry
- Fetches a DLP entry by ID.
- DLP Entries
- List all entries
- Lists all DLP entries in an account.
- DLP Entries
- Update custom entry
- Updates a DLP custom entry.
- DLP Entries
- Update entry
- Updates a DLP entry.
- DLP Entries
- Update integration entry
- Updates a DLP entry.
- DLP Integration Entries
- Update predefined entry
- Updates a DLP entry.
- DLP Entries
- Fetch limits associated with DLP for account
- Retrieves current DLP usage limits and quotas for the account, including maximum allowed counts and current usage for custom entries, dataset cells, and document fingerprints.
- DLP Settings
- Validate a DLP regex pattern
- Validates whether this pattern is a valid regular expression. Rejects it if the regular expression is too complex or can match an unbounded-length string. The regex will be rejected if it uses `*` or `+`. Bound the maximum number of characters that can be matched using a range, e.g. `{1,100}`.
- DLP Settings
- Get payload log settings
- Gets the current payload logging configuration for DLP, showing whether matched content is being logged.
- DLP Settings
- Set payload log settings
- Enables or disables payload logging for DLP matches. When enabled, matched content is stored for review.
- DLP Settings
- Create custom profile
- Creates a DLP custom profile.
- DLP Profiles
- Create predefined profile
- Creates a DLP predefined profile. Only supports enabling/disabling entries.
- DLP Profiles
- Create predefined profile
- This is similar to `update_predefined` but only returns entries that are enabled. This is needed for our terraform API Creates a DLP predefined profile. Only supports enabling/disabling entries.
- DLP Profiles
- Delete custom profile
- Deletes a DLP custom profile.
- DLP Profiles
- Delete predefined profile
- This is a no-op as predefined profiles can't be deleted but is needed for our generated terraform API.
- DLP Profiles
- Get custom profile
- Fetches a custom DLP profile by id.
- DLP Profiles
- Get DLP Profile
- Fetches a DLP profile by ID.
- DLP Profiles
- Get predefined profile
- Fetches a predefined DLP profile by id.
- DLP Profiles
- Get predefined profile config
- This is similar to `get_predefined` but only returns entries that are enabled. This is needed for our terraform API Fetches a predefined DLP profile by id.
- DLP Profiles
- List all custom profiles
- Lists all DLP custom profiles in an account.
- DLP Profiles
- List all profiles
- Lists all DLP profiles in an account.
- DLP Profiles
- Update custom profile
- Updates a DLP custom profile.
- DLP Profiles
- Update predefined profile
- Updates a DLP predefined profile. Only supports enabling/disabling entries.
- DLP Profiles
- Update predefined profile config
- This is similar to `update_predefined` but only returns entries that are enabled. This is needed for our terraform API Updates a DLP predefined profile. Only supports enabling/disabling entries.
- DLP Profiles
- Get all behaviors and associated configuration
- Retrieves configured risk score behaviors that define how user actions affect their overall risk score.
- Zero Trust Risk Scoring
- Update configuration for risk behaviors
- Updates risk score behavior configurations, defining weights and thresholds for risk calculation.
- Zero Trust Risk Scoring
- Clear the risk score for a particular user
- Resets risk scores for specified users, clearing their accumulated risk history.
- Zero Trust Risk Scoring
- Get risk score info for all users in the account
- Gets an aggregate summary of risk scores across the account, including distribution and trends.
- Zero Trust Risk Scoring
- Get risk event/score information for a specific user
- Retrieves the detailed risk score breakdown for a specific user, including contributing factors.
- Zero Trust Risk Scoring
- Retrieve a specific sensitivity group template.
- Gets an available sensitivity group template.
- DLP Sensitivity Group Templates
- Retrieve all sensitivity group templates in an account
- Lists available sensitivity group templates.
- DLP Sensitivity Group Templates
- Creates a new sensitivity group.
- Creates a sensitivity group, optionally from a template.
- DLP Sensitivity Groups
- Delete a single sensitivity group.
- Deletes a sensitivity group and its levels.
- DLP Sensitivity Groups
- Retrieve the ordered list of level IDs for a sensitivity group.
- Gets the current order of sensitivity levels in a group.
- DLP Sensitivity Groups
- Retrieve all sensitivity groups in an account
- Lists sensitivity groups configured for the account.
- DLP Sensitivity Groups
- Set the ordering of levels within a sensitivity group.
- Updates the order of sensitivity levels in a group.
- DLP Sensitivity Groups
- Retrieve a specific sensitivity group.
- Gets a sensitivity group and its levels.
- DLP Sensitivity Groups
- Update the attributes of a single sensitivity group.
- Updates a sensitivity group and its levels.
- DLP Sensitivity Groups
- Creates a new sensitivity level.
- Creates a sensitivity level in a group.
- DLP Sensitivity Levels
- Delete a single sensitivity level.
- Deletes a sensitivity level from a group.
- DLP Sensitivity Levels
- Retrieve all sensitivity levels in a sensitivity group
- Lists sensitivity levels in a sensitivity group.
- DLP Sensitivity Levels
- Retrieve a specific sensitivity level.
- Gets a sensitivity level from a group.
- DLP Sensitivity Levels
- Update the attributes of a single sensitivity level.
- Updates a sensitivity level in a group.
- DLP Sensitivity Levels
- Delete (reset) DLP account-level settings to initial values.
- Deletes account-level DLP settings and returns the initial values.
- DLP Settings
- Partially update DLP account-level settings.
- Missing fields keep their existing values.
- DLP Settings
- Get DLP account-level settings.
- Gets the account-level DLP settings.
- DLP Settings
- Update DLP account-level settings (full replacement).
- Missing fields are reset to initial (unconfigured) values.
- DLP Settings
- Create new risk score integration.
- Creates a new Zero Trust risk score integration, connecting external risk signals to Cloudflare's risk scoring system.
- Zero Trust Risk Scoring Integrations
- Delete a risk score integration.
- Removes a Zero Trust risk score integration, disconnecting the external risk signal source.
- Zero Trust Risk Scoring Integrations
- Get risk score integration by id.
- Gets a Zero Trust risk score integration by ID.
- Zero Trust Risk Scoring Integrations
- Get risk score integration by reference id.
- Retrieves a Zero Trust risk score integration using its external reference ID.
- Zero Trust Risk Scoring Integrations
- List all risk score integrations for the account.
- Lists all configured Zero Trust risk score integrations for the account.
- Zero Trust Risk Scoring Integrations
- Update a risk score integration.
- Overwrite the reference_id, tenant_url, and active values with the ones provided.
- Zero Trust Risk Scoring Integrations
- List Regions
- List all Regional Services regions available for use by this account.
- DLS Regional Services
- Create Regional Hostname
- Create a new Regional Hostname entry. Cloudflare will only use data centers that are physically located within the chosen region to decrypt and service HTTPS traffic. Learn more about [Regional Services](https://developers.cloudflare.com/data-localization/regional-services/get-started/).
- DLS Regional Services
- Delete Regional Hostname
- Delete the region configuration for a specific Regional Hostname.
- DLS Regional Services
- Fetch Regional Hostname
- Fetch the configuration for a specific Regional Hostname, within a zone.
- DLS Regional Services
- List Regional Hostnames
- List all Regional Hostnames within a zone.
- DLS Regional Services
- Update Regional Hostname
- Update the configuration for a specific Regional Hostname. Only the region_key of a hostname is mutable.
- DLS Regional Services
- By Time
- Retrieves a list of aggregate metrics grouped by time interval. See [Analytics API properties](https://developers.cloudflare.com/dns/reference/analytics-api-properties/) for detailed information about the available query parameters.
- DNS Analytics
- Table
- Retrieves a list of summarised aggregate metrics over a given time period. See [Analytics API properties](https://developers.cloudflare.com/dns/reference/analytics-api-properties/) for detailed information about the available query parameters.
- DNS Analytics
- By Time
- Retrieves a list of aggregate metrics grouped by time interval. See [Analytics API properties](https://developers.cloudflare.com/dns/reference/analytics-api-properties/) for detailed information about the available query parameters.
- DNS Firewall Analytics
- Table
- Retrieves a list of summarised aggregate metrics over a given time period. See [Analytics API properties](https://developers.cloudflare.com/dns/reference/analytics-api-properties/) for detailed information about the available query parameters.
- DNS Firewall Analytics
- Create DNS Firewall Cluster
- Create a DNS Firewall cluster
- DNS Firewall
- Delete DNS Firewall Cluster
- Delete a DNS Firewall cluster
- DNS Firewall
- DNS Firewall Cluster Details
- Show a single DNS Firewall cluster for an account
- DNS Firewall
- List DNS Firewall Clusters
- List DNS Firewall clusters for an account
- DNS Firewall
- Show DNS Firewall Cluster Reverse DNS
- Show reverse DNS configuration (PTR records) for a DNS Firewall cluster
- DNS Firewall
- Update DNS Firewall Cluster
- Modify the configuration of a DNS Firewall cluster
- DNS Firewall
- Update DNS Firewall Cluster Reverse DNS
- Update reverse DNS configuration (PTR records) for a DNS Firewall cluster
- DNS Firewall
- Review Scanned DNS Records
- Accept or reject DNS records found by the DNS records scan. Accepted records will be permanently added to the zone, while rejected records will be permanently deleted.
- DNS Records for a Zone
- Batch DNS Records
- Send a Batch of DNS Record API calls to be executed together. Notes: - Although Cloudflare will execute the batched operations in a single database transaction, Cloudflare's distributed KV store must treat each record change as a single key-value pair. This means that the propagation of changes is not atomic. See [the documentation](https://developers.cloudflare.com/dns/manage-dns-records/how-to/batch-record-changes/ "Batch DNS records") for more information. - The operations you specify within the /batch request body are always executed in the following order: - Deletes - Patches - Puts - Posts
- DNS Records for a Zone
- Create DNS Record
- Create a new DNS record for a zone. Notes: - A/AAAA records cannot exist on the same name as CNAME records. - NS records cannot exist on the same name as any other record type. - Domain names are always represented in Punycode, even if Unicode characters were used when creating the record.
- DNS Records for a Zone
- Delete DNS Record
- Permanently removes a DNS record from the zone.
- DNS Records for a Zone
- DNS Record Details
- Retrieves details for a specific DNS record in the zone.
- DNS Records for a Zone
- Export DNS Records
- You can export your [BIND config](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zone_file "Zone file") through this endpoint. See [the documentation](https://developers.cloudflare.com/dns/manage-dns-records/how-to/import-and-export/ "Import and export records") for more information.
- DNS Records for a Zone
- Get DNS Record Usage
- Get the current DNS record usage for a zone, including the number of records and the quota limit.
- DNS Records for a Zone
- Import DNS Records
- You can upload your [BIND config](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zone_file "Zone file") through this endpoint. It assumes that cURL is called from a location with bind_config.txt (valid BIND config) present. See [the documentation](https://developers.cloudflare.com/dns/manage-dns-records/how-to/import-and-export/ "Import and export records") for more information.
- DNS Records for a Zone
- List DNS Records
- List, search, sort, and filter a zones' DNS records.
- DNS Records for a Zone
- Update DNS Record
- Update an existing DNS record. Notes: - A/AAAA records cannot exist on the same name as CNAME records. - NS records cannot exist on the same name as any other record type. - Domain names are always represented in Punycode, even if Unicode characters were used when creating the record.
- DNS Records for a Zone
- List Scanned DNS Records
- Retrieves the list of DNS records discovered up to this point by the asynchronous scan. These records are temporary until explicitly accepted or rejected via `POST /scan/review`. Additional records may be discovered by the scan later.
- DNS Records for a Zone
- Scan DNS Records
- Scan for common DNS records on your domain and automatically add them to your zone. Useful if you haven't updated your nameservers yet.
- DNS Records for a Zone
- Trigger DNS Record Scan
- Initiates an asynchronous scan for common DNS records on your domain. Note that this **does not** automatically add records to your zone. The scan runs in the background, and results can be reviewed later using the `/scan/review` endpoints. Useful if you haven't updated your nameservers yet.
- DNS Records for a Zone
- Overwrite DNS Record
- Overwrite an existing DNS record. Notes: - A/AAAA records cannot exist on the same name as CNAME records. - NS records cannot exist on the same name as any other record type. - Domain names are always represented in Punycode, even if Unicode characters were used when creating the record.
- DNS Records for a Zone
- Get DNS Record Usage for Account
- Get the current DNS record usage and quota for an account. May include internal DNS usage and quota.
- DNS Records for an Account
- Show DNS Settings
- Show DNS settings for a zone
- DNS Settings for a Zone
- Update DNS Settings
- Update DNS settings for a zone
- DNS Settings for a Zone
- Show DNS Settings
- Show DNS settings for an account
- DNS Settings for an Account
- Update DNS Settings
- Update DNS settings for an account
- DNS Settings for an Account
- Create Internal DNS View
- Create Internal DNS View for an account
- DNS Internal Views for an Account
- Delete Internal DNS View
- Delete an existing Internal DNS View
- DNS Internal Views for an Account
- DNS Internal View Details
- Get DNS Internal View
- DNS Internal Views for an Account
- List Internal DNS Views
- List DNS Internal Views for an Account
- DNS Internal Views for an Account
- Update Internal DNS View
- Update an existing Internal DNS View
- DNS Internal Views for an Account
- Delete DNSSEC records
- Delete DNSSEC.
- DNSSEC
- DNSSEC Details
- Details about DNSSEC status and configuration.
- DNSSEC
- Edit DNSSEC Status
- Enable or disable DNSSEC.
- DNSSEC
- List DNSSEC ZSKs
- List the Zone Signing Keys (ZSKs) that DNSSEC uses for the zone.
- DNSSEC
- Get Domain History
- Gets historical security threat and content categories currently and previously assigned to a domain.
- Domain History
- Get Domain Details
- Gets security details and statistics about a domain.
- Domain Intelligence
- Get Multiple Domain Details
- Returns security details and statistics about multiple domains in a single request. **Behavior change — domain ranking is becoming opt-in.** This endpoint previously included domain ranking data in every response and accepted a `skip_ranking=true` query parameter to opt out. That parameter is being deprecated and ranking will no longer be returned by default. Callers that want ranking data must pass `include_ranking=true`. The `skip_ranking` parameter will be silently ignored once the change ships.
- Domain Intelligence
- List Namespaces
- Returns the Durable Object namespaces owned by an account.
- Durable Objects Namespace
- List Objects
- Returns the Durable Objects in a given namespace.
- Durable Objects Namespace
- Edit additional audio tracks on a video
- Edits additional audio tracks on a video. Editing the default status of an audio track to `true` will mark all other audio tracks on the video default status to `false`.
- Stream Audio Tracks
- Edit Credential
- Updates a credential with only the provided fields; omitted fields remain unchanged.
- Credentials
- Edit Credential Set
- Updates a credential set with only the provided fields; omitted fields remain unchanged.
- Credential Sets
- Edit a participant's detail
- Updates a participant's details for the given meeting and participant ID.
- Meetings
- Edit Target Environment
- Updates a target environment with only the provided fields; omitted fields remain unchanged.
- Target Environments
- Edit a webhook
- Edits the webhook details for the given webhook ID.
- Webhooks
- Edit Worker
- Perform a partial update on a Worker, where omitted properties are left unchanged from their current values.
- Workers
- Create a destination address
- Create a destination address to forward your emails to. Destination addresses need to be verified before they can be used.
- Email Routing destination addresses
- Delete destination address
- Deletes a specific destination address.
- Email Routing destination addresses
- Get a destination address
- Gets information for a specific destination email already created.
- Email Routing destination addresses
- List destination addresses
- Lists existing destination addresses.
- Email Routing destination addresses
- Update destination address
- Updates the status of a specific destination address.
- Email Routing destination addresses
- Create routing rule
- Rules consist of a set of criteria for matching emails (such as an email being sent to a specific custom email address) plus a set of actions to take on the email (like forwarding it to a specific destination address). Forward actions require exactly one verified destination address.
- Email Routing routing rules
- Delete routing rule
- Delete a specific routing rule.
- Email Routing routing rules
- Get catch-all rule
- Get information on the default catch-all routing rule.
- Email Routing routing rules
- Get routing rule
- Get information for a specific routing rule already created.
- Email Routing routing rules
- List account routing rules
- Lists existing routing rules across all zones in the account.
- Email Routing routing rules
- List routing rules
- Lists existing routing rules.
- Email Routing routing rules
- Plan account routing rule changes
- Computes the Email Routing rule changes that would be needed to reconcile a Wrangler-managed desired ruleset. This endpoint is read-only and does not create, update, or delete rules.
- Email Routing routing rules
- Update catch-all rule
- Enable or disable catch-all routing rule, or change action to forward to a specific destination address. Forward actions require exactly one verified destination address.
- Email Routing routing rules
- Update routing rule
- Update actions and matches, or enable/disable specific routing rules. Forward actions require exactly one verified destination address.
- Email Routing routing rules
- Disable Email Routing
- Disable your Email Routing zone. Also removes additional MX records previously required for Email Routing to work.
- Email Routing settings
- Disable Email Routing
- Disable your Email Routing zone. Also removes additional MX records previously required for Email Routing to work.
- Email Routing settings
- Email Routing - DNS settings
- Show the DNS records needed to configure your Email Routing zone.
- Email Routing settings
- Enable Email Routing
- Enable you Email Routing zone. Add and lock the necessary MX and SPF records.
- Email Routing settings
- Enable Email Routing
- Enable you Email Routing zone. Add and lock the necessary MX and SPF records.
- Email Routing settings
- Get Email Routing settings
- Get information about the settings for your Email Routing zone.
- Email Routing settings
- Update Email Routing settings
- Update the settings for your Email Routing zone.
- Email Routing settings
- Unlock Email Routing
- Unlock MX records previously locked by Email Routing. Deprecated - use PATCH /zones/{zone_id}/email/routing/dns instead.
- Email Routing settings
- Unlock Email Routing
- Unlock MX Records previously locked by Email Routing.
- Email Routing settings
- Update Email Routing settings
- Update the settings for your Email Routing zone.
- Email Routing settings
- Batch allow policies operations
- Executes multiple operations atomically. All four operation arrays (deletes, patches, puts, posts) are required and executed in order. Send empty arrays for unused operations.
- Email Security Settings
- Batch blocked senders operations
- Executes multiple operations atomically. All four operation arrays (deletes, patches, puts, posts) are required and executed in order. Send empty arrays for unused operations.
- Email Security Settings
- Batch domain operations
- Executes multiple domain operations in a single request. All four operation arrays (deletes, patches, puts, posts) are required and executed in order. Send empty arrays for unused operations.
- Email Security Settings
- Batch sending domain restrictions operations
- Executes multiple delete operations on sending domain restrictions atomically. All operations succeed or fail together as a transaction. Currently only supports batch deletion. Removes TLS enforcement requirements for the specified domains.
- Email Security Settings
- Batch trusted domains operations
- Executes multiple operations atomically. All four operation arrays (deletes, patches, puts, posts) are required and executed in order. Send empty arrays for unused operations.
- Email Security Settings
- Batch URL ignore patterns
- Sends a batch of URL ignore patterns API calls to execute together.
- Email Security Settings
- Cancel a bulk action job
- Cancels the job, marking it as cancelled and stopping any pending message processing. The job record remains visible in list and detail endpoints.
- Email Security
- Create email allow policy
- Creates a new allow policy that exempts matching emails from security detections. Use with caution as this bypasses email security scanning. Policies can match on sender patterns and apply to specific detections or all detections.
- Email Security Settings
- Create blocked email sender
- Creates a new blocked sender pattern. Emails matching this pattern will be blocked from delivery. Patterns can be email addresses, domains, or IP addresses, and support regular expressions.
- Email Security Settings
- Create a bulk action job
- Creates a new bulk action job to move or release messages that match the provided search parameters.
- Email Security
- Add a new email domain
- Protects a new email domain by adding it to Email Security. Accepts a flat configuration object covering all delivery modes. Returns the newly created domain configuration.
- Email Security Settings
- Create impersonation registry entry
- Creates a new entry in the impersonation registry to protect against impersonation. Emails attempting to impersonate this identity will be flagged. Supports regex patterns for flexible email matching.
- Email Security Settings
- Create a sending domain restriction
- Creates a new sending domain restriction to enforce TLS requirements for a domain. Emails without TLS from this domain will be dropped unless the subdomain is in the exclude list.
- Email Security Settings
- Create trusted email domain
- Creates a new trusted domain pattern. Use for partner domains or approved senders that should bypass recent domain registration and similarity checks. Configure whether it prevents recent domain or spoof dispositions.
- Email Security Settings
- Create a URL ignore pattern
- Creates a new URL rewrite ignore pattern. URLs matching this pattern will not be rewritten.
- Email Security Settings
- Delete an email allow policy
- Removes an allow policy. After deletion, emails matching this pattern will be subject to normal security scanning and disposition actions.
- Email Security Settings
- Delete a blocked email sender
- Removes a blocked sender pattern. After deletion, emails from this sender will no longer be automatically blocked based on this rule.
- Email Security Settings
- Delete a bulk action job
- Deletes the job, removing it from all list and detail endpoints. Only jobs in a terminal state (`COMPLETED`, `CANCELLED`, `FAILED`, or `SKIPPED`) can be deleted. To stop an in-progress job without removing it, use the cancel endpoint instead.
- Email Security
- Unprotect an email domain
- Removes email security protection from a domain. After deletion, emails for this domain will no longer be processed by Email Security. This action cannot be undone.
- Email Security Settings
- Unprotect multiple email domains
- Removes protection from multiple email domains. Deprecated; use the batch endpoint instead.
- Email Security Settings
- Delete an impersonation registry entry
- Removes an entry from the impersonation registry. After deletion, this identity will no longer be protected from impersonation.
- Email Security Settings
- Delete a sending domain restriction
- Removes a sending domain restriction. After deletion, TLS will no longer be enforced for emails from this domain.
- Email Security Settings
- Delete a trusted email domain
- Removes a trusted domain pattern. After deletion, emails from this domain will be subject to normal recent domain and similarity checks.
- Email Security Settings
- Delete a URL ignore pattern
- Removes a URL rewrite ignore pattern. After deletion, URLs matching this pattern will be rewritten again.
- Email Security Settings
- Get an email allow policy
- Retrieves details for a specific allow policy including its pattern, dispositions that are exempted, and whether it applies to all detections.
- Email Security Settings
- Get a blocked email sender
- Retrieves details for a specific blocked sender pattern including its pattern type, value, and metadata.
- Email Security Settings
- Get bulk action job details
- Returns the status and details of a specific bulk action job.
- Email Security
- List messages for a bulk action job
- Returns the individual messages associated with a bulk action job, including their processing status.
- Email Security
- List bulk action jobs
- Returns a paginated list of bulk action jobs for the account.
- Email Security
- Get an email domain
- Retrieves detailed information for a specific protected email domain including its delivery configuration, SPF/DMARC status, and authorization state.
- Email Security Settings
- Get domain verification details
- Returns DNS TXT verification details for a domain created through the Terraform API. Returns `200 OK` with the TXT record name and value when the domain uses `dns_txt` verification. Returns `204 No Content` for pre-existing domains or domains verified by other means (Cloudflare zone ownership, CASB integration).
- Email Security Settings
- Get an impersonation registry entry
- Retrieves details for a specific impersonation registry entry including the protected identity, email pattern, and synchronization source if directory-synced.
- Email Security Settings
- Get message details
- Retrieves comprehensive details for a specific email message including headers, recipients, sender information, and current quarantine status. Use the investigate_id from search results to fetch detailed information.
- Email Security
- Get action log for a message
- Returns the list of post-delivery actions (moves, quarantine releases, previews, etc.) that have been applied to a specific email message.
- Email Security
- Get message detection details
- Returns detection details such as threat categories and sender information for non-benign messages.
- Email Security
- Get email preview
- Returns a preview of the message body as a base64 encoded PNG image for non-benign messages.
- Email Security
- Get raw email content
- Returns the raw eml of any non-benign message.
- Email Security
- Get email trace
- Retrieves delivery and processing trace information for an email message. Shows the delivery path, retraction history, and move operations performed on the message. Useful for debugging delivery issues.
- Email Security
- Get PhishGuard reports
- Retrieves PhishGuard security alert reports for a specified date range. Reports include detected threats, dispositions, and contextual information. Use for security monitoring and threat analysis.
- Email Security
- Get a sending domain restriction
- Retrieves details for a specific sending domain restriction including the domain requiring TLS and any excluded subdomains exempt from the TLS requirement.
- Email Security Settings
- Get a trusted email domain
- Retrieves details for a specific trusted domain pattern including its pattern value, whether it uses regex matching, and which detection types it affects.
- Email Security Settings
- Get a URL ignore pattern
- Returns a single URL rewrite ignore pattern by its identifier.
- Email Security Settings
- Search email messages
- Returns information for each email that matches the search parameter(s).
- Email Security
- List email allow policies
- Returns a paginated list of email allow policies. These policies exempt matching emails from security detection, allowing them to bypass disposition actions. Supports filtering by pattern type and policy attributes.
- Email Security Settings
- List blocked email senders
- Returns a paginated list of blocked email sender patterns. These patterns prevent emails from matching senders from being delivered. Supports filtering by pattern type and searching across patterns.
- Email Security Settings
- List protected email domains
- Returns a paginated list of email domains protected by Email Security. Includes domain configuration, delivery modes, and authorization status. Supports filtering by delivery mode and integration ID.
- Email Security Settings
- List entries in impersonation registry
- Returns a paginated list of protected identities in the impersonation registry. These entries define identities and email addresses to protect from impersonation attacks. Can be manually added or automatically synced from directory integrations.
- Email Security Settings
- List sending domain restrictions
- Returns a paginated list of sending domain restrictions. These restrictions enforce TLS requirements for emails from specific domains. Mail without TLS from restricted domains will be dropped unless the subdomain is in the exclude list. Supports sorting and searching.
- Email Security Settings
- List trusted email domains
- Returns a paginated list of trusted domain patterns. Trusted domains prevent false positives for recently registered domains and lookalike domain detections. Patterns can use regular expressions for flexible matching.
- Email Security Settings
- List URL ignore patterns
- Returns a paginated list of URL rewrite ignore patterns for the account. URLs matching these patterns will not be rewritten.
- Email Security Settings
- Move multiple messages
- Moves multiple messages to a specified mailbox folder (Inbox, JunkEmail, DeletedItems, RecoverableItemsDeletions, or RecoverableItemsPurges). Requires active integration.
- Email Security
- Move a message
- Moves a single message to a specified mailbox folder (Inbox, JunkEmail, DeletedItems, RecoverableItemsDeletions, or RecoverableItemsPurges). Requires active integration.
- Email Security
- Preview for non-detection messages
- Generates a preview image for a message that was not flagged as a detection. Useful for investigating benign messages. Returns a base64-encoded PNG screenshot of the email body.
- Email Security
- Change email classification
- Submits a request to reclassify an email's disposition. Use for reporting false positives or false negatives. Optionally provide the raw EML content for reanalysis. The reclassification is processed asynchronously.
- Email Security
- Release messages from quarantine
- Delivers one or more quarantined messages to their intended recipients, for cases where a message was incorrectly quarantined. The response includes delivery status for each recipient.
- Email Security
- Replace an email domain
- Replaces all mutable fields of a protected email domain in a single atomic operation. Unlike PATCH, all non-computed fields are required.
- Email Security Settings
- Get reclassify submissions
- Returns information for submissions made to reclassify emails. Shows the status, outcome, and disposition changes for reclassification requests made by users or the security team. Useful for tracking false positive/negative reports.
- Email Security
- Update an email allow policy
- Updates an existing allow policy. Only provided fields will be modified. Changes take effect for new emails matching the pattern.
- Email Security Settings
- Update a blocked email sender
- Updates an existing blocked sender pattern. Only provided fields will be modified. The pattern will continue blocking emails until deleted.
- Email Security Settings
- Update an email domain
- Updates configuration for a protected email domain. Only provided fields will be modified. Changes affect delivery mode, security settings, and regional processing.
- Email Security Settings
- Update an impersonation registry entry
- Updates an existing impersonation registry entry. Only provided fields will be modified. Directory-synced entries can't be updated.
- Email Security Settings
- Update a sending domain restriction
- Updates an existing sending domain restriction. Only provided fields will be modified. Changes affect which domains require TLS and which subdomains are excluded.
- Email Security Settings
- Update a trusted email domain
- Updates an existing trusted domain pattern. Only provided fields will be modified. Changes take effect for new emails matching the pattern.
- Email Security Settings
- Update a URL ignore pattern
- Updates an existing URL rewrite ignore pattern. Only provided fields will be modified.
- Email Security Settings
- Send an email
- Send an email for the specified account using the structured builder. Provide the sender, recipients, subject, and at least one of text or html; attachments are optional.
- Email Sending
- Send a raw MIME email
- Send a raw RFC 5322 (MIME) email for the specified account. Provide the full MIME message plus the SMTP envelope (from and recipients).
- Email Sending
- Fetch an email message
- Returns the raw RFC 5322 MIME message for the given account and message id.
- Email Sending
- Get sending limits
- Returns the current daily sending quota for the account and, when a quota is resolved, the account's current usage against it. Quota is null when not yet available; usage is null when there is no resolved quota or usage is temporarily unavailable.
- Email Sending
- Create a sending subdomain
- Creates a new sending subdomain or re-enables sending on an existing subdomain that had it disabled. If zone-level Email Sending has not been enabled yet, the zone flag is automatically set when the entitlement is present.
- Email Sending subdomains
- Delete a sending subdomain
- Disables sending on a subdomain and removes its DNS records. If routing is still active on the subdomain, only sending is disabled.
- Email Sending subdomains
- Fix sending subdomain DNS records
- Idempotently re-applies the sending DNS records (creates missing records, re-applies the email_routing lock on records whose lock has been cleared). Refuses with a 409 if foreign MX, multiple SPF, multiple DMARC, or multiple DKIM records exist at the relevant DNS names — those require manual cleanup.
- Email Sending subdomains
- Get a sending subdomain
- Gets information for a specific sending subdomain.
- Email Sending subdomains
- Get sending subdomain DNS records
- Returns the expected DNS records for a sending subdomain.
- Email Sending subdomains
- Get sending subdomain DNS status
- Returns the desired DNS records for a sending subdomain along with a live diff against actual DNS state. Use this to detect missing, unlocked, foreign, or multi-record conflicts before deciding whether to call the fix endpoint.
- Email Sending subdomains
- List sending subdomains
- Lists all sending-enabled subdomains for the zone.
- Email Sending subdomains
- Preview sending subdomain DNS
- Returns the DNS records that would be created for a sending subdomain, flags which records are missing, and reports any conflicts with existing DNS records. This is a read-only dry-run — no records are created or modified. Use before or after creating a subdomain to check DNS status.
- Email Sending subdomains
- Update a sending subdomain
- Updates the activity-log preview preference for a sending subdomain.
- Email Sending subdomains
- Enable R2 bucket as a catalog
- Enable an R2 bucket as an Apache Iceberg catalog. This operation creates the necessary catalog infrastructure and activates the bucket for storing Iceberg metadata and data files.
- R2 Catalog Management
- Test an existing webhook configuration
- Sends a test webhook event using an existing webhook configuration. This allows customers to verify their webhook endpoint is still reachable and properly configured after creating the webhook resource. The test payload includes: - event_type: "webhook.test" - timestamp: Current UTC timestamp - message: Test message indicating this is from Cloudflare CASB - data: Object with test: true
- webhooks
- Test a webhook configuration before creating it
- Sends a test webhook event to the specified destination URL to verify the webhook endpoint is reachable and properly configured. This allows customers to validate their webhook configuration before creating the actual webhook resource. The test payload includes: - event_type: "webhook.test" - timestamp: Current UTC timestamp - message: Test message indicating this is from Cloudflare CASB - data: Object with test: true
- webhooks
- Fetch all livestreams
- Returns details of livestreams associated with the given App ID. It includes livestreams created by your App and RealtimeKit meetings that are livestreamed by your App. If you only want details of livestreams created by your App and not RealtimeKit meetings, you can use the `exclude_meetings` query parameter.
- Live streams
- Create filters
- Creates one or more filters.
- Filters
- Delete a filter
- Deletes an existing filter.
- Filters
- Delete filters
- Deletes one or more existing filters.
- Filters
- Get a filter
- Fetches the details of a filter.
- Filters
- List filters
- Fetches filters in a zone. You can filter the results using several optional parameters.
- Filters
- Update a filter
- Updates an existing filter.
- Filters
- Update filters
- Updates one or more existing filters.
- Filters
- Create firewall rules
- Create one or more firewall rules.
- Firewall rules
- Delete a firewall rule
- Deletes an existing firewall rule.
- Firewall rules
- Delete firewall rules
- Deletes existing firewall rules.
- Firewall rules
- Get a firewall rule
- Fetches the details of a firewall rule.
- Firewall rules
- List firewall rules
- Fetches firewall rules in a zone. You can filter the results using several optional parameters.
- Firewall rules
- Update a firewall rule
- Updates an existing firewall rule.
- Firewall rules
- Update firewall rules
- Updates one or more existing firewall rules.
- Firewall rules
- Update priority of a firewall rule
- Updates the priority of an existing firewall rule.
- Firewall rules
- Update priority of firewall rules
- Updates the priority of existing firewall rules.
- Firewall rules
- Create app
- Creates an app. The returned `id` is used in all subsequent flag, changelog, and evaluation requests.
- Apps
- Create flag
- Creates a flag. Returns 409 if the key already exists. `type` is inferred from variation values and may be omitted.
- Flags
- Delete app
- Deletes an app and all its flags and changelog history. Returns 409 if any Worker still references this app via a Flagship binding.
- Apps
- Delete flag
- Deletes a flag permanently. Subsequent evaluations fall back to the caller-supplied default. Cannot be undone.
- Flags
- Evaluate flag
- Evaluates a flag against the provided context. Pass context attributes as query parameters; values are forwarded as strings. For low-latency in-Worker evaluation, prefer the Flagship binding over this endpoint.
- Evaluation
- Evaluate flag (POST)
- Evaluates a flag against the provided context, passed as a JSON request body (OFREP-shaped) rather than query parameters. Returns the same response shape as the GET variant.
- Evaluation
- Get app
- Returns an app's name and audit fields. Flag definitions are not included.
- Apps
- Get flag
- Returns the full flag definition including rules, variations, and audit fields.
- Flags
- Get flag changelog
- Returns the audit history for a flag, newest first. Each entry includes the event type and full flag state after the change; `update` entries include a field-level diff. Capped at 200 entries per flag.
- Changelog
- List apps
- Lists all apps in the account. Returns identity and audit fields only — flag definitions are not included.
- Apps
- List flags
- Lists an app's flags ordered by key. Pass `cursor` from `result_info` to page forward; a null cursor indicates the last page.
- Flags
- Update app
- Updates an app. Only `name` is mutable.
- Apps
- Update flag
- Replaces the entire flag definition. Omitted fields are dropped, not preserved — read before writing. Each update appends a changelog entry.
- Flags
- Get Fraud Detection Settings
- Retrieve Fraud Detection settings for a zone.
- Fraud Detection
- Update Fraud Detection Settings
- Update Fraud Detection settings for a zone. Notes on `username_expressions` behavior: - If omitted or set to null, expressions are not modified. - If provided as an empty array `[]`, all expressions will be cleared.
- Fraud Detection
- Generate a JWT to interact with the specified image registry.
- Generates temporary credentials for accessing Cloudflare's container image registry. Used for pulling and pushing container images.
- Image Registries
- Abuse Report Details
- Retrieve the details of an abuse report.
- tseng-abuse-complaint-processor_other
- Get an account entry point ruleset
- Fetches the latest version of the account entry point ruleset for a given phase.
- Account Rulesets
- Get an account entry point ruleset version
- Fetches a specific version of an account entry point ruleset.
- Account Rulesets
- Get account limits
- Retrieve account limits and usage information
- Account
- Get an account ruleset
- Fetches the latest version of an account ruleset.
- Account Rulesets
- Get an account ruleset version
- Fetches a specific version of an account ruleset.
- Account Rulesets
- Read all alerts on submitted domains
- Return all alerts on submitted domains
- brand_protection
- Read all brands
- Return all brands
- brand_protection
- Read patterns for brands by ID
- Return patterns for brands based on ID
- brand_protection
- Read submitted domains by ID
- Return submitted domains based on ID
- brand_protection
- Read matches for logo queries by ID
- Return matches for logo queries based on ID
- logo_match
- Download matches for logo queries by ID
- Return matches as CSV for logo queries based on ID
- logo_match
- Read all saved logo queries
- Return all saved logo queries
- logo_match
- Read saved logo queries by ID
- Return saved logo queries based on ID
- logo_match
- Read matches for string queries by ID
- Return matches for string queries based on ID
- domain_search
- Download matches for string queries by ID
- Return matches as CSV for string queries based on ID
- domain_search
- Read string queries by ID
- Return string queries based on ID
- domain_search
- Read recent URL submissions
- Return recent URL submissions
- brand_protection
- Read URL submissions by ID
- Return URL submissions based on ID
- brand_protection
- Read the total number of saved string queries
- Return the total number of saved string queries
- domain_search
- Read submitted domains by pattern
- Return submitted domains based on pattern
- brand_protection
- Read submitted URLs by ID
- Return submitted URLs based on ID
- brand_protection
- List fields
- Lists all fields available for a dataset. The response result is. an object with key-value pairs, where keys are field names, and values are descriptions.
- Logpush jobs for an account
- List Logpush jobs for a dataset
- Lists Logpush jobs for an account for a dataset.
- Logpush jobs for an account
- List Logpush jobs
- Lists Logpush jobs for an account.
- Logpush jobs for an account
- Get Logpush job details
- Gets the details of a Logpush job.
- Logpush jobs for an account
- Get CMB config
- Gets CMB config.
- Logcontrol CMB config for an account
- Fetch active recording
- Returns the active recording details for the given meeting ID.
- Recordings
- Fetch details of an active session
- Returns details of an ongoing active session for the given meeting ID.
- Active session
- Fetch all meetings for an App
- Returns all meetings for the given App ID.
- Meetings
- Fetch all recordings for an App
- Returns all recordings for an App. If the `meeting_id` parameter is passed, returns all recordings for the given meeting ID.
- Recordings
- Get all SSO connectors
- Lists all SSO connectors configured for the account.
- SSO
- Fetch all supported webhook events
- Returns the list of webhook event names supported by RealtimeKit.
- Webhooks
- Fetch all webhooks details
- Returns details of all webhooks for an App.
- Webhooks
- Get allowlist prefix.
- Get an allowlist prefix specified by the given UUID.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Fetch app details
- Fetch details for an app in your account.
- Apps
- Get a single application by id
- Returns a single application by id
- Applications
- Get auth methods
- Returns available auth methods for the specified vendor, including credential schema, instructions, and example payloads. Use this to understand what credentials are required before calling POST /v2/integrations.
- Applications
- Get application
- Get application by ID.
- Applications
- Get application setup flows
- Returns all available setup flows for the application, one per auth method.
- Applications
- Get application details
- Returns full application details including auth methods, use cases, and permissions.
- Applications
- List applications
- List applications with different filters.
- Applications
- Fetch all apps
- Fetch all apps for your account
- Apps
- Lists attackers across multiple datasets
- List attacker names referenced in events across one or more datasets.
- Attacker
- Retrieves a file from Binary Storage
- Retrieves a binary file from the Cloudforce One binary storage for analysis.
- BinDB
- Get build by UUID
- Retrieve detailed information about a specific build
- Builds
- Get build logs
- Retrieve logs for a specific build with cursor-based pagination
- Builds
- Get builds by version IDs
- Retrieve builds for specific version IDs
- Builds
- Get R2 catalog details
- Retrieve detailed information about a specific R2 catalog by bucket name. Returns catalog status, maintenance configuration, and credential status.
- R2 Catalog Management
- List application categories
- List application categories.
- Category
- Get application category
- Get application category by ID.
- Category
- Lists categories across multiple datasets
- List categories across one or more datasets for the account.
- Category
- Lists categories
- List all categories stored in the account catalog.
- Category
- Reads a category
- Retrieve a single category by its identifier.
- Category
- Get information about a CNI object
- Get information about a CNI object
- CNIs
- Export collection to CSV, JSONL, or Markdown
- Streams collection data in the requested format. Supports CSV (default), JSONL, or Markdown via Accept header. Queries items in batches of 1000 to avoid memory/timeout limits.
- Collections
- Get collection
- Retrieves a single collection by ID with its schema and metadata
- Collections
- List collections
- Retrieves all collections for an account with pagination
- Collections
- List account commands
- Retrieves a paginated list of commands issued to devices under the specified account, optionally filtered by time range, device, or other parameters
- DEX Remote Commands
- Download command output file
- Downloads artifacts for an executed command. Bulk downloads are not supported
- DEX Remote Commands
- List devices eligible for remote captures
- List devices with WARP client support for remote captures which have been connected in the last 1 hour.
- DEX Remote Commands
- Returns account commands usage, quota, and reset time
- Retrieves the current quota usage and limits for device commands within a specific account, including the time when the quota will reset
- DEX Remote Commands
- List Scan Configs
- List Scan Configs
- Scans
- Get a container instance
- Returns control-plane details for a single container instance and any associated deployment/placement information.
- ApplicationsContainer Instances
- Retrieves countries information for all countries
- Retrieve country code information for all supported countries.
- Country
- Get Credential
- Returns a single credential by ID.
- Credentials
- Get Credential Set
- Returns a single credential set by ID.
- Credential Sets
- Lists all datasets in an account
- List all datasets accessible to the account.
- Dataset
- Reads a dataset
- Retrieve metadata for a specific dataset.
- Dataset
- List indicators related to a tag within a dataset (deprecated)
- This endpoint is deprecated. Use GET /:account_id/events/tags/:tag_uuid/indicators with the optional datasetIds query parameter instead. Returns indicators associated with the provided tag UUID within a single dataset's indicator shards, with pagination.
- Tag
- Get deploy hook
- Get details of a specific deploy hook.
- Deploy Hooks
- Get deployment group
- Fetches a single deployment group by its ID. This endpoint is in Beta.
- Deployment Groups
- Get device
- Fetches a single WARP device.
- Physical Devices
- Get DEX Rule
- Get details for a DEX Rule.
- DEX Rules
- Get DMARC Report Status
- Retrieves the current DMARC report configuration and status for a zone. Returns the RUA prefix, enabled status, approved sources, and DNS records.
- Email Auth
- Get DNS Protection rule.
- Get a DNS Protection rule specified by the given UUID.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- List saved query matches
- Get paginated list of domain matches for one or more brand protection queries. When multiple query_ids are provided (comma-separated), matches are deduplicated across queries and each match includes a match_details array with per-match query metadata and individual dismissed state.
- Brand Protection
- Aggregate events by single or multiple columns with optional date filtering
- Aggregate threat events by one or more columns (e.g., attacker, targetIndustry) with optional date filtering and daily grouping. Supports multi-dimensional aggregation for cross-analysis.
- Event
- Query graph neighborhood from R2 Data Catalog
- Expands the single-level relationship neighborhood of one or more seed nodes (event, indicator, or tag) from R2 Data Catalog. Seeds use compact id format (type:uuid), e.g. "event:550e8400-...". Multi-seed requests merge and deduplicate results server-side. Hydrates neighbor entities with summary data from Durable Objects. Supports filtering by relationship type and dataset scope.
- EventsR2 Catalog
- Filter and list events
- Use `datasetId=all` or `datasetId=*` to query all event datasets for the account (limited to 50). When `datasetId` is unspecified, events are listed from the default Cloudforce One Threat Events dataset. To list existing datasets, use the [`List Datasets`](https://developers.cloudflare.com/api/resources/cloudforce_one/subresources/threat_events/subresources/datasets/methods/list/) endpoint.
- Event
- List all saved event queries
- Retrieve all saved event queries for the account
- Event
- Read a saved event query
- Retrieve a saved event query by its ID
- Event
- Reads data for a raw event
- Retrieve raw data for a specific event.
- Event
- Reads raw data for an event by UUID
- Retrieves the raw data associated with an event. Searches across all shards in the dataset.
- Event
- Reads an event
- Retrieves a specific event by its UUID.
- Event
- Reads an event
- This Method is deprecated. Please use /events/dataset/:dataset_id/events/:event_id instead.
- Event
- Filter and list events related to specific event
- The `event_id` must be defined (to list existing events (and their IDs), use the [`Filter and List Events`](https://developers.cloudflare.com/api/resources/cloudforce_one/subresources/threat_events/methods/list/) endpoint). Also, must provide query parameters.
- Event
- Get a single export job
- Retrieves a single export job by its unique identifier
- exports
- Get a finding type
- Gets a security Finding that has been identified as being problematic.
- findings
- Get a finding instance using an instance ID
- Gets a security Finding instance by id.
- findings
- Get finding by ID
- Retrieve a specific finding type by its unique identifier.
- finding_types
- Get queries
- Get all saved brand protection queries for an account
- Brand Protection
- Get logo queries
- Get all saved brand protection logo queries for an account. Optionally specify id to get a single query. Set download=true to include base64-encoded image data.
- Brand Protection
- Get the Latest Scan Result
- Get the Latest Scan Result
- Scans
- List groups for an account
- List groups for an account
- Groups
- List group members
- List group members
- Groups
- Read a group for an account
- Read a group for an account
- Groups
- Get Hyperdrive
- Returns the specified Hyperdrive configuration.
- Hyperdrive
- Aggregate indicators by column(s)
- Aggregate threat indicators by one or more columns (e.g., indicatorType, value) across datasets. Returns top-N groups ordered by count.
- Indicator
- Lists indicators across multiple datasets
- Retrieves a paginated list of indicators across specified datasets. Use datasetIds=all or datasetIds=* to query all datasets for the account. If no datasetIds provided, uses the default dataset.
- Indicator
- Lists indicators
- This method is deprecated. Please use /events/indicators to retrieve a paginated list of indicators.
- Indicator
- Reads an indicator
- Retrieves a specific indicator by its UUID.
- Indicator
- List mirrored tags for an indicator dataset
- Returns all mirrored tags from the indicator dataset (DO mirror table). No pagination.
- Indicator
- Lists indicator types across multiple datasets
- List indicator types across one or more datasets for the account.
- Indicator Types
- Get integration details
- Returns full integration details including use cases and permissions.
- Integrations
- Get information about an interconnect object
- Get information about an interconnect object
- Interconnects
- Generate the Letter of Authorization (LOA) for a given interconnect
- Generate the Letter of Authorization (LOA) for a given interconnect
- Interconnects
- Get the current status of an interconnect object
- Get the current status of an interconnect object
- Interconnects
- Get IP profile
- Fetches a single WARP Device IP profile.
- IP Profiles
- Get collection item
- Retrieve a single item from a collection by its identifier.
- Collections
- Query collection items
- Retrieves items from a collection with keyset pagination and optional column-based filters
- Collections
- Get latest builds by script IDs
- Retrieve the most recent builds for multiple worker scripts
- Builds
- Lists all indicator types
- This Method is deprecated. Please use /events/dataset/:dataset_id/indicatorTypes instead.
- Indicator Types
- List example letter templates
- List system-provided example templates that can be used as starting points when creating custom templates. These templates cannot be used directly for letter generation.
- Brand Protection
- Get letter template
- Get a specific user-defined takedown letter template by ID. System example templates are available via the /templates/examples endpoint.
- Brand Protection
- List letter templates
- List user-defined takedown letter templates. System example templates are available via the /templates/examples endpoint.
- Brand Protection
- Run liveness checks
- Return a success message after running liveness checks
- brand_protection
- Fetch complete analytics data for your livestreams
- Returns livestream analytics for the specified time range.
- Live streamsLivestreamAnalytics
- Fetch day-wise analytics data for your livestreams
- Returns day-wise livestream analytics for the specified time range.
- Live streamsLivestreamAnalytics
- List logo matches
- Get paginated list of logo matches for a specific brand protection logo query
- Brand Protection
- Get catalog maintenance configuration
- Retrieve the maintenance configuration for a specific catalog, including compaction settings and credential status.
- Maintenance Configuration
- Fetch a meeting for an App
- Returns a meeting details in an App for the given meeting ID.
- Meetings
- Fetch a participant's detail
- Returns a participant details for the given meeting and participant ID.
- Meetings
- Fetch all participants of a meeting
- Returns all participants detail for the given meeting ID.
- Meetings
- Fetch details of a recording
- Returns details of a recording for the given recording ID.
- Recordings
- Fetch day-wise session and recording analytics data for an App
- Returns day-wise session and recording analytics data of an App for the specified time range start_date to end_date. If start_date and end_date are not provided, the default time range is set from 30 days ago to the current date.
- AnalyticsOrganizations
- Fetch details of peer
- Returns participant details for the given peer ID along with call statistics.
- Sessions
- Fetch details of a participant
- Returns details of the given participant ID along with call statistics for the given session ID.
- Sessions
- List permissions for dataset
- List permissions
- Permissions
- Get prefix.
- Get a prefix specified by the given UUID.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Fetch all presets
- Fetches all the presets belonging to an App.
- Presets
- Fetch details of a preset
- Fetches details of a preset using the provided preset ID
- Presets
- Get protection status.
- Get the protection status of the account.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Get feedback emails statistics
- Returns the count of feedback emails received for the specified account and date range.
- Email Sending feedback
- Get account Email Sending suppression
- Get account Email Sending suppression
- Email Sending suppressions
- Get account email suppression
- Retrieves a single email suppression for the specified account.
- Email Routing suppressions
- Get account email suppression
- Retrieves a single email suppression for the specified account.
- Email Sending suppressions
- Get zone email suppression
- Retrieves a single email suppression for the specified zone.
- Email Routing suppressions
- Get zone email suppression
- Retrieves a single email suppression for the specified zone.
- Email Sending suppressions
- List account Email Sending suppressions
- List account Email Sending suppressions
- Email Sending suppressions
- List account email suppressions
- Lists email suppressions for the specified account.
- Email Routing suppressions
- List account email suppressions
- Lists email suppressions for the specified account.
- Email Sending suppressions
- List zone email suppressions
- Lists email suppressions for the specified zone.
- Email Routing suppressions
- List zone email suppressions
- Lists email suppressions for the specified zone.
- Email Sending suppressions
- Run readiness checks
- Return a success message after running readiness checks
- brand_protection
- Get registration
- Fetches a single WARP registration.
- Registrations
- Get override codes
- Fetches one-time use admin override codes for a registration. This relies on the **Admin Override** setting being enabled in your device configuration.
- warp-teams-device-api_other
- List remediation types for a finding type
- List all remediation types for a given finding type. This endpoint supports both cursor and offset pagination. Note that `cursor` and `page` are mutually exclusive.
- finding_types
- Get Scan
- Returns a single scan by ID.
- Scans
- Retrieves Account Audit Log
- Lists audit log entries for all Security Center insights in the account, showing changes to insight status and classification.
- Security Center Audit Log
- Get Recent Account Scans
- Returns the most recent on-demand scans for the account, up to a maximum of 5. Each scan includes its ID, start time, and current status. This includes both account-wide and zone-scoped scans. Also returns quota information showing how many scans have been used and how many remain in the current 24-hour window.
- Security Center Scans
- Retrieves Security Center Insight Context
- Returns the full context payload for an insight. This endpoint is used for insights with large payloads that are not included inline in the list response.
- Security Center Insights
- Retrieves Security Center Insight Counts by Class
- Retrieves Security Center insight counts aggregated by classification class.
- Security Center Insights
- Retrieves Security Center Insight Counts by Severity
- Retrieves Security Center insight counts aggregated by severity level (critical, high, medium, low).
- Security Center Insights
- Retrieves Security Center Insight Counts by Type
- Retrieves Security Center insight counts aggregated by insight type.
- Security Center Insights
- Retrieves Security Center Insights
- Lists all Security Center insights for the account, showing security findings and recommendations.
- Security Center Insights
- Retrieves Issue Audit Log
- Lists audit log entries for a specific Security Center insight, showing changes to its status and classification over time.
- Security Center Audit Log
- Retrieves Security Center Issue Counts by Class
- Retrieves Security Center issue counts aggregated by classification class.
- Security Center Insights
- Retrieves Security Center Issue Counts by Severity
- Retrieves Security Center issue counts aggregated by severity level.
- Security Center Insights
- Retrieves Security Center Issue Counts by Type
- Retrieves Security Center issue counts aggregated by issue type.
- Security Center Insights
- Retrieves Security Center Issues Types
- Lists all available issue types in Security Center, describing categories of security issues.
- Security Center Insights
- Retrieves Security Center Issues
- Lists all Security Center issues for the account, showing active security problems requiring attention.
- Security Center Insights
- Get Recent Zone Scans
- Returns the most recent on-demand scans for a specific zone, up to a maximum of 5. Each scan includes its ID, start time, and current status. Results include both zone-specific scans and account-wide scans (which cover all zones). Also returns quota information showing how many scans have been used and how many remain in the current 24-hour window.
- Security Center Scans
- Retrieves security.txt
- Retrieves the current security.txt file configuration for a zone, used for security vulnerability reporting.
- security.txt
- Fetch all chat messages of a session
- Returns a URL to download all chat messages of the session ID in CSV format.
- Sessions
- Fetch details of a session
- Returns data of the given session ID including recording details.
- Sessions
- Fetch participants list of a session
- Returns a list of participants for the given session ID.
- Sessions
- Fetch summary of transcripts for a session
- Returns a Summary URL to download the Summary of Transcripts for the session ID as plain text.
- Sessions
- Fetch the complete transcript for a session
- Returns a URL to download the transcript for the session ID in CSV format.
- Sessions
- Fetch all sessions of an App
- Returns details of all sessions of an App.
- Sessions
- Get the current settings for the active account
- Get the current settings for the active account
- Settings
- Internal route for testing signed URLs
- Internal route for testing signed URLs.
- logo_match
- Get information about the specified slot
- Get information about the specified slot
- Slots
- Get single SSO connector
- Retrieves details for a specific SSO connector.
- SSO
- Get SYN Protection filter.
- Get a SYN Protection filter specified by the given UUID.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Get SYN Protection rule.
- Get a SYN Protection rule specified by the given UUID.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Get table details
- Returns full Apache Iceberg metadata for a single table: schema, partition specs, sort orders, properties, and recent snapshot history. Designed for catalog introspection UIs that need per-table details without holding R2 credentials. The `metadata.snapshots`, `metadata.snapshot-log`, and `metadata.metadata-log` arrays are pruned to the most recent 10 entries by `timestamp-ms`. Use `total_snapshots` and `returned_snapshots` to surface the truncation to end users.
- Table Management
- Get table maintenance configuration
- Retrieve the maintenance configuration for a specific table, including compaction settings.
- Table Maintenance Configuration
- Lists all tag categories (SoT)
- Returns all Source-of-Truth tag categories for an account.
- TagCategory
- List indicators related to a tag
- Returns indicators associated with the provided tag UUID, with pagination. By default fans out across every indicator dataset the account can read; pass datasetIds to scope to specific datasets.
- Tag
- Lists all tags (SoT)
- Returns all Source-of-Truth tags for an account. Supports legacy free-text `search` on tag value and `categoryUuid` exact match, plus a structured `filters` JSON array for filtering by metadata fields (originCountryISO, actorCategory, motive, priority, etc.). Country values may be passed as alpha-2, alpha-3, name, or common alias.
- Tag
- Get takedown letter
- Get a specific takedown letter by ID, including the rendered text.
- Brand Protection
- List takedown letters
- List all letters for a specific takedown notice.
- Brand Protection
- Download takedown letter PDF
- Download the PDF for a stored takedown letter. If no PDF exists yet, it is generated from the stored letter text and cached for future downloads.
- Brand Protection
- Get takedown notice
- Get a specific takedown notice by ID.
- Brand Protection
- List takedown notices
- List all takedown notices for the account.
- Brand Protection
- Get Target Environment
- Returns a single target environment by ID.
- Target Environments
- Lists target industries across multiple datasets
- List target industries referenced in events across one or more datasets.
- Target Industry
- Lists all target industries for a specific dataset
- List all target industries referenced in events for a specific dataset.
- Target Industry
- Lists all target industries from industry map catalog
- List all predefined target industries from the industry map catalog.
- Target Industry
- Get TCP Flow Protection filter.
- Get a TCP Flow Protection filter specified by the given UUID.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Get TCP Flow Protection rule.
- Get a TCP Flow Protection rule specified by the given UUID.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Get total queries
- Get the total number of saved brand protection queries (domain + logo) for an account
- Brand Protection
- Get URL Normalization settings
- Fetches the current URL Normalization settings.
- URL Normalization
- Fetch active livestream session details
- Returns details of all active livestreams for the given livestream ID. Retreive the livestream ID using the `Start livestreaming a meeting` API.
- Live streams
- Fetch livestream details using livestream ID
- Returns details of a livestream with sessions for the given livestream ID. Retreive the livestream ID using the `Start livestreaming a meeting` API.
- Live streams
- Fetch livestream session details using livestream session ID
- Returns livestream session details for the given livestream session ID. Retrieve the `livestream_session_id`using the `Fetch livestream session details using a session ID` API.
- Live streams
- Fetch livestream session details using a session ID
- Returns livestream session details for the given session ID. Retreive the session ID using the `Fetch all sessions of an App` API.
- Live streams
- Fetch active livestreams for a meeting
- Returns details of all active livestreams for the given meeting ID.
- Live streams
- [DEPRECATED] Get Pipeline
- [DEPRECATED] Get configuration of a pipeline. Use the new /pipelines/v1/pipelines endpoint instead.
- workers_pipelines_other
- [DEPRECATED] List Pipelines
- [DEPRECATED] List, filter, and paginate pipelines in an account. Use the new /pipelines/v1/pipelines endpoint instead.
- workers_pipelines_other
- List Pipelines
- List/Filter Pipelines in Account.
- workers_pipelines_other
- Get Pipeline Details
- Get Pipelines Details.
- workers_pipelines_other
- List Sinks
- List/Filter Sinks in Account.
- workers_pipelines_other
- Get Sink Details
- Get Sink Details.
- workers_pipelines_other
- List Streams
- List/Filter Streams in Account.
- workers_pipelines_other
- Get Stream Details
- Get Stream Details.
- workers_pipelines_other
- Fetch details of a webhook
- Returns webhook details for the given webhook ID.
- Webhooks
- Get webhook configuration by ID
- Retrieves a specific webhook configuration by its unique identifier.
- webhooks
- Get Worker
- Get details about a specific Worker.
- Workers
- Get worker build configuration
- Retrieve the build configuration for a specific Worker script, including git repository details and production settings.
- Workers
- Get repository configuration autofill
- Analyze repository for automatic configuration detection
- GitHub Integration
- Get Version
- Get details about a specific version.
- Versions
- Get a zone entry point ruleset
- Fetches the latest version of the zone entry point ruleset for a given phase.
- Zone Rulesets
- Get a zone entry point ruleset version
- Fetches a specific version of a zone entry point ruleset.
- Zone Rulesets
- Get a zone ruleset
- Fetches the latest version of a zone ruleset.
- Zone Rulesets
- Get a zone ruleset version
- Fetches a specific version of a zone ruleset.
- Zone Rulesets
- Retrieves Zone Audit Log
- Lists audit log entries for all Security Center insights in a specific zone, showing changes to insight status and classification.
- Security Center Audit Log
- Retrieves Zone Security Center Insight Counts by Class
- Retrieves zone-specific Security Center insight counts aggregated by classification class.
- Security Center Insights
- Retrieves Zone Security Center Insight Counts by Severity
- Retrieves zone-specific Security Center insight counts aggregated by severity level.
- Security Center Insights
- Retrieves Zone Security Center Insight Counts by Type
- Retrieves zone-specific Security Center insight counts aggregated by insight type.
- Security Center Insights
- Retrieves Zone Security Center Insights
- Lists Security Center insights for a specific zone, showing zone-level security findings.
- Security Center Insights
- Retrieves Zone Issue Audit Log
- Lists audit log entries for a specific Security Center insight within a zone, showing changes to its status and classification over time.
- Security Center Audit Log
- Get a zone snippet
- Fetches a snippet belonging to the zone.
- Zone Snippets
- Get a zone snippet content
- Fetches the content of a snippet belonging to the zone.
- Zone Snippets
- List fields
- Lists all fields available for a dataset. The response result is. an object with key-value pairs, where keys are field names, and values are descriptions.
- Logpush jobs for a zone
- List Logpush jobs for a dataset
- Lists Logpush jobs for a zone for a dataset.
- Logpush jobs for a zone
- List Instant Logs jobs
- Lists Instant Logs jobs for a zone.
- Instant Logs jobs for a zone
- List Logpush jobs
- Lists Logpush jobs for a zone.
- Logpush jobs for a zone
- Get Logpush job details
- Gets the details of a Logpush job.
- Logpush jobs for a zone
- Get log retention flag
- Gets log retention flag for Logpull API.
- Logs Received
- Get logs RayIDs
- The `/rayids` api route allows lookups by specific rayid. The rayids route will return zero, one, or more records (ray ids are not unique).
- Logs Received
- Get logs received
- The `/received` api route allows customers to retrieve their edge HTTP logs. The basic access pattern is "give me all the logs for zone Z for minute M", where the minute M refers to the time records were received at Cloudflare's central data center. `start` is inclusive, and `end` is exclusive. Because of that, to get all data, at minutely cadence, starting at 10AM, the proper values are: `start=2018-05-20T10:00:00Z&end=2018-05-20T10:01:00Z`, then `start=2018-05-20T10:01:00Z&end=2018-05-20T10:02:00Z` and so on; the overlap will be handled properly.
- Logs Received
- List fields
- Lists all fields available. The response is json object with key-value pairs, where keys are field names, and values are descriptions.
- Logs Received
- Get Zaraz configuration
- Gets latest Zaraz configuration for a zone. It can be preview or published configuration, whichever was the last updated. Secret variables values will not be included.
- Zaraz
- Get Zaraz historical configurations by ID(s)
- Gets a history of published Zaraz configurations by ID(s) for a zone.
- Zaraz
- Get default Zaraz configuration
- Gets default Zaraz configuration for a zone.
- Zaraz
- Export Zaraz configuration
- Exports full current published Zaraz configuration for a zone, secret variables included.
- Zaraz
- List Zaraz historical configuration records
- Lists a history of published Zaraz configuration records for a zone.
- Zaraz
- Get Zaraz workflow
- Gets Zaraz workflow for a zone.
- Zaraz
- Create Health Check
- Create a new health check.
- Health Checks
- Create Preview Health Check
- Create a new preview health check.
- Health Checks
- Delete Health Check
- Delete a health check.
- Health Checks
- Delete Preview Health Check
- Delete a health check.
- Health Checks
- Health Check Details
- Fetch a single configured health check.
- Health Checks
- Health Check Preview Details
- Fetch a single configured health check preview.
- Health Checks
- List Health Checks
- List configured health checks.
- Health Checks
- Patch Health Check
- Patch a configured health check.
- Health Checks
- Update Health Check
- Update a configured health check.
- Health Checks
- Mark a finding as ignored
- Given a list of findings, mark as ignored. Does nothing if Finding is already ignored.
- findings
- Download image
- Download an image from CF Images. For most images this will be the originally uploaded file. For larger images it can be a near-lossless version of the original.
- Cloudflare Images
- Create authenticated direct upload URL V1
- Direct uploads allow users to upload images without API keys. A common use case are web apps, client-side applications, or mobile devices where users upload content directly to Cloudflare Images. This method creates a one-time upload URL. Use the V2 endpoint for additional features such as custom IDs and metadata.
- Cloudflare Images
- Create authenticated direct upload URL V2
- Direct uploads allow users to upload images without API keys. A common use case are web apps, client-side applications, or mobile devices where users upload content directly to Cloudflare Images. This method creates a draft record for a future image. It returns an upload URL and an image identifier. To verify if the image itself has been uploaded, send an image details request (accounts/:account_identifier/images/v1/:identifier), and check that the `draft: true` property is not present.
- Cloudflare Images
- Delete image
- Delete an image on Cloudflare Images. On success, all copies of the image are deleted and purged from cache.
- Cloudflare Images
- Image details
- Fetch details for a CF Images image.
- Cloudflare Images
- Images usage statistics
- Fetch image statistics details for Cloudflare Images. The returned statistics detail storage usage, including the current image count vs this account's allowance.
- Cloudflare Images
- Create a new Signing Key
- Create a new CF Images signing key with specified name. Returns all keys available.
- Cloudflare Images Keys
- Delete Signing Key
- Delete a CF Images signing key with specified name. Returns all keys available. When the last key is removed, a new default signing key will be generated.
- Cloudflare Images Keys
- List Signing Keys
- List your CF Images signing keys.
- Cloudflare Images Keys
- List images
- List up to 100 images with one request. Use the optional parameters below to get a specific range of images.
- Cloudflare Images
- List images V2
- List up to 10000 images from CF Images, with up to 1000 results per page. Use the optional parameters below to get a specific range of images. Pagination is supported via continuation_token. **Metadata Filtering (Optional):** You can optionally filter images by custom metadata fields using the `meta.<field>[<operator>]=<value>` syntax. **Supported Operators:** - `eq` / `eq:string` / `eq:number` / `eq:boolean` - Exact match - `gt` / `gt:number` - Greater than (number only) - `gte` / `gte:number` - Greater than or equal (number only) - `lt` / `lt:number` - Less than (number only) - `lte` / `lte:number` - Less than or equal (number only) - `in` / `in:string` / `in:number` - Match any value in list (pipe-separated) **Metadata Filter Constraints:** - Maximum 5 metadata filters per request - Maximum 5 levels of nesting (e.g., `meta.first.second.third.fourth.fifth`) - Maximum 10 elements for list operators (`in`) - Supports string, number, and boolean value types - Range operators (`gt`, `gte`, `lt`, `lte`) only accept numeric values **Filter Consistency:** Filters are combined with AND logic. The system does not validate whether filter combinations are logically consistent. For example, `meta.priority[eq:number]=5&meta.priority[lte:number]=3` will return zero results because no value can satisfy both conditions simultaneously. It is the caller's responsibility to ensure filter combinations make sense. **Examples:** ``` # List all images /images/v2 # Filter by metadata [eq] /images/v2?meta.status[eq:string]=active # Filter by metadata [in] /images/v2?meta.status[in]=pending|deleted|flagged # Filter by metadata [in:number] /images/v2?meta.ratings[in:number]=4|5 # Filter by metadata range [gte:number] /images/v2?meta.priority[gte:number]=1 # Filter by bounded range /images/v2?meta.priority[gte:number]=1&meta.priority[lte:number]=5 # Filter by nested metadata /images/v2?meta.region.name[eq]=eu-west # Combine metadata filters with creator /images/v2?meta.status[eq]=active&creator=user123 # Multiple metadata filters (AND logic) /images/v2?meta.status[eq]=active&meta.priority[eq:number]=5 ```
- Cloudflare Images
- Abort a migration
- Abort a running migration. Objects already imported will not be removed.
- Cloudflare Images Sourcing Kit
- Create a sourcing kit migration
- Create a new migration from an existing source. The migration will import objects from the source bucket into Cloudflare Images.
- Cloudflare Images Sourcing Kit
- Create a sourcing kit source
- Create a new migration source by providing storage credentials. The service will verify connectivity to the bucket before accepting the source.
- Cloudflare Images Sourcing Kit
- Delete a sourcing kit migration
- Delete an existing migration. Only completed, errored, or aborted migrations can be deleted.
- Cloudflare Images Sourcing Kit
- Delete a sourcing kit source
- Delete an existing migration source. Sources with active migrations cannot be deleted.
- Cloudflare Images Sourcing Kit
- Get sourcing kit migration
- Fetch details for a single migration.
- Cloudflare Images Sourcing Kit
- Get migration progress
- Get the current progress of a migration including counts of scanned, imported, skipped, and errored objects.
- Cloudflare Images Sourcing Kit
- Get sourcing kit source
- Fetch details for a single migration source.
- Cloudflare Images Sourcing Kit
- Get source connectivity status
- Check the current connectivity status of an existing migration source.
- Cloudflare Images Sourcing Kit
- List migration logs
- List log entries for a specific migration.
- Cloudflare Images Sourcing Kit
- List sourcing kit migrations
- List all migrations for the account.
- Cloudflare Images Sourcing Kit
- List sourcing kit sources
- List all configured migration sources for the account.
- Cloudflare Images Sourcing Kit
- Precheck source connectivity
- Verify connectivity to a storage bucket before creating a source. Returns connectivity status without persisting any state.
- Cloudflare Images Sourcing Kit
- Start a migration
- Start a pending migration. The migration will begin importing objects from the configured source.
- Cloudflare Images Sourcing Kit
- Update a sourcing kit source
- Update the name of an existing migration source.
- Cloudflare Images Sourcing Kit
- Update image
- Update a CF Images image's metadata, creator, or access control. On access control change, all copies of the image are purged from cache.
- Cloudflare Images
- Upload an image
- Upload an image to CF Images. Images up to 10 Megabytes can be uploaded using a single HTTP POST (multipart/form-data) request by sending an image file or passing a URL accessible to the API.
- Cloudflare Images
- Create a variant
- Create a CF Images variant that allows you to resize images for different use cases.
- Cloudflare Images Variants
- Delete a variant
- Delete a CF Images variant. This will purge the cache for all images associated with the variant.
- Cloudflare Images Variants
- List variants
- List existing CF Images variants.
- Cloudflare Images Variants
- Update a variant
- Update a CF Images variant. This will purge the cache for all images associated with the variant.
- Cloudflare Images Variants
- Variant details
- Fetch details for a CF Images variant.
- Cloudflare Images Variants
- Variant details (flat)
- Fetch details for a single variant with properties at the top level of the result.
- Cloudflare Images Variants
- Delete target
- Delete target
- Infrastructure Access Targets
- Delete targets (Deprecated)
- Removes one or more targets.
- Infrastructure Access Targets
- Delete targets
- Removes one or more targets.
- Infrastructure Access Targets
- Get target
- Get target
- Infrastructure Access Targets
- List all targets
- Lists and sorts an account’s targets. Filters are optional and are ANDed together.
- Infrastructure Access Targets
- Create new target
- Create new target
- Infrastructure Access Targets
- Update target
- Update target
- Infrastructure Access Targets
- Create new targets
- Adds one or more targets.
- Infrastructure Access Targets
- Initialize new SSO connector
- Creates a new SSO connector for logging into Cloudflare through an identity provider.
- SSO
- Inspect SPF Record
- Inspects a specific SPF TXT record and returns a parsed tree structure in the spflimit-worker format. The record ID must be provided via the `id` query parameter. Returns a recursive tree showing: - Parsed components with their qualifiers and types - Nested includes recursively resolved within components - Per-component and total lookup counts - Detailed error information with context
- Email Auth
- Create an IP Access rule
- Creates a new IP Access rule for all zones owned by the current user. Note: To create an IP Access rule that applies to a specific zone, refer to the [IP Access rules for a zone](#ip-access-rules-for-a-zone) endpoints.
- IP Access rules for a user
- Delete an IP Access rule
- Deletes an IP Access rule at the user level. Note: Deleting a user-level rule will affect all zones owned by the user.
- IP Access rules for a user
- Get an IP Access rule
- Fetches the details of an IP Access rule defined at the user level.
- IP Access rules for a user
- List IP Access rules
- Fetches IP Access rules of the user. You can filter the results using several optional parameters.
- IP Access rules for a user
- Update an IP Access rule
- Updates an IP Access rule defined at the user level. You can only update the rule action (`mode` parameter) and notes.
- IP Access rules for a user
- Create an IP Access rule
- Creates a new IP Access rule for a zone. Note: To create an IP Access rule that applies to multiple zones, refer to [IP Access rules for a user](#ip-access-rules-for-a-user) or [IP Access rules for an account](#ip-access-rules-for-an-account) as appropriate.
- IP Access rules for a zone
- Delete an IP Access rule
- Deletes an IP Access rule defined at the zone level. Optionally, you can use the `cascade` property to specify that you wish to delete similar rules in other zones managed by the same zone owner.
- IP Access rules for a zone
- List IP Access rules
- Fetches IP Access rules of a zone. You can filter the results using several optional parameters.
- IP Access rules for a zone
- Update an IP Access rule
- Updates an IP Access rule defined at the zone level. You can only update the rule action (`mode` parameter) and notes.
- IP Access rules for a zone
- Create an IP Access rule
- Creates a new IP Access rule for an account. The rule will apply to all zones in the account. Note: To create an IP Access rule that applies to a single zone, refer to the [IP Access rules for a zone](#ip-access-rules-for-a-zone) endpoints.
- IP Access rules for an account
- Delete an IP Access rule
- Deletes an existing IP Access rule defined at the account level. Note: This operation will affect all zones in the account.
- IP Access rules for an account
- Get an IP Access rule
- Fetches the details of an IP Access rule defined at the account level.
- IP Access rules for an account
- List IP Access rules
- Fetches IP Access rules of an account. These rules apply to all the zones in the account. You can filter the results using several optional parameters.
- IP Access rules for an account
- Update an IP Access rule
- Updates an IP Access rule defined at the account level. Note: This operation will affect all zones in the account.
- IP Access rules for an account
- Add a zone membership to an Address Map
- Add a zone as a member of a particular address map.
- IP Address Management Address Maps
- Add an account membership to an Address Map
- Add an account as a member of a particular address map.
- IP Address Management Address Maps
- Add an IP to an Address Map
- Add an IP from a prefix owned by the account to a particular address map.
- IP Address Management Address Maps
- Address Map Details
- Show a particular address map owned by the account.
- IP Address Management Address Maps
- Create Address Map
- Create a new address map under the account.
- IP Address Management Address Maps
- Delete Address Map
- Delete a particular address map owned by the account. An Address Map must be disabled before it can be deleted.
- IP Address Management Address Maps
- List Address Maps
- List all address maps owned by the account.
- IP Address Management Address Maps
- Remove a zone membership from an Address Map
- Remove a zone as a member of a particular address map.
- IP Address Management Address Maps
- Remove an account membership from an Address Map
- Remove an account as a member of a particular address map.
- IP Address Management Address Maps
- Remove an IP from an Address Map
- Remove an IP from a particular address map.
- IP Address Management Address Maps
- Update Address Map
- Modify properties of an address map owned by the account.
- IP Address Management Address Maps
- Get Advertisement Status
- View the current advertisement state for a prefix. **Deprecated:** Prefer the BGP Prefixes endpoints, which additionally allow for advertising and withdrawing subnets of an IP prefix.
- IP Address Management Dynamic Advertisement
- Update Prefix Dynamic Advertisement Status
- Advertise or withdraw the BGP route for a prefix. **Deprecated:** Prefer the BGP Prefixes endpoints, which additionally allow for advertising and withdrawing subnets of an IP prefix.
- IP Address Management Dynamic Advertisement
- List Leases
- List all leases owned by the account.
- IP Address Management Leases
- Create Prefix Delegation
- Create a new account delegation for a given IP prefix.
- IP Address Management Prefix Delegation
- Delete Prefix Delegation
- Delete an account delegation for a given IP prefix.
- IP Address Management Prefix Delegation
- List Prefix Delegations
- List all delegations for a given account IP prefix.
- IP Address Management Prefix Delegation
- Add Prefix
- Add a new prefix under the account.
- IP Address Management Prefixes
- Create BGP Prefix
- Create a BGP prefix, controlling the BGP advertisement status of a specific subnet. When created, BGP prefixes are initially withdrawn, and can be advertised with the Update BGP Prefix API.
- IP Address Management BGP Prefixes
- Delete BGP Prefix
- Delete a BGP Prefix associated with the specified IP Prefix. A BGP Prefix must be withdrawn before it can be deleted.
- IP Address Management BGP Prefixes
- Delete Prefix
- Delete an unapproved prefix owned by the account.
- IP Address Management Prefixes
- Download LOA Document
- Download specified LOA document under the account.
- IP Address Management Prefixes
- Fetch BGP Prefix
- Retrieve a single BGP Prefix according to its identifier
- IP Address Management BGP Prefixes
- List BGP Prefixes
- List all BGP Prefixes within the specified IP Prefix. BGP Prefixes are used to control which specific subnets are advertised to the Internet. It is possible to advertise subnets more specific than an IP Prefix by creating more specific BGP Prefixes.
- IP Address Management BGP Prefixes
- List Prefixes
- List all prefixes owned by the account.
- IP Address Management Prefixes
- Prefix Details
- List a particular prefix owned by the account.
- IP Address Management Prefixes
- Update BGP Prefix
- Update the properties of a BGP Prefix, such as the on demand advertisement status (advertised or withdrawn).
- IP Address Management BGP Prefixes
- Update Prefix Description
- Modify the description for a prefix owned by the account.
- IP Address Management Prefixes
- Upload LOA Document
- Submit LOA document (pdf format) under the account.
- IP Address Management Prefixes
- Validate Prefix
- Triggers a new prefix validation. The checks are run asynchronously and include IRR, RPKI, and prefix ownership.
- IP Address Management Prefixes
- Create Service Binding
- Creates a new Service Binding, routing traffic to IPs within the given CIDR to a service running on Cloudflare's network. **NOTE:** The first Service Binding created for an IP Prefix must exactly match the IP Prefix's CIDR. Subsequent Service Bindings may be created with a more-specific CIDR. Refer to the [Service Bindings Documentation](https://developers.cloudflare.com/byoip/service-bindings/) for compatibility details.
- IP Address Management Service Bindings
- Delete Service Binding
- Delete a Service Binding
- IP Address Management Service Bindings
- Get Service Binding
- Fetch a single Service Binding
- IP Address Management Service Bindings
- List Service Bindings
- List the Cloudflare services this prefix is currently bound to. Traffic sent to an address within an IP prefix will be routed to the Cloudflare service of the most-specific Service Binding matching the address. **Example:** binding `192.0.2.0/24` to Cloudflare Magic Transit and `192.0.2.1/32` to the Cloudflare CDN would route traffic for `192.0.2.1` to the CDN, and traffic for all other IPs in the prefix to Cloudflare Magic Transit.
- IP Address Management Service Bindings
- List Services
- Bring-Your-Own IP (BYOIP) prefixes onboarded to Cloudflare must be bound to a service running on the Cloudflare network to enable a Cloudflare product on the IP addresses. This endpoint can be used as a reference of available services on the Cloudflare network, and their service IDs.
- IP Address Management Service Bindings
- Get IP Overview
- Gets the geolocation, ASN, infrastructure type of the ASN, and any security threat categories of an IP address. **Must provide ip query parameters.** For example, `/intel/ip?ipv4=1.1.1.1` or `/intel/ip?ipv6=2001:db8::1`.
- IP Intelligence
- Get Available IP Lists
- Returns a list of available IP list categories (e.g., anonymizer, botnetcc, malware, tor, vpn, open_proxies). This endpoint provides metadata about which IP lists are available in the system.
- IP List
- Cloudflare/JD Cloud IP Details
- Get IPs used on the Cloudflare/JD Cloud network, see https://www.cloudflare.com/ips for Cloudflare IPs or https://developers.cloudflare.com/china-network/reference/infrastructure/ for JD Cloud IPs.
- Cloudflare IPs
- Create Keyless SSL Configuration
- Creates a Keyless SSL configuration that allows SSL/TLS termination without exposing private keys to Cloudflare. Keys remain on your infrastructure.
- Keyless SSL for a Zone
- Delete Keyless SSL Configuration
- Removes a Keyless SSL configuration. SSL connections will no longer use the keyless server for cryptographic operations.
- Keyless SSL for a Zone
- Edit Keyless SSL Configuration
- This will update attributes of a Keyless SSL. Consists of one or more of the following: host,name,port.
- Keyless SSL for a Zone
- Get Keyless SSL Configuration
- Get details for one Keyless SSL configuration.
- Keyless SSL for a Zone
- List Keyless SSL Configurations
- List all Keyless SSL configurations for a given zone.
- Keyless SSL for a Zone
- Kick all participants
- Kicks all participants from an active session for the given meeting ID.
- Active session
- Kick participants from an active session
- Kicks one or more participants from an active session using user ID or custom participant ID.
- Active session
- List abuse reports
- List the abuse reports for a given account
- tseng-abuse-complaint-processor_other
- List an account entry point ruleset's versions
- Fetches the versions of an account entry point ruleset.
- Account Rulesets
- List an account ruleset version's rules by tag
- Fetches the rules of a managed account ruleset version for a given tag.
- Account Rulesets
- List an account ruleset's versions
- Fetches the versions of an account ruleset.
- Account Rulesets
- List account rulesets
- Fetches all rulesets at the account level.
- Account Rulesets
- List all allowlist prefixes.
- List all allowlist prefixes for an account.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- List all application versions
- Returns all versions for this application
- Applications
- List Applications associated with your account
- Lists all the applications that are associated with your account
- Applications
- List applications
- Returns a list of available applications with use cases and permissions.
- Applications
- List additional audio tracks on a video
- Lists additional audio tracks on a video. Note this API will not return information for audio attached to the video upload.
- Stream Audio Tracks
- List build tokens
- Get all build tokens with pagination
- Build Tokens
- List builds by script
- Get all builds for a specific worker script with pagination
- Workers
- List R2 catalogs
- Returns a list of R2 buckets that have been enabled as Apache Iceberg catalogs for the specified account. Each catalog represents an R2 bucket configured to store Iceberg metadata and data files.
- R2 Catalog Management
- List available target environments
- Retrieves a list of all available target environments with their display names. This endpoint is in Beta.
- Client Versions
- List client versions
- Lists available WARP client versions for a specific target environment and release track. This endpoint is in Beta.
- Client Versions
- List existing CNI objects
- List existing CNI objects
- CNIs
- List container instances
- Lists container instances for an application, including control-plane details and any associated deployment/placement information.
- ApplicationsContainer Instances
- List DLP content findings
- List DLP content findings
- content
- List Credential Sets
- Returns all credential sets for the account.
- Credential Sets
- List Credentials
- Returns all credentials within a credential set.
- Credentials
- List deploy hooks
- Get all deploy hooks for a specific worker script.
- Deploy Hooks
- List deployment groups
- Lists all deployment groups for an account. Use deployment groups to assign target WARP client versions to specific devices. This endpoint is in Beta.
- Deployment Groups
- List devices
- Lists WARP devices.
- Physical Devices
- List DEX Rules
- List DEX Rules.
- DEX Rules
- List all DNS Protection rules.
- List all DNS Protection rules for an account.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- List abuse report emails
- List emails sent to the customer for an abuse report. Returns all successful customer emails sent for the specified abuse report. Does not include emails sent to hosts or submitters.
- tseng-abuse-complaint-processor_other
- List environment variables
- Get all environment variables for a trigger
- Environment Variables
- List all export jobs
- List all export jobs for a given requestor's organization
- exports
- List instances of a finding
- Lists all security finding instances for a given security finding.
- findings
- List all finding types
- List all available finding types with pagination support.
- finding_types
- List posture findings
- List all security findings that have been identified as being problematic. This will return a list of findings regardless if they have been ignored or not.
- findings
- List Hyperdrives
- Returns a list of Hyperdrives.
- Hyperdrive
- Get the list of configured registries in the account
- Get the list of configured registries in the account
- Image Registries
- List integrations
- Returns a paginated list of integrations for the account.
- Integrations
- List existing interconnects
- List existing interconnects
- Interconnects
- List IP profiles
- Lists WARP Device IP profiles.
- IP Profiles
- List Managed Transforms
- Fetches a list of all Managed Transforms.
- Managed Transforms
- List abuse report mitigations
- List mitigations done to remediate the abuse report.
- tseng-abuse-complaint-processor_other
- List namespaces in catalog
- Returns a list of namespaces in the specified R2 catalog. Supports hierarchical filtering and pagination for efficient traversal of large namespace hierarchies.
- Namespace Management
- List all prefixes.
- List all prefixes for an account.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- List registrations
- Lists WARP registrations.
- Registrations
- List remediation jobs
- List all remediation jobs tied to a specific Cloudflare Account. Note that `cursor` and `page` are mutually exclusive.
- remediations
- List Scans
- Returns all scans for the account.
- Scans
- Retrieve a list of all slots matching the specified parameters
- Retrieve a list of all slots matching the specified parameters
- Slots
- List all SYN Protection filters.
- List all SYN Protection filters for an account.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- List all SYN Protection rules.
- List all SYN Protection rules for an account.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- List tables in namespace
- Returns a list of tables in the specified namespace within an R2 catalog. Supports pagination for efficient traversal of large table collections.
- Table Management
- List Target Environments
- Returns all target environments for the account.
- Target Environments
- List all TCP Flow Protection filters.
- List all TCP Flow Protection filters for an account.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- List all TCP Flow Protection rules.
- List all TCP Flow Protection rules for an account.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- List triggers by script
- Get all triggers for a specific worker script
- Workers
- List WARP change events.
- List WARP configuration and enablement toggle change events by device.
- WARP Change Events
- List webhook configurations
- Retrieves all webhook configurations for the authenticated account. Returns an array of webhook configurations that can be used to send finding notifications.
- webhooks
- List Versions
- List all versions for a Worker.
- Versions
- List Workers
- List all Workers for an account.
- Workers
- List a zone entry point ruleset's versions
- Fetches the versions of a zone entry point ruleset.
- Zone Rulesets
- List a zone ruleset version's rules by tag
- Fetches the rules of a managed zone ruleset version for a given tag.
- Zone Rulesets
- List a zone ruleset's versions
- Fetches the versions of a zone ruleset.
- Zone Rulesets
- List zone rulesets
- Fetches all rulesets at the zone level.
- Zone Rulesets
- List zone snippet rules
- Fetches all snippet rules belonging to the zone.
- Zone Snippets
- List zone snippets
- Fetches all snippets belonging to the zone.
- Zone Snippets
- Create a list
- Creates a new list of the specified kind.
- Lists
- Create list items
- Appends new items to the list. This operation is asynchronous. To get current the operation status, invoke the `Get bulk operation status` endpoint with the returned `operation_id`. There is a limit of 1 pending bulk operation per account. If an outstanding bulk operation is in progress, the request will be rejected.
- Lists
- Delete a list
- Deletes a specific list and all its items.
- Lists
- Delete list items
- Removes one or more items from a list. This operation is asynchronous. To get current the operation status, invoke the `Get bulk operation status` endpoint with the returned `operation_id`. There is a limit of 1 pending bulk operation per account. If an outstanding bulk operation is in progress, the request will be rejected.
- Lists
- Get a list
- Fetches the details of a list.
- Lists
- Get a list item
- Fetches a list item in the list.
- Lists
- Get bulk operation status
- Gets the current status of an asynchronous operation on a list. The `status` property can have one of the following values: `pending`, `running`, `completed`, or `failed`. If the status is `failed`, the `error` property will contain a message describing the error.
- Lists
- Get list items
- Fetches all the items in the list.
- Lists
- Get lists
- Fetches all lists in the account.
- Lists
- Update a list
- Updates the description of a list.
- Lists
- Update all list items
- Removes all existing items from the list and adds the provided items to the list. This operation is asynchronous. To get current the operation status, invoke the `Get bulk operation status` endpoint with the returned `operation_id`. There is a limit of 1 pending bulk operation per account. If an outstanding bulk operation is in progress, the request will be rejected.
- Lists
- Fetch livestream session details for a meeting
- Returns livestream session details for the given meeting ID. Retreive the meeting ID using the `Create a meeting` API.
- Live streams
- List Healthcheck Events
- List origin health changes.
- Load Balancer Healthcheck Events
- Create Monitor
- Create a configured monitor.
- Load Balancer Monitors
- Delete Monitor
- Delete a configured monitor.
- Load Balancer Monitors
- List Monitor References
- Get the list of resources that reference the provided monitor.
- Load Balancer Monitors
- List Monitors
- List configured monitors for a user.
- Load Balancer Monitors
- Monitor Details
- List a single configured monitor for a user.
- Load Balancer Monitors
- Patch Monitor
- Apply changes to an existing monitor, overwriting the supplied properties.
- Load Balancer Monitors
- Preview Monitor
- Preview pools using the specified monitor with provided monitor details. The returned preview_id can be used in the preview endpoint to retrieve the results.
- Load Balancer Monitors
- Preview Result
- Get the result of a previous preview operation using the provided preview_id.
- Load Balancer Monitors
- Update Monitor
- Modify a configured monitor.
- Load Balancer Monitors
- Create Pool
- Create a new pool.
- Load Balancer Pools
- Delete Pool
- Delete a configured pool.
- Load Balancer Pools
- List Pool References
- Get the list of resources that reference the provided pool.
- Load Balancer Pools
- List Pools
- List configured pools.
- Load Balancer Pools
- Patch Pool
- Apply changes to an existing pool, overwriting the supplied properties.
- Load Balancer Pools
- Patch Pools
- Apply changes to a number of existing pools, overwriting the supplied properties. Pools are ordered by ascending `name`. Returns the list of affected pools. Supports the standard pagination query parameters, either `limit`/`offset` or `per_page`/`page`.
- Load Balancer Pools
- Pool Details
- Fetch a single configured pool.
- Load Balancer Pools
- Pool Health Details
- Fetch the latest pool health status for a single pool.
- Load Balancer Pools
- Preview Pool
- Preview pool health using provided monitor details. The returned preview_id can be used in the preview endpoint to retrieve the results.
- Load Balancer Pools
- Update Pool
- Modify a configured pool.
- Load Balancer Pools
- Get Region
- Get a single region mapping.
- Load Balancer Regions
- List Regions
- List all region mappings.
- Load Balancer Regions
- Create Load Balancer
- Create a new load balancer.
- Load Balancers
- Delete Load Balancer
- Delete a configured load balancer.
- Load Balancers
- List Load Balancers
- List configured load balancers.
- Load Balancers
- Load Balancer Details
- Fetch a single configured load balancer.
- Load Balancers
- Patch Load Balancer
- Apply changes to an existing load balancer, overwriting the supplied properties.
- Load Balancers
- Update Load Balancer
- Update a configured load balancer.
- Load Balancers
- List log files
- Lists R2 objects containing logs matching the provided query parameters.
- Logpull
- Retrieve logs
- Returns logs stored in R2 that match the provided query parameters.
- Logpull
- Delete mTLS certificate
- Deletes the mTLS certificate unless the certificate is in use by one or more Cloudflare services.
- mTLS Certificate Management
- Get mTLS certificate
- Fetches a single mTLS certificate uploaded to your account. To get a certificate issued by the Cloudflare managed CA, use the [Client Certificate Details endpoint](/api/resources/client_certificates/methods/get/).
- mTLS Certificate Management
- List mTLS certificate associations
- Lists all active associations between the certificate and Cloudflare services.
- mTLS Certificate Management
- List mTLS certificates
- Lists all mTLS certificates uploaded to your account, such as Bring Your Own CA (BYO-CA) for mTLS. To list certificates issued by the Cloudflare managed CA, use the [List Client Certificates endpoint](/api/resources/client_certificates/methods/list/).
- mTLS Certificate Management
- Upload mTLS certificate
- Upload a certificate that you want to use with mTLS-enabled Cloudflare services, such as Bring Your Own CA (BYO-CA) for mTLS. To create certificates issued by the Cloudflare managed CA, use the [Create Client Certificate endpoint](/api/resources/client_certificates/methods/create/).
- mTLS Certificate Management
- Create a new App
- Creates a new App for an account
- Magic Account Apps
- Delete Account App
- Deletes specific Account App.
- Magic Account Apps
- List Apps
- Lists Apps associated with an account.
- Magic Account Apps
- Update an App
- Updates an Account App
- Magic Account Apps
- Update an App
- Updates an Account App
- Magic Account Apps
- Create BGP Filter Profile
- Creates a new BGP filter profile for an account.
- Magic BGP Filter Profiles
- Delete BGP Filter Profile
- Deletes a BGP filter profile.
- Magic BGP Filter Profiles
- Get BGP Filter Profile
- Gets a specific BGP filter profile for an account.
- Magic BGP Filter Profiles
- Get BGP Settings
- Gets the BGP settings for an account, including the default ASN and redistribution configuration.
- Magic BGP Settings
- List BGP Filter Profiles
- Lists all BGP filter profiles for an account.
- Magic BGP Filter Profiles
- Update BGP Filter Profile
- Updates a BGP filter profile. Omitted properties are left unchanged. To clear an existing description send `description: ""`.
- Magic BGP Filter Profiles
- Update BGP Settings
- Modifies the BGP settings for an account, including the default ASN and redistribution configuration.
- Magic BGP Settings
- Create CF1 Site Ramps
- Creates ramps (network connections) for a CF1 Site.
- Magic CF1 Site Ramps
- Create CF1 Sites
- Creates new CF1 Sites for an account. Each site must have a unique name within the account.
- Magic CF1 Sites
- Delete CF1 Site
- Deletes a specific CF1 Site for an account.
- Magic CF1 Sites
- Delete CF1 Site Ramp
- Deletes a specific ramp from a CF1 Site.
- Magic CF1 Site Ramps
- Get CF1 Site
- Gets a specific CF1 Site for an account.
- Magic CF1 Sites
- Get CF1 Site Ramp
- Gets a specific ramp for a CF1 Site.
- Magic CF1 Site Ramps
- List CF1 Site Ramps
- Lists ramps (network connections) associated with a CF1 Site. Ramps represent GRE tunnels, IPsec tunnels, interconnects, or MCONN links.
- Magic CF1 Site Ramps
- List CF1 Sites
- Lists CF1 Sites associated with an account. A CF1 Site represents a physical customer network location with optional geographic coordinates.
- Magic CF1 Sites
- Update CF1 Site
- Partially updates a specific CF1 Site for an account. Only the fields included in the request body are modified; omitted fields retain their existing values.
- Magic CF1 Sites
- Create a GRE tunnel
- Creates a new GRE tunnel. Use `?validate_only=true` as an optional query parameter to only run validation without persisting changes.
- Magic GRE tunnels
- Delete GRE Tunnel
- Disables and removes a specific static GRE tunnel. Use `?validate_only=true` as an optional query parameter to only run validation without persisting changes.
- Magic GRE tunnels
- List GRE Tunnel Details
- Lists informtion for a specific GRE tunnel.
- Magic GRE tunnels
- List GRE tunnels
- Lists GRE tunnels associated with an account.
- Magic GRE tunnels
- Update GRE Tunnel
- Updates a specific GRE tunnel. Use `?validate_only=true` as an optional query parameter to only run validation without persisting changes.
- Magic GRE tunnels
- Update multiple GRE tunnels
- Updates multiple GRE tunnels. Use `?validate_only=true` as an optional query parameter to only run validation without persisting changes.
- Magic GRE tunnels
- List interconnect Details
- Lists details for a specific interconnect.
- Magic Interconnects
- List interconnects
- Lists interconnects associated with an account.
- Magic Interconnects
- Update interconnect
- Updates a specific interconnect associated with an account. Use `?validate_only=true` as an optional query parameter to only run validation without persisting changes.
- Magic Interconnects
- Update multiple interconnects
- Updates multiple interconnects associated with an account. Use `?validate_only=true` as an optional query parameter to only run validation without persisting changes.
- Magic Interconnects
- Create an IPsec tunnel
- Creates a new IPsec tunnel associated with an account. Use `?validate_only=true` as an optional query parameter to only run validation without persisting changes.
- Magic IPsec tunnels
- Delete IPsec Tunnel
- Disables and removes a specific static IPsec Tunnel associated with an account. Use `?validate_only=true` as an optional query parameter to only run validation without persisting changes.
- Magic IPsec tunnels
- Generate Pre-Shared Key (PSK) for IPsec tunnels
- Generates a Pre-Shared Key for a specific IPsec tunnel used in the IKE session. Use `?validate_only=true` as an optional query parameter to only run validation without persisting changes. After a PSK is generated, the PSK is immediately persisted to Cloudflare's edge and cannot be retrieved later. Store the PSK in a safe place.
- Magic IPsec tunnels
- List IPsec tunnel details
- Lists details for a specific IPsec tunnel.
- Magic IPsec tunnels
- List IPsec tunnels
- Lists IPsec tunnels associated with an account.
- Magic IPsec tunnels
- Set Pre-Shared Keys (PSK) for IPsec tunnels
- Sets Pre-Shared Keys for multiple IPsec tunnels associated with an account. Use `?validate_only=true` as an optional query parameter to only run validation without persisting changes. After PSKs are applied, they are immediately persisted to Cloudflare's edge and cannot be retrieved later. Store the PSKs in a safe place.
- Magic IPsec tunnels
- Update IPsec Tunnel
- Updates a specific IPsec tunnel associated with an account. Use `?validate_only=true` as an optional query parameter to only run validation without persisting changes.
- Magic IPsec tunnels
- Update multiple IPsec tunnels
- Update multiple IPsec tunnels associated with an account. Use `?validate_only=true` as an optional query parameter to only run validation without persisting changes.
- Magic IPsec tunnels
- Create account configuration
- Create a new network monitoring configuration.
- Magic Network Monitoring Configuration
- Delete account configuration
- Delete an existing network monitoring configuration.
- Magic Network Monitoring Configuration
- List account configuration
- Lists default sampling, router IPs and warp devices for account.
- Magic Network Monitoring Configuration
- List rules and account configuration
- Lists default sampling, router IPs, warp devices, and rules for account.
- Magic Network Monitoring Configuration
- Update account configuration fields
- Update fields in an existing network monitoring configuration.
- Magic Network Monitoring Configuration
- Update an entire account configuration
- Update an existing network monitoring configuration, requires the entire configuration to be updated at once.
- Magic Network Monitoring Configuration
- Create rules
- Create network monitoring rules for account. Currently only supports creating a single rule per API request.
- Magic Network Monitoring Rules
- Create rules in bulk
- Create multiple network monitoring rules for account in a single request. Supports up to 100 rules per request. All rules in a single request must be of the same type.
- Magic Network Monitoring Rules
- Delete rule
- Delete a network monitoring rule for account.
- Magic Network Monitoring Rules
- Get rule
- List a single network monitoring rule for account.
- Magic Network Monitoring Rules
- List rules
- Lists network monitoring rules for account.
- Magic Network Monitoring Rules
- Update advertisement for rule
- Update advertisement for rule.
- Magic Network Monitoring Rules
- Update rule
- Update a network monitoring rule for account.
- Magic Network Monitoring Rules
- Update rules
- Update network monitoring rules for account.
- Magic Network Monitoring Rules
- Update rules in bulk
- Update multiple network monitoring rules for account in a single request. Supports up to 100 rules per request. All rules in a single request must be of the same type.
- Magic Network Monitoring Rules
- Generate authentication token for VPC flow logs export.
- Generate authentication token for VPC flow logs export.
- Magic Network Monitoring VPC Flow logs
- Add buckets for full packet captures
- Adds an AWS or GCP bucket to use with full packet captures.
- Magic PCAP collection
- Create PCAP request
- Create new PCAP request for account.
- Magic PCAP collection
- Delete buckets for full packet captures
- Deletes buckets added to the packet captures API.
- Magic PCAP collection
- Download Simple PCAP
- Download PCAP information into a file. Response is a binary PCAP file.
- Magic PCAP collection
- Get PCAP request
- Get information for a PCAP request by id.
- Magic PCAP collection
- List packet capture requests
- Lists all packet capture requests for an account.
- Magic PCAP collection
- List PCAPs Bucket Ownership
- List all buckets configured for use with PCAPs API.
- Magic PCAP collection
- Stop full PCAP
- Stop full PCAP.
- Magic PCAP collection
- Validate buckets for full packet captures
- Validates buckets added to the packet captures API.
- Magic PCAP collection
- Create a Redundancy Group
- Creates a new redundancy group, optionally with tunnel members.
- Magic Redundancy Groups
- Delete a Redundancy Group
- Deletes a redundancy group. Member tunnels are not deleted — their redundancy_group_id is cleared.
- Magic Redundancy Groups
- Get Redundancy Group Details
- Gets details for a specific redundancy group, including full member tunnel data.
- Magic Redundancy Groups
- List Redundancy Groups
- Lists redundancy groups associated with an account, including full member tunnel data.
- Magic Redundancy Groups
- Update a Redundancy Group
- Replaces the name, description, and full set of members for an existing redundancy group.
- Magic Redundancy Groups
- Site ACL Details
- Get a specific Site ACL.
- Magic Site ACLs
- Create a new Site ACL
- Creates a new Site ACL.
- Magic Site ACLs
- Delete Site ACL
- Remove a specific Site ACL.
- Magic Site ACLs
- List Site ACLs
- Lists Site ACLs associated with an account.
- Magic Site ACLs
- Patch Site ACL
- Patch a specific Site ACL.
- Magic Site ACLs
- Update Site ACL
- Update a specific Site ACL.
- Magic Site ACLs
- Create a new App Config
- Creates a new App Config for a site
- Magic Site App Configs
- Delete App Config
- Deletes specific App Config associated with a site.
- Magic Site App Configs
- List App Configs
- Lists App Configs associated with a site.
- Magic Site App Configs
- Update an App Config
- Updates an App Config for a site
- Magic Site App Configs
- Update an App Config
- Updates an App Config for a site
- Magic Site App Configs
- Create a new Site LAN
- Creates a new Site LAN. If the site is in high availability mode, static_addressing is required along with secondary and virtual address.
- Magic Site LANs
- Delete Site LAN
- Remove a specific Site LAN.
- Magic Site LANs
- Site LAN Details
- Get a specific Site LAN.
- Magic Site LANs
- List Site LANs
- Lists Site LANs associated with an account.
- Magic Site LANs
- Patch Site LAN
- Patch a specific Site LAN.
- Magic Site LANs
- Update Site LAN
- Update a specific Site LAN.
- Magic Site LANs
- Create NetFlow Configuration
- Creates a NetFlow configuration for a site.
- Magic Site NetFlow Config
- Delete NetFlow Configuration
- Remove NetFlow configuration for a site.
- Magic Site NetFlow Config
- NetFlow Configuration Details
- Get NetFlow configuration for a site.
- Magic Site NetFlow Config
- Update NetFlow Configuration
- Updates NetFlow configuration for a site.
- Magic Site NetFlow Config
- Update NetFlow Configuration
- Updates NetFlow configuration for a site (partial update).
- Magic Site NetFlow Config
- Create a new Site WAN
- Creates a new Site WAN.
- Magic Site WANs
- Delete Site WAN
- Remove a specific Site WAN.
- Magic Site WANs
- List Site WANs
- Lists Site WANs associated with an account.
- Magic Site WANs
- Patch Site WAN
- Patch a specific Site WAN.
- Magic Site WANs
- Update Site WAN
- Update a specific Site WAN.
- Magic Site WANs
- Site WAN Details
- Get a specific Site WAN.
- Magic Site WANs
- Create a new Site
- Creates a new Site
- Magic Sites
- Delete Site
- Remove a specific Site.
- Magic Sites
- List Sites
- Lists Sites associated with an account. Use connectorid query param to return sites where connectorid matches either site.ConnectorID or site.SecondaryConnectorID.
- Magic Sites
- Patch Site
- Patch a specific Site.
- Magic Sites
- Site Details
- Get a specific Site.
- Magic Sites
- Update Site
- Update a specific Site.
- Magic Sites
- Create a Route
- Creates a new Magic static route. Use `?validate_only=true` as an optional query parameter to run validation only without persisting changes.
- Magic Static Routes
- Delete Many Routes
- Delete multiple Magic static routes.
- Magic Static Routes
- Delete Route
- Disable and remove a specific Magic static route.
- Magic Static Routes
- List Routes
- List all Magic static routes.
- Magic Static Routes
- Route Details
- Get a specific Magic static route.
- Magic Static Routes
- Update Many Routes
- Update multiple Magic static routes. Use `?validate_only=true` as an optional query parameter to run validation only without persisting changes. Only fields for a route that need to be changed need be provided.
- Magic Static Routes
- Update Route
- Update a specific Magic static route. Use `?validate_only=true` as an optional query parameter to run validation only without persisting changes.
- Magic Static Routes
- Create Interrupt
- Creates an interrupt for a Magic WAN Connector.
- Magic Connectors
- List Interrupts
- Lists interrupts for a Magic WAN Connector.
- Magic Connectors
- Get Event
- Gets Magic WAN Connector Telemetry Event
- Magic Connectors
- Get latest Events
- Gets latest Magic WAN Connector Telemetry Events
- Magic Connectors
- List Events
- Lists Magic WAN Connector Telemetry Events
- Magic Connectors
- Get Snapshot
- Gets Magic WAN Connector Telemetry Snapshot
- Magic Connectors
- Get latest Snapshots
- Gets latest Magic WAN Connector Telemetry Snapshots
- Magic Connectors
- List Snapshots
- Lists Magic WAN Connector Telemetry Snapshots
- Magic Connectors
- Create Connector
- Creates a Magic WAN Connector.
- Magic Connectors
- Delete Connector
- Deletes a Magic WAN Connector.
- Magic Connectors
- Edit Connector
- Edits properties of a Magic WAN Connector. May be used to re-provision a license key.
- Magic Connectors
- Get Connector
- Gets a Magic WAN Connector.
- Magic Connectors
- List Connectors
- Lists Magic WAN Connectors.
- Magic Connectors
- Update Connector
- Updates properties of a Magic WAN Connector. May be used to re-provision a license key.
- Magic Connectors
- Create a new MCP Portal
- Creates a new MCP portal for managing AI tool access through Cloudflare Access.
- MCP Portal
- Create a new MCP Server
- Creates a new MCP portal for managing AI tool access through Cloudflare Access.
- MCP Portal Servers
- Delete a MCP Portal
- Deletes an MCP portal from the account.
- MCP Portal
- Delete a MCP Server
- Deletes an MCP portal from the account.
- MCP Portal Servers
- Resolve the OAuth redirect_uri the admin must register at the upstream
- Returns the redirect URI the gateway will actually send to the upstream OAuth provider for this (portal, server) pair. Stable for the lifetime of the configuration unless MCP-22 rollout state changes. Use this value verbatim when registering the OAuth app at the upstream.
- MCP Portal
- Read details of an MCP Portal
- Read the details of a single MCP Portal, including its configured servers.
- MCP Portal
- Read the details of a MCP Server
- Retrieves gateway configuration for MCP portals.
- MCP Portal Servers
- List MCP Portals
- Lists all MCP portals configured for the account.
- MCP Portal
- List MCP Servers
- Lists all MCP portals configured for the account.
- MCP Portal Servers
- Sync MCP Server Capabilities
- Syncs an MCP server's capabilities and returns the updated server state, including any connection errors.
- MCP Portal Servers
- Update a MCP Portal
- Updates an MCP portal configuration.
- MCP Portal
- Update a MCP Server
- Updates an MCP portal configuration.
- MCP Portal Servers
- Batch create organization members
- Batch create multiple memberships that grant access to a specific Organization.
- OrganizationMembers
- Create organization member
- Create a membership that grants access to a specific Organization. (Currently in Public Beta - see https://developers.cloudflare.com/fundamentals/organizations/)
- OrganizationMembers
- Delete organization member
- Delete a membership to a particular Organization. (Currently in Public Beta - see https://developers.cloudflare.com/fundamentals/organizations/)
- OrganizationMembers
- List organization members
- List memberships for an Organization. (Currently in Public Beta - see https://developers.cloudflare.com/fundamentals/organizations/)
- OrganizationMembers
- Get organization member
- Retrieve a single membership from an Organization. (Currently in Public Beta - see https://developers.cloudflare.com/fundamentals/organizations/)
- OrganizationMembers
- Delete Metrics Export
- Delete one resource configured for Workers Observability metrics export.
- Metrics Export
- List Metrics Exports
- List resources configured for Workers Observability metrics export.
- Metrics Export
- Upsert Metrics Exports
- Create or replace resources configured for Workers Observability metrics export.
- Metrics Export
- Create Miscategorization
- Allows you to submit requests to change a domain’s category. Requests that include category `169` (New Domains) or category `177` (Newly Seen) in any of `content_adds`, `content_removes`, `security_adds`, or `security_removes` will be rejected with a `400 Bad Request`. These categories are automatically managed and fall off 30 days after they are applied.
- Miscategorization
- Modify an application
- Modifies a single application by id.
- Applications
- Create a relay
- Provisions a new MoQ relay instance. Auto-creates a publish+subscribe token and a subscribe-only token. Token values are included in the response (shown once). Config is always set to defaults (upstreams off) and cannot be supplied here — sending a non-empty `config` is rejected (21014); `null` or `{}` is accepted as absent. Use PUT to configure the relay after it exists.
- MoQ Relays
- Delete a relay
- Soft-deletes a MoQ relay. The relay ID goes in the URL path — `DELETE /accounts/{account_id}/moq/relays/{relay_id}` — not the request body; there is no collection-level delete endpoint.
- MoQ Relays
- Get a relay
- Retrieves a single MoQ relay including config and status. Tokens are NOT included.
- MoQ Relays
- List relays
- Lists all MoQ relays for the account. Returns only metadata. Config, status, and tokens are omitted. Results are cursor-paginated (keyset on the `created` timestamp). Use `created_before` / `created_after` with the `created` value of the first/last item in a page to fetch the adjacent page. `result_info` reports the page `count` and the `total` matching the cursor filters.
- MoQ Relays
- Create a token
- Mints a new relay-scoped token and adds it to the relay's accepted-auth registry. The token value (secret) is shown once in the response. A relay may hold up to 10 tokens; creating an 11th is rejected.
- MoQ Relays
- Revoke a token
- Revokes a token by removing it from the relay's registry. crique rejects the token within the cache TTL. Idempotent — revoking an unknown token succeeds.
- MoQ Relays
- List tokens
- Returns metadata for every token in the relay's registry. Secrets are never returned. The dashboard derives an `expired` flag by comparing each token's `expires` to the current time.
- MoQ Relays
- Update a relay
- Updates a relay's name and/or configuration. The relay ID goes in the URL path — `PUT /accounts/{account_id}/moq/relays/{relay_id}` — not the request body; there is no collection-level update endpoint. This is also the only way to set a relay's config (config cannot be set at create time). Partial updates: omitted fields are preserved; config sub-objects replace as whole objects when present.
- MoQ Relays
- Mute all participants
- Mutes all participants of an active session for the given meeting ID.
- Active session
- Mute participants of an active session
- Mutes one or more participants from an active session using user ID or custom participant ID.
- Active session
- Create dispatch namespace
- Create a new Workers for Platforms namespace.
- Workers for Platforms
- Delete dispatch namespace
- Delete a Workers for Platforms namespace.
- Workers for Platforms
- Delete script secret
- Remove a secret from a script uploaded to a Workers for Platforms namespace.
- Workers for Platforms
- Delete Script Tag
- Delete script tag for a script uploaded to a Workers for Platforms namespace.
- Workers for Platforms
- Delete Scripts in Namespace
- Delete multiple scripts from a Workers for Platforms namespace based on optional tag filters.
- Workers for Platforms
- Get dispatch namespace
- Get a Workers for Platforms namespace.
- Workers for Platforms
- Get Script Bindings
- Fetch script bindings from a script uploaded to a Workers for Platforms namespace.
- Workers for Platforms
- Get Script Content
- Fetch script content from a script uploaded to a Workers for Platforms namespace.
- Workers for Platforms
- Get secret binding
- Get a given secret binding (value omitted) on a script uploaded to a Workers for Platforms namespace.
- Workers for Platforms
- Get Script Settings
- Get script settings from a script uploaded to a Workers for Platforms namespace.
- Workers for Platforms
- Get Script Tags
- Fetch tags from a script uploaded to a Workers for Platforms namespace.
- Workers for Platforms
- List dispatch namespaces
- Fetch a list of Workers for Platforms namespaces.
- Workers for Platforms
- List Script Secrets
- List secrets bound to a script uploaded to a Workers for Platforms namespace.
- Workers for Platforms
- List Scripts in Namespace
- Fetch a list of scripts uploaded to a Workers for Platforms namespace.
- Workers for Platforms
- Patch dispatch namespace
- Patch a Workers for Platforms namespace. Omitted fields are left unchanged.
- Workers for Platforms
- Patch multiple script secrets
- Create, update, or delete multiple secrets on a script in a single operation using JSON Merge Patch (RFC 7396). Usage: - To create or update a secret, set its value to a secret object. - To delete a secret, set its value to `null`. - Secrets not included in the request are left unchanged.
- Workers for Platforms
- Patch Script Settings
- Patch script metadata, such as bindings.
- Workers for Platforms
- Update dispatch namespace
- Update a Workers for Platforms namespace.
- Workers for Platforms
- Put Script Content
- Put script content for a script uploaded to a Workers for Platforms namespace.
- Workers for Platforms
- Add script secret
- Add a secret to a script uploaded to a Workers for Platforms namespace.
- Workers for Platforms
- Put Script Tag
- Put a single tag on a script uploaded to a Workers for Platforms namespace.
- Workers for Platforms
- Put Script Tags
- Put script tags for a script uploaded to a Workers for Platforms namespace.
- Workers for Platforms
- Delete Worker
- Delete a worker from a Workers for Platforms namespace. This call has no response body on a successful delete.
- Workers for Platforms
- Create Assets Upload Session
- Start uploading a collection of assets for use in a Worker version. To learn more about the direct uploads of assets, see https://developers.cloudflare.com/workers/static-assets/direct-upload/.
- Workers for Platforms
- Upload Worker Module
- Upload a worker module to a Workers for Platforms namespace. You can find more about the multipart metadata on our docs: https://developers.cloudflare.com/workers/configuration/multipart-upload-metadata/.
- Workers for Platforms
- Worker Details
- Fetch information about a script uploaded to a Workers for Platforms namespace.
- Workers for Platforms
- Get Alert Types
- Gets a list of all alert types for which an account is eligible.
- Notification Alert Types
- Create PagerDuty integration token
- Creates a new token for integrating with PagerDuty.
- Notification destinations with PagerDuty
- Connect PagerDuty
- Links PagerDuty with the account using the integration token.
- Notification destinations with PagerDuty
- Delete PagerDuty Services
- Deletes all the PagerDuty Services connected to the account.
- Notification destinations with PagerDuty
- List PagerDuty services
- Get a list of all configured PagerDuty services.
- Notification destinations with PagerDuty
- List History
- Gets a list of history records for notifications sent to an account. The records are displayed for last `x` number of days based on the zone plan (free = 30, pro = 30, biz = 30, ent = 90).
- Notification History
- Get delivery mechanism eligibility
- Get a list of all delivery mechanism types for which an account is eligible.
- Notification Mechanism Eligibility
- Create a Notification policy
- Creates a new Notification policy.
- Notification policies
- Delete a Notification policy
- Delete a Notification policy.
- Notification policies
- Get a Notification policy
- Get details for a single policy.
- Notification policies
- List Notification policies
- Get a list of all Notification policies.
- Notification policies
- Show email unsubscribe details
- Shows details for unsubscribing an email address from a notification policy.
- Notification policies
- Test a Notification policy
- Send a test notification for a policy to verify delivery mechanisms are working as expected.
- Notification policies
- Unsubscribe email from a Notification policy
- Unsubscribes an email address from a notification policy.
- Notification policies
- Update a Notification policy
- Update a Notification policy.
- Notification policies
- Create Silences
- Creates a new silence for an account.
- Notification Silences
- Delete Silence
- Deletes an existing silence for an account.
- Notification Silences
- Get Silence
- Gets a specific silence for an account.
- Notification Silences
- List Silences
- Gets a list of silences for an account.
- Notification Silences
- Update Silences
- Updates existing silences for an account.
- Notification Silences
- Create a webhook
- Creates a new webhook destination.
- Notification webhooks
- Delete a webhook
- Delete a configured webhook destination.
- Notification webhooks
- Get a webhook
- Get details for a single webhooks destination.
- Notification webhooks
- List webhooks
- Gets a list of all configured webhook destinations.
- Notification webhooks
- Update a webhook
- Update a webhook destination.
- Notification webhooks
- Create OAuth Client
- Create a new OAuth client for an account.
- OAuth Clients
- Delete OAuth Client
- Delete an OAuth client.
- OAuth Clients
- Delete Rotated OAuth Client Secret
- Removes the old client secret after a rotation, keeping only the new one. Use this after you have updated your client configuration to use the new secret. The `has_rotated_secret` field on the client indicates whether there is an old secret to delete.
- OAuth Clients
- OAuth Client Details
- Get details of a specific OAuth client.
- OAuth Clients
- List OAuth Clients
- List all OAuth clients for an account.
- OAuth Clients
- Rotate OAuth Client Secret
- Creates a second client secret so you can update your client configuration before deleting the old one. The `has_rotated_secret` field on the client will be set to `true`.
- OAuth Clients
- Update OAuth Client
- Update an existing OAuth client. Only include fields you want to update.
- OAuth Clients
- List OAuth Scopes
- List all available OAuth scopes. This endpoint requires authentication but has no authorization role requirements.
- OAuth Clients
- Apply On-ramp
- Apply an On-ramp (Closed Beta).
- On-ramps
- Create On-ramp
- Create a new On-ramp (Closed Beta).
- On-ramps
- Delete On-ramp
- Delete an On-ramp (Closed Beta).
- On-ramps
- Export as Terraform
- Export an On-ramp to terraform ready file(s) (Closed Beta).
- On-ramps
- List On-ramps
- List On-ramps (Closed Beta).
- On-ramps
- Patch Magic WAN Address Space
- Update the Magic WAN Address Space (Closed Beta).
- On-ramps
- Read Magic WAN Address Space
- Read the Magic WAN Address Space (Closed Beta).
- On-ramps
- Update Magic WAN Address Space
- Update the Magic WAN Address Space (Closed Beta).
- On-ramps
- Patch On-ramp
- Update an On-ramp (Closed Beta).
- On-ramps
- Plan On-ramp
- Plan an On-ramp (Closed Beta).
- On-ramps
- Read On-ramp
- Read an On-ramp (Closed Beta).
- On-ramps
- Update On-ramp
- Update an On-ramp (Closed Beta).
- On-ramps
- List organizations the user has access to
- Retrieve a list of organizations a particular user has access to. (Currently in Public Beta - see https://developers.cloudflare.com/fundamentals/organizations/)
- Organizations
- List organization shares
- Lists all organization shares.
- Resource Sharing
- Create organization
- Create a new organization for a user. (Currently in Public Beta - see https://developers.cloudflare.com/fundamentals/organizations/)
- Organizations
- Delete organization.
- Delete an organization. The organization MUST be empty before deleting. It must not contain any sub-organizations, accounts, members or users. (Currently in Public Beta - see https://developers.cloudflare.com/fundamentals/organizations/) **Access Control:** Restricted to enterprise organizations.
- Organizations
- Get organization accounts
- Retrieve a list of accounts that belong to a specific organization. (Currently in Public Beta - see https://developers.cloudflare.com/fundamentals/organizations/)
- Organizations
- Get organization profile
- Get an organizations profile if it exists. (Currently in Public Beta - see https://developers.cloudflare.com/fundamentals/organizations/)
- Organizations
- Modify organization.
- Modify organization. (Currently in Public Beta - see https://developers.cloudflare.com/fundamentals/organizations/)
- Organizations
- Modify organization profile.
- Modify organization profile. (Currently in Public Beta - see https://developers.cloudflare.com/fundamentals/organizations/)
- Organizations
- Get organization
- Retrieve the details of a certain organization. (Currently in Public Beta - see https://developers.cloudflare.com/fundamentals/organizations/)
- Organizations
- Create Certificate
- Create an Origin CA certificate. You can use an Origin CA Key as your User Service Key or an API token when calling this endpoint ([see above](#requests)).
- Origin CA
- Get Certificate
- Get an existing Origin CA certificate by its serial number. You can use an Origin CA Key as your User Service Key or an API token when calling this endpoint ([see above](#requests)).
- Origin CA
- List Certificates
- List all existing Origin CA certificates for a given zone. You can use an Origin CA Key as your User Service Key or an API token when calling this endpoint ([see above](#requests)).
- Origin CA
- Revoke Certificate
- Revoke an existing Origin CA certificate by its serial number. You can use an Origin CA Key as your User Service Key or an API token when calling this endpoint ([see above](#requests)).
- Origin CA
- Batch delete origin cloud region mappings
- Removes up to 100 IP-to-cloud-region mappings in a single request. Each IP is validated independently — successfully deleted items are returned in the `succeeded` array and IPs that could not be found or are invalid are returned in the `failed` array.
- Origin Cloud Regions
- Batch create or update origin cloud region mappings
- Adds or updates up to 100 IP-to-cloud-region mappings in a single request. Each item is validated independently — valid items are applied and invalid items are returned in the `failed` array. The vendor and region for every item are validated against the list from `GET /zones/{zone_id}/cache/origin_cloud_regions/supported_regions`.
- Origin Cloud Regions
- Create an origin cloud region mapping
- Adds a single IP-to-cloud-region mapping for the zone. The IP must be a valid IPv4 or IPv6 address and is normalized to canonical form before storage (RFC 5952 for IPv6). Returns 400 (code 1145) if a mapping for that IP already exists — use PATCH to update an existing entry. The vendor and region are validated against the list from `GET /zones/{zone_id}/cache/origin_cloud_regions/supported_regions`.
- Origin Cloud Regions
- Delete an origin cloud region mapping
- Removes the cloud region mapping for a single origin IP address. The IP path parameter is normalized before lookup. Returns the deleted entry on success. Returns 404 (code 1163) if no mapping exists for the specified IP. When the last mapping for the zone is removed the underlying rule record is also deleted.
- Origin Cloud Regions
- Get an origin cloud region mapping
- Returns the cloud region mapping for a single origin IP address. The IP path parameter is normalized before lookup (RFC 5952 for IPv6). Returns 404 (code 1142) if the zone has no mappings or if the specified IP has no mapping.
- Origin Cloud Regions
- List origin cloud region mappings
- Returns all IP-to-cloud-region mappings configured for the zone. Each mapping tells Cloudflare which cloud vendor and region hosts the origin at that IP, enabling the edge to route via the nearest Tiered Cache upper-tier co-located with that cloud provider. Returns an empty array when no mappings exist.
- Origin Cloud Regions
- List supported cloud vendors and regions
- Returns the cloud vendors and regions that are valid values for origin cloud region mappings. Each region includes the Tiered Cache upper-tier colocation codes that will be used for cache routing when a mapping targeting that region is active. Requires the zone to have Tiered Cache enabled.
- Origin Cloud Regions
- Create or update an origin cloud region mapping
- Adds or updates a single IP-to-cloud-region mapping for the zone. Unlike POST, this operation is idempotent — if a mapping for the IP already exists it is overwritten. Returns the complete updated list of all mappings for the zone. Returns 403 (code 1164) when the zone has reached the limit of 3,500 IP mappings.
- Origin Cloud Regions
- Batch delete origin cloud region mappings
- Removes up to 100 IP-to-cloud-region mappings in a single request. Each IP is validated independently — successfully deleted items are returned in the `succeeded` array and IPs that could not be found or are invalid are returned in the `failed` array.
- Origin Cloud Regions
- Batch create or replace origin cloud region mappings
- Upserts up to 100 IP-to-cloud-region mappings in a single request. Items in the request body are created or replaced; mappings not included in the request body are preserved unchanged (this is a merge operation, not a full collection replacement). Each item is validated independently — valid items are applied and invalid items are returned in the `failed` array. The vendor and region for every item are validated against the list from `GET /zones/{zone_id}/origin/cloud_regions/supported_regions`.
- Origin Cloud Regions
- Delete an origin cloud region mapping
- Removes the cloud region mapping for a single origin IP address. The IP path parameter is normalized before lookup. Returns the deleted IP on success. Returns 404 if no mapping exists for the specified IP. When the last mapping for the zone is removed the underlying rule record is also deleted.
- Origin Cloud Regions
- Get an origin cloud region mapping
- Returns the cloud region mapping for a single origin IP address. The IP path parameter is normalized before lookup (RFC 5952 for IPv6). Returns 404 if the zone has no mappings or if the specified IP has no mapping.
- Origin Cloud Regions
- List origin cloud region mappings
- Returns all IP-to-cloud-region mappings configured for the zone with pagination support. Each mapping tells Cloudflare which cloud vendor and region hosts the origin at that IP, enabling the edge to route via the nearest Tiered Cache upper-tier co-located with that cloud provider. Returns an empty array when no mappings exist.
- Origin Cloud Regions
- List supported cloud vendors and regions
- Returns the cloud vendors and regions that are valid values for origin cloud region mappings. Each region includes the Tiered Cache upper-tier colocation codes that will be used for cache routing when a mapping targeting that region is active. Requires the zone to have Tiered Cache enabled.
- Origin Cloud Regions
- Create or replace an origin cloud region mapping
- Creates a new IP-to-cloud-region mapping or replaces the existing mapping for the specified IP. PUT is idempotent — calling it repeatedly with the same body produces the same result. The IP path parameter is normalized to canonical form (RFC 5952 for IPv6) before storage. The vendor and region are validated against the list from `GET /zones/{zone_id}/origin/cloud_regions/supported_regions`. Returns 400 if the `origin_ip` in the body does not match the URL path parameter. Returns 403 (code 1164) when the zone has reached the limit of 3,500 IP mappings.
- Origin Cloud Regions
- Create a Page Rule
- Creates a new Page Rule.
- Page Rules
- Delete a Page Rule
- Deletes an existing Page Rule.
- Page Rules
- Edit a Page Rule
- Updates one or more fields of an existing Page Rule.
- Page Rules
- Get a Page Rule
- Fetches the details of a Page Rule.
- Page Rules
- List Page Rules
- Fetches Page Rules in a zone.
- Page Rules
- Update a Page Rule
- Replaces the configuration of an existing Page Rule. The configuration of the updated Page Rule will exactly match the data passed in the API request.
- Page Rules
- Create a Page Shield policy
- Create a Page Shield policy.
- Page Shield
- Delete a Page Shield policy
- Delete a Page Shield policy by ID.
- Page Shield
- Get a Page Shield connection
- Fetches a connection detected by Page Shield by connection ID.
- Page Shield
- Get a Page Shield cookie
- Fetches a cookie collected by Page Shield by cookie ID.
- Page Shield
- Get a Page Shield policy
- Fetches a Page Shield policy by ID.
- Page Shield
- Get a Page Shield script
- Fetches a script detected by Page Shield by script ID.
- Page Shield
- Get Page Shield settings
- Fetches the Page Shield settings.
- Page Shield
- List Page Shield connections
- Lists all connections detected by Page Shield.
- Page Shield
- List Page Shield Cookies
- Lists all cookies collected by Page Shield.
- Page Shield
- List Page Shield policies
- Lists all Page Shield policies.
- Page Shield
- List Page Shield scripts
- Lists all scripts detected by Page Shield.
- Page Shield
- Update a Page Shield policy
- Update a Page Shield policy by ID.
- Page Shield
- Update Page Shield settings
- Updates Page Shield settings.
- Page Shield
- Check missing assets
- Check which of the provided file hashes are missing from the Pages asset store. Returns a list of missing hashes that need to be uploaded. Used as part of the Pages Direct Upload workflow. Authenticate with the JWT obtained from the upload-token endpoint: GET /accounts/{account_id}/pages/projects/{project_name}/upload-token
- Pages Assets
- Upload asset
- Upload one or more files to the Pages asset store. Each file is identified by its content hash and is uploaded using the same JSON shape as the Cloudflare KV bulk write API. Used as part of the Pages Direct Upload workflow. Authenticate with the JWT obtained from the upload-token endpoint: GET /accounts/{account_id}/pages/projects/{project_name}/upload-token
- Pages Assets
- Upsert asset hashes
- Register the provided file hashes as recently uploaded to the Pages asset store. Used as part of the Pages Direct Upload workflow so future deployments can avoid re-uploading files that are already present. Authenticate with the JWT obtained from the upload-token endpoint: GET /accounts/{account_id}/pages/projects/{project_name}/upload-token
- Pages Assets
- Create deployment
- Start a new deployment from production. The repository and account must have already been authorized on the Cloudflare Pages dashboard.
- Pages Deployment
- Create deployment tail
- Start a tail that receives logs and exception data.
- Pages Deployment
- Delete deployment
- Delete a deployment.
- Pages Deployment
- Delete deployment tail
- Deletes a tail from a Pages deployment.
- Pages Deployment
- Get deployment info
- Fetch information about a deployment.
- Pages Deployment
- Get deployment logs
- Fetch deployment logs for a project.
- Pages Deployment
- Get deployments
- Fetch a list of project deployments.
- Pages Deployment
- Retry deployment
- Retry a previous deployment.
- Pages Deployment
- Rollback deployment
- Rollback the production deployment to a previous deployment. You can only rollback to succesful builds on production.
- Pages Deployment
- Add domain
- Add a new domain for the Pages project.
- Pages Domains
- Delete domain
- Delete a Pages project's domain.
- Pages Domains
- Get domain
- Fetch a single domain.
- Pages Domains
- Get domains
- Fetch a list of all domains associated with a Pages project.
- Pages Domains
- Patch domain
- Retry the validation status of a single domain.
- Pages Domains
- Connect project source
- Connect a Git repository source to an existing Pages project.
- Pages Project
- Create project
- Create a new project.
- Pages Project
- Delete project
- Delete a project by name.
- Pages Project
- Disconnect project source
- Disconnect the Git repository source from an existing Pages project.
- Pages Project
- Get project
- Fetch a project by name.
- Pages Project
- Get projects
- Fetch a list of all user projects.
- Pages Project
- Get upload token
- Get a short-lived JWT for Pages Direct Upload asset operations.
- Pages Project
- Update project
- Set new attributes for an existing project. Modify environment variables. To delete an environment variable, set the key to null.
- Pages Project
- Purge build cache
- Purge all cached build artifacts for a Pages project
- Pages Build Cache
- Get Passive DNS by IP
- Gets a list of all the domains that have resolved to a specific IP address.
- Passive DNS by IP
- Update alerts on submitted domains by ID
- Return a success message after updating alerts on submitted domains by ID
- brand_protection
- Update verification statuses of tracked URLs to awaiting by ID
- Return a success message after updating verification statuses of tracked URLs to awaiting by ID
- brand_protection
- Update verification statuses of tracked URLs to disproven by ID
- Return a success message after updating verification statuses of tracked URLs to disproven by ID
- brand_protection
- Update verification statuses of tracked URLs to confirmed by ID
- Return a success message after updating verification statuses of tracked URLs to confirmed by ID
- brand_protection
- Update verification statuses of submitted URLs to awaiting by ID
- Return a success message after updating verification statuses of submitted URLs to awaiting by ID
- brand_protection
- Update saved string queries by ID
- Update a saved query's tag, scan setting, or string_matches (pattern). When string_matches is provided, the query parameters and hash are updated. At least one of tag, scan, or string_matches is required.
- domain_search
- Update verification statuses of submitted URLs to disproven by ID
- Return a success message after updating verification statuses of submitted URLs to disproven by ID
- brand_protection
- Update verification statuses of submitted URLs to confirmed by ID
- Return a success message after updating verification statuses of submitted URLs to confirmed by ID
- brand_protection
- Updates a category
- Update an existing category by its identifier.
- Category
- Update collection
- Updates collection name and/or metadata. Schema (columns) cannot be modified.
- Collections
- Update column
- Update name, type, required, or position of a column.
- Collections
- Updates an existing dataset
- Update an existing dataset by its identifier.
- Dataset
- Update a saved event query
- Update an existing saved event query by its ID
- Event
- Updates a raw event
- Update raw data for a specific event.
- Event
- Updates an event
- Update an existing event by its identifier.
- Event
- Bulk update events
- Updates multiple events with the same field values. Maximum 100 events per request.
- Event
- Patch Hyperdrive
- Patches and returns the specified Hyperdrive configuration. Custom caching settings are not kept if caching is disabled.
- Hyperdrive
- Updates an indicator
- Updates an existing indicator's properties.
- Indicator
- Update collection item
- Update an item in a collection with partial data.
- Collections
- Patch Latest Version
- Only `/versions/latest` is supported. Creates a new version by applying a JSON Merge Patch (RFC 7396) to the latest version. Patching a specific version ID is not supported. Omitted fields are inherited from the latest version.
- Versions
- Update a preset
- Update a preset by the provided preset ID
- Presets
- Updates a tag category (SoT)
- Updates a Source-of-Truth tag category by UUID.
- TagCategory
- Updates a tag (SoT)
- Updates a Source-of-Truth tag by UUID.
- Tag
- Update domain query
- Update a saved brand protection domain query with string match patterns
- Brand Protection
- Update Stream
- Update a Stream.
- workers_pipelines_other
- Pause integration
- Pauses an integration, stopping all crawlers.
- Integrations
- Pause/Resume/Stop recording
- Pause/Resume/Stop a given recording ID.
- Recordings
- Creates the stripe config for a crawler
- Creates the stripe config for a crawler.
- ppc_stripe
- Deletes the stripe config for a crawler
- Deletes the stripe config for a crawler.
- ppc_stripe
- Gets the stripe config for a crawler
- Gets the stripe config for a crawler.
- ppc_stripe
- Creates pay-per-crawl config for a zone
- Creates the pay-per-crawl config for a zone.
- ppc_config
- Get the pay-per-crawl config
- Gets the pay-per-crawl config for a zone including the bot configuration.
- ppc_config
- Changes pay-per-crawl config for a zone
- Changes the pay-per-crawl config for a zone.
- ppc_config
- Creates the stripe config for a publisher
- Creates the stripe config for a publisher.
- ppc_stripe
- Deletes the stripe config for a publisher
- Deletes the stripe config for a publisher.
- ppc_stripe
- Gets the stripe config for a publisher
- Gets the stripe config for a publisher.
- ppc_stripe
- Gets the can_be_enabled zone setting
- Provided a list of pay-per-crawl configured zones this method will return whether they can enable PPC or not.
- ppc_config
- Set can_be_enabled setting on zones
- Allows an account admin to set the can_be_enabled setting on a list of zones.
- ppc_config
- Delete Hostname Client Certificate
- Removes a client certificate used for authenticated origin pulls on a specific hostname. Note: Before deleting the certificate, you must first invalidate the hostname for client authentication by sending a PUT request with `enabled` set to null. After invalidating the association, the certificate can be safely deleted.
- Per-hostname Authenticated Origin Pull
- Enable or Disable a Hostname for Client Authentication
- Associate a hostname to a certificate and enable, disable or invalidate the association. If disabled, client certificate will not be sent to the hostname even if activated at the zone level. 100 maximum associations on a single certificate are allowed. Note: Use a null value for parameter *enabled* to invalidate the association.
- Per-hostname Authenticated Origin Pull
- Get the Hostname Client Certificate
- Get the certificate by ID to be used for client authentication on a hostname.
- Per-hostname Authenticated Origin Pull
- Get the Hostname Status for Client Authentication
- Retrieves the client certificate authentication status for a specific hostname, showing whether authenticated origin pulls are enabled.
- Per-hostname Authenticated Origin Pull
- List Certificates
- Lists all client certificates configured for per-hostname authenticated origin pulls on the zone.
- Per-hostname Authenticated Origin Pull
- List Hostname Associations
- List certificate ID - hostname associations for the given zone. Shows which hostnames are associated to which certificates for authenticated origin pulls.
- Per-hostname Authenticated Origin Pull
- Upload a Hostname Client Certificate
- Upload a certificate to be used for client authentication on a hostname. 10 hostname certificates per zone are allowed.
- Per-hostname Authenticated Origin Pull
- Delete TLS setting for hostname
- Delete the tls setting value for the hostname.
- Per-Hostname TLS Settings
- Get TLS setting for hostname
- Get the requested TLS setting for the hostname.
- Per-Hostname TLS Settings
- List TLS setting for hostnames
- List the requested TLS setting for the hostnames under this zone.
- Per-Hostname TLS Settings
- Edit TLS setting for hostname
- Update the tls setting value for the hostname.
- Per-Hostname TLS Settings
- List Token Permission Groups
- Find all available permission groups for API Tokens.
- User API Tokens
- Create new brands
- Return new brands
- brand_protection
- Create new patterns for brands by ID
- Return a success message after creating new patterns for brands by ID
- brand_protection
- Create new saved logo queries from image files
- Return new saved logo queries created from image files
- logo_match
- Create new saved string queries
- Return a success message after creating new saved string queries
- domain_search
- Create new saved string queries in bulk
- Return a success message after creating new saved string queries in bulk
- domain_search
- Create new logo queries from image files
- Return new logo queries created from image files
- logo_match
- Create new logo queries from URLs
- Return new logo queries created from URLs
- logo_match
- Create new string queries
- Return new string queries
- domain_search
- Create new URL submissions
- Return new URL submissions
- brand_protection
- Create Logpush job
- Creates a new Logpush job for an account.
- Logpush jobs for an account
- Get ownership challenge
- Gets a new ownership challenge sent to your destination.
- Logpush jobs for an account
- Validate ownership challenge
- Validates ownership challenge of the destination.
- Logpush jobs for an account
- Validate origin
- Validates logpull origin with logpull_options.
- Logpush jobs for an account
- Update CMB config
- Updates CMB config.
- Logcontrol CMB config for an account
- Posts a file to Binary Storage
- Uploads a binary file to Cloudforce One's binary database for malware analysis and threat intelligence correlation.
- BinDB
- Creates a new category
- Create a new event category for the account.
- Category
- Updates a category
- Update an existing category by its identifier.
- Category
- Create a new collection
- Creates a collection with four patterns: schema-only (empty collection), rows-only (inferred schema), schema+rows (validated data), or file upload (CSV/JSON/JSONL)
- Collections
- Add column to collection
- Adds a new column to an existing collection schema. Existing items will have NULL for the new column unless a default value is provided.
- Collections
- Create account commands
- Initiate commands for up to 10 devices per account.
- DEX Remote Commands
- Create a new Scan Config
- Create a new Scan Config
- Scans
- Update an existing Scan Config
- Update an existing Scan Config
- Scans
- Create a relationship between two events
- Creates a directed relationship between two events. The relationship is from parent to child with a specified type.
- Event
- Creates a dataset
- Create a new dataset in the account.
- Dataset
- Populate dataset-specific lookup tables from existing Events data with batch processing
- Populate dataset-specific lookup tables by scanning existing event data with batch processing.
- Datasets
- Updates an existing dataset
- Update an existing dataset by its identifier.
- Dataset
- Creates bulk DOS event with relationships and indicators
- This method is deprecated. Please use `event_create_bulk` instead
- Event
- Copies specified events from one dataset to another dataset
- Copy one or more events from a source dataset to a destination dataset.
- Event
- Creates a new event
- To create a dataset, see the [`Create Dataset`](https://developers.cloudflare.com/api/resources/cloudforce_one/subresources/threat_events/subresources/datasets/methods/create/) endpoint. When `datasetId` parameter is unspecified, it will be created in a default dataset named `Cloudforce One Threat Events`.
- Event
- Creates bulk events
- The `datasetId` parameter must be defined. To list existing datasets (and their IDs) in your account, use the [`List Datasets`](https://developers.cloudflare.com/api/resources/cloudforce_one/subresources/threat_events/subresources/datasets/methods/list/) endpoint.
- Event
- GraphQL endpoint for event aggregation
- Execute GraphQL aggregations over threat events. Supports multi-dimensional group-bys, optional date range filtering, and multi-dataset aggregation.
- Event
- GraphQL endpoint for event aggregation
- Execute GraphQL aggregations over threat events. Supports multi-dimensional group-bys, optional date range filtering, and multi-dataset aggregation.
- Event
- Moves specified events from one dataset to another dataset
- Move one or more events from a source dataset to a destination dataset.
- Event
- Create a saved event query
- Create a new saved event query for the account
- Event
- Update a saved event query
- Update an existing saved event query by its ID
- Event
- Updates a raw event
- Update raw data for a specific event.
- Event
- Creates event references for a event
- Create one or more references between events.
- Event
- Adds a tag to an event
- Add one or more tags to an event.
- Event
- Updates an event
- Update an existing event by its identifier.
- Event
- Create a group
- Create a group
- Groups
- Create a group member
- Create a group member
- Groups
- Creates a new indicator
- Creates a new indicator with the specified type and related datasets.
- Indicator
- Creates multiple indicators in bulk
- Creates multiple indicators at once with their respective types and related datasets.
- Indicator
- Create a new indicator type
- Creates a new indicator type and initializes its dedicated Durable Object
- Indicators
- Insert query
- Create a new saved brand protection query with string match patterns
- Brand Protection
- Insert logo query
- Create a new saved brand protection logo query for visual similarity matching
- Brand Protection
- Internal route for testing URL submissions
- Internal route for testing URL submissions.
- brand_protection
- Create item(s)
- Create one or more items in a collection. Supports single item (data field) or bulk creation (data array). Item data is validated against the collection schema.
- Collections - Items
- Search items (advanced filtering)
- Search collection items with advanced filtering. Supports operators (eq, neq, gt, lt, gte, lte, contains, is_empty, is_not_empty) and AND/OR logic for complex queries.
- Collections - Items
- Generate takedown letter
- Generate a takedown letter from a template. Returns V4 JSON for text format or a PDF binary for pdf format.
- Brand Protection
- Create letter template
- Create a new user-defined takedown letter template
- Brand Protection
- Create a permission for dataset
- Create a permission
- Permissions
- Create a preset
- Creates a preset belonging to the current App
- Presets
- Bulk import account Email Sending suppressions
- Bulk import account Email Sending suppressions
- Email Sending suppressions
- Create account Email Sending suppression
- Create account Email Sending suppression
- Email Sending suppressions
- Create account email suppression
- Creates a new email suppression for the specified account.
- Email Routing suppressions
- Create account email suppression
- Creates a new email suppression for the specified account.
- Email Sending suppressions
- Create zone email suppression
- Creates a new email suppression for the specified zone.
- Email Routing suppressions
- Create zone email suppression
- Creates a new email suppression for the specified zone.
- Email Sending suppressions
- Search scanned images
- Submit an image and find the n closest matches from the scanned images index without creating any match records. Returns similarity scores and metadata for each match.
- Brand Protection
- Generate summary of Transcripts for the session
- Trigger Summary generation of Transcripts for the session ID.
- Sessions
- Creates a new tag category (SoT)
- Creates a new Source-of-Truth tag category for an account.
- TagCategory
- Creates a new tag
- Creates a new tag to be used accross threat events.
- Tag
- Create takedown letter
- Generate a takedown letter for a notice and persist the rendered text. The PDF is generated lazily on download.
- Brand Protection
- Create takedown notice
- Create a new takedown notice for a domain suspected of trademark infringement.
- Brand Protection
- Lookup takedown notices by domains
- Bulk lookup of takedown notices by domain names. Returns an array of { domain, queryId, notice } entries (notice is null when no match exists). Supports optional queryId or queryIds to scope lookups per query. Uses POST to avoid URL length limits when looking up many domains. This endpoint is read-only. Domains are normalized (trimmed, lowercased) and deduplicated.
- Brand Protection
- [DEPRECATED] Create Pipeline
- [DEPRECATED] Create a new pipeline. Use the new /pipelines/v1/pipelines endpoint instead.
- workers_pipelines_other
- Create Pipeline
- Create a new Pipeline.
- workers_pipelines_other
- Create Sink
- Create a new Sink.
- workers_pipelines_other
- Create Stream
- Create a new Stream.
- workers_pipelines_other
- Validate SQL
- Validate Arroyo SQL.
- workers_pipelines_other
- Create Instant Logs job
- Creates a new Instant Logs job for a zone.
- Instant Logs jobs for a zone
- Create Logpush job
- Creates a new Logpush job for a zone.
- Logpush jobs for a zone
- Get ownership challenge
- Gets a new ownership challenge sent to your destination.
- Logpush jobs for a zone
- Validate ownership challenge
- Validates ownership challenge of the destination.
- Logpush jobs for a zone
- Validate destination
- Validates destination.
- Logpush jobs for a zone
- Check destination exists
- Checks if there is an existing job with a destination.
- Logpush jobs for a zone
- Validate origin
- Validates logpull origin with logpull_options.
- Logpush jobs for a zone
- Update log retention flag
- Updates log retention flag for Logpull API.
- Logs Received
- Publish Zaraz preview configuration
- Publish current Zaraz preview configuration for a zone.
- Zaraz
- Get Zone Precursor Config
- Retrieve a zone's Precursor configuration: the zone-level `default_mode` and the ordered list of `enforcement_rules`.
- Precursor
- Update Zone Precursor Config
- Updates the Precursor configuration for a zone. `default_mode` sets the zone-level enforcement mode. `enforcement_rules` is the ordered list of rules that override enforcement for matching requests. This is a partial update: only the fields present in the request body are changed. - Sending an empty array (`[]`) clears all enforcement rules. - At least one of `default_mode` or `enforcement_rules` must be present; an empty body (`{}`) is rejected with `400`. - Rule `id` is read-only (assigned by Cloudflare) and ignored on input. - Rule `mode` must be `min-friction` or `max-security` (`off` is not a valid rule mode; use `default_mode` to disable enforcement).
- Precursor
- Create Cloud Integration
- Create a new Cloud Integration (Closed Beta).
- Cloud Integrations
- Delete Cloud Integration
- Delete a Cloud Integration (Closed Beta).
- Cloud Integrations
- Run Discovery
- Run discovery for a Cloud Integration (Closed Beta).
- Cloud Integrations
- Run Discovery for All Integrations
- Run discovery for all Cloud Integrations in an account (Closed Beta).
- Cloud Integrations
- Get Cloud Integration Setup Config
- Get initial configuration to complete Cloud Integration setup (Closed Beta).
- Cloud Integrations
- List Cloud Integrations
- List Cloud Integrations (Closed Beta).
- Cloud Integrations
- Patch Cloud Integration
- Update a Cloud Integration (Closed Beta).
- Cloud Integrations
- Read Cloud Integration
- Read a Cloud Integration (Closed Beta).
- Cloud Integrations
- Update Cloud Integration
- Update a Cloud Integration (Closed Beta).
- Cloud Integrations
- Create a DLS prefix binding
- Bind a CIDR from a BYOIP prefix to a region. This requires the **IP Prefixes Write** permission in addition to **DLS Write**, because the binding is created against a BYOIP prefix in Addressing.
- Prefix Bindings
- Delete a DLS prefix binding
- Delete a BYOIP prefix binding. Like creating a binding, this requires **IP Prefixes Write** in addition to **DLS Write**.
- Prefix Bindings
- Get a DLS prefix binding
- Retrieve a single BYOIP prefix binding by ID.
- Prefix Bindings
- Get a DLS region
- Retrieve a single DLS region (managed or custom) by ID or region key.
- Regions
- List DLS prefix bindings for an account
- List the BYOIP prefix bindings configured for an account.
- Prefix Bindings
- List DLS regions for an account
- List the DLS regions (managed and custom) available to an account.
- Regions
- Update a DLS prefix binding
- Update the region of an existing BYOIP prefix binding. Like creating a binding, this requires **IP Prefixes Write** in addition to **DLS Write**.
- Prefix Bindings
- Purge build cache
- Clear the build cache for a specific trigger
- Triggers
- Update Logpush job
- Updates a Logpush job.
- Logpush jobs for an account
- Update a group
- Update a group
- Groups
- Update letter template
- Update a user-defined takedown letter template. System templates cannot be modified.
- Brand Protection
- Update a permission for dataset
- Update a permission
- Permissions
- Replace a preset
- Replace all details for the preset using the provided preset ID.
- Presets
- Update takedown notice
- Update a takedown notice (e.g. change status to sent, resolved, etc.).
- Brand Protection
- [DEPRECATED] Update Pipeline
- [DEPRECATED] Update an existing pipeline. Use the new /pipelines/v1/pipelines endpoint instead.
- workers_pipelines_other
- Rerun the Activation Check
- Triggeres a new activation check for a PENDING Zone. This can be triggered every 5 min for paygo/ent customers, every hour for FREE Zones.
- Zone
- Update Logpush job
- Updates a Logpush job.
- Logpush jobs for a zone
- Update Zaraz configuration
- Updates Zaraz configuration for a zone.
- Zaraz
- Restore Zaraz historical configuration by ID
- Restores a historical published Zaraz configuration by ID for a zone.
- Zaraz
- Update Zaraz workflow
- Updates Zaraz workflow for a zone.
- Zaraz
- Delete query
- Delete a saved query.
- Saved Queries
- Get query
- Retrieve a saved query.
- Saved Queries
- List queries
- List saved queries.
- Saved Queries
- Update query
- Update saved query.
- Saved Queries
- Save query
- Persist query for later use.
- Saved Queries
- Acknowledge + Retry Queue Messages
- Acknowledge + Retry messages from a Queue
- Queue
- Delete Previewed Queue Messages
- Delete previewed messages from a Queue. Note that messages acknowledged this way aren't considered delivered, they are instantly deleted from this queue and do not affect metrics.
- Queue
- Create Queue
- Create a new queue
- Queue
- Create a Queue Consumer
- Creates a new consumer for a Queue
- Queue
- Delete Queue
- Deletes a queue
- Queue
- Delete Queue Consumer
- Deletes the consumer for a queue.
- Queue
- Get Queue
- Get details about a specific queue.
- Queue
- Get Queue Consumer
- Fetches the consumer for a queue by consumer id
- Queue
- Get Queue Metrics
- Return best-effort metrics for a queue. Values may be approximate due to the distributed nature of queues.
- Queue
- List Queues
- Returns the queues owned by an account.
- Queue
- List Queue Consumers
- Returns the consumers for a Queue
- Queue
- Preview Queue Messages
- Preview messages from a Queue without leasing them. Messages remain available for subsequent preview or pull operations.
- Queue
- Pull Queue Messages
- Pull a batch of messages from a Queue
- Queue
- Purge Queue
- Deletes all messages from the Queue.
- Queue
- Get Queue Purge Status
- Get details about a Queue's purge status.
- Queue
- Push Message
- Push a message to a Queue
- Queue
- Push Message Batch
- Push a batch of message to a Queue
- Queue
- Update Queue
- Updates a Queue. Note that this endpoint does not support partial updates. If successful, the Queue's configuration is overwritten with the supplied configuration.
- Queue
- Update Queue Consumer
- Updates the consumer for a queue, or creates one if it does not exist.
- Queue
- Update Queue
- Updates a Queue.
- Queue
- Attach Custom Domain To Bucket
- Register a new custom domain for an existing R2 bucket.
- R2 Bucket
- Create Bucket
- Creates a new R2 bucket.
- R2 Bucket
- Create Temporary Access Credentials
- Creates temporary access credentials on a bucket that can be optionally scoped to prefixes or objects.
- R2 Bucket
- Delete Bucket
- Deletes an existing R2 bucket.
- R2 Bucket
- Delete Bucket CORS Policy
- Delete the CORS policy for a bucket.
- R2 Bucket
- Disable Sippy
- Disables Sippy on this bucket.
- R2 Bucket
- Remove Custom Domain From Bucket
- Remove custom domain registration from an existing R2 bucket.
- R2 Bucket
- Delete Object
- Deletes an object from an R2 bucket. For most workloads, we recommend using R2's [S3-compatible API](https://developers.cloudflare.com/r2/api/s3/api/) or a [Worker with an R2 binding](https://developers.cloudflare.com/r2/api/workers/workers-api-reference/) instead.
- R2 Object
- Delete Objects
- Deletes multiple objects from an R2 bucket. Two modes are supported: 1. **Delete by list** (default): Provide a JSON array of object keys in the request body. All listed objects are deleted; per-key errors are reported in the response. 2. **Delete by prefix**: Provide the `prefix` query parameter (and an empty/no body) to schedule deletion of every object whose key begins with the given prefix. This kicks off an asynchronous prefix-delete job and returns the job descriptor. For most workloads, we recommend using R2's [S3-compatible API](https://developers.cloudflare.com/r2/api/s3/api/) or a [Worker with an R2 binding](https://developers.cloudflare.com/r2/api/workers/workers-api-reference/) instead.
- R2 Object
- Configure Custom Domain Settings
- Edit the configuration for a custom domain on an existing R2 bucket.
- R2 Bucket
- Delete Event Notification Rules
- Delete an event notification rule. **If no body is provided, all rules for specified queue will be deleted**.
- R2 Bucket
- Get Account-Level Metrics
- Get Storage/Object Count Metrics across all buckets in your account. Note that Account-Level Metrics may not immediately reflect the latest data.
- R2 Account
- Get Bucket
- Gets properties of an existing R2 bucket.
- R2 Bucket
- Get Bucket CORS Policy
- Get the CORS policy for a bucket.
- R2 Bucket
- Get Object Lifecycle Rules
- Get object lifecycle rules for a bucket.
- R2 Bucket
- Get Local Uploads Configuration
- Get the local uploads configuration for a bucket. When enabled, object's data is written to the nearest region first, then asynchronously replicated to the bucket's primary region.
- R2 Bucket
- Get Bucket Lock Rules
- Get lock rules for a bucket.
- R2 Bucket
- Get r2.dev Domain of Bucket
- Gets state of public access over the bucket's R2-managed (r2.dev) domain.
- R2 Bucket
- Get Sippy Configuration
- Gets configuration for Sippy for an existing R2 bucket.
- R2 Bucket
- Get Custom Domain Settings
- Get the configuration for a custom domain on an existing R2 bucket.
- R2 Bucket
- Get Event Notification Rule
- Get a single event notification rule.
- R2 Bucket
- List Event Notification Rules
- List all event notification rules for a bucket.
- R2 Bucket
- Get Object
- Retrieves an object from an R2 bucket. Returns the object body along with metadata headers. For most workloads, we recommend using R2's [S3-compatible API](https://developers.cloudflare.com/r2/api/s3/api/) or a [Worker with an R2 binding](https://developers.cloudflare.com/r2/api/workers/workers-api-reference/) instead.
- R2 Object
- List Buckets
- Lists all R2 buckets on your account.
- R2 Bucket
- List Custom Domains of Bucket
- Gets a list of all custom domains registered with an existing R2 bucket.
- R2 Bucket
- List Objects
- Lists objects in an R2 bucket. Returns object metadata including key, size, etag, last modified date, HTTP metadata, and custom metadata. For most workloads, we recommend using R2's [S3-compatible API](https://developers.cloudflare.com/r2/api/s3/api/) or a [Worker with an R2 binding](https://developers.cloudflare.com/r2/api/workers/workers-api-reference/) instead.
- R2 Object
- Patch Bucket
- Updates properties of an existing R2 bucket.
- R2 Bucket
- Put Bucket CORS Policy
- Set the CORS policy for a bucket.
- R2 Bucket
- Put Object Lifecycle Rules
- Set the object lifecycle rules for a bucket.
- R2 Bucket
- Put Local Uploads Configuration
- Set the local uploads configuration for a bucket. When enabled, object's data is written to the nearest region first, then asynchronously replicated to the bucket's primary region.
- R2 Bucket
- Put Bucket Lock Rules
- Set lock rules for a bucket.
- R2 Bucket
- Update r2.dev Domain of Bucket
- Updates state of public access over the bucket's R2-managed (r2.dev) domain.
- R2 Bucket
- Enable Sippy
- Sets configuration for Sippy for an existing R2 bucket.
- R2 Bucket
- Create Event Notification Rule
- Create event notification rule.
- R2 Bucket
- Upload Object
- Uploads an object to an R2 bucket. The object body is provided as the request body. Returns metadata about the uploaded object. The maximum upload size for this endpoint is 300 MB. For most workloads, we recommend using R2's [S3-compatible API](https://developers.cloudflare.com/r2/api/s3/api/) or a [Worker with an R2 binding](https://developers.cloudflare.com/r2/api/workers/workers-api-reference/) instead.
- R2 Object
- Get agent readiness summary
- Returns a summary of AI agent readiness scores across scanned domains, grouped by the specified dimension. Data is sourced from weekly bulk scans. All values are raw domain counts.
- Radar Agent Readiness
- Get AI bots HTTP requests distribution by dimension
- Retrieves an aggregated summary of AI bots HTTP requests grouped by the specified dimension.
- Radar AI Bots
- Get AI user agents summary
- Retrieves the distribution of traffic by AI user agent.
- Radar AI Bots
- Get AI bots HTTP requests time series
- Retrieves AI bots HTTP request volume over time.
- Radar AI Bots
- Get time series distribution of AI bots HTTP requests by dimension.
- Retrieves the distribution of HTTP requests from AI bots, grouped by the specified dimension over time.
- Radar AI Bots
- Get AI user agents time series
- Retrieves the distribution of traffic by AI user agent over time.
- Radar AI Bots
- Get Workers AI inference distribution by dimension
- Retrieves an aggregated summary of the number of inferences run on Workers AI, grouped by the specified dimension.
- Radar AI Inference
- Get Workers AI models summary
- Retrieves the distribution of the number of inferences by model.
- Radar AI Inference
- Get Workers AI tasks summary
- Retrieves the distribution of the number of inferences by task.
- Radar AI Inference
- Get time series distribution of Workers AI inference by dimension.
- Retrieves the distribution of the number of inferences run on Workers AI, grouped by the specified dimension over time.
- Radar AI Inference
- Get Workers AI models time series
- Retrieves the distribution of the number of inferences by model over time.
- Radar AI Inference
- Get Workers AI tasks time series
- Retrieves the distribution of the number of inferences by task over time.
- Radar AI Inference
- Get AI markdown for agents reduction ratio summary
- Retrieves the overall median HTML-to-markdown reduction ratio for AI agent requests over the given date range.
- Radar Markdown for Agents
- Get AI markdown for agents reduction ratio time series
- Retrieves the median HTML-to-markdown reduction ratio over time for AI agent requests.
- Radar Markdown for Agents
- Get latest annotations
- Retrieves the latest annotations.
- Radar Annotations
- Get latest Internet outages and anomalies
- Retrieves the latest Internet outages and anomalies.
- Radar Annotations
- Get the number of outages by location
- Retrieves the number of outages by location.
- Radar Annotations
- Get AS rankings by botnet threat feed activity
- Retrieves a ranked list of Autonomous Systems based on their presence in the Cloudflare Botnet Threat Feed. Rankings can be sorted by offense count or number of bad IPs. Optionally compare to a previous date to see rank changes.
- Radar Autonomous Systems
- Get IRR AS-SETs that an AS is a member of
- Retrieves Internet Routing Registry AS-SETs that an AS is a member of.
- Radar Autonomous Systems
- Get AS-level relationships by ASN
- Retrieves AS-level relationship for given networks.
- Radar Autonomous Systems
- Get layer 3 attacks summary by dimension
- Retrieves the distribution of layer 3 attacks by the specified dimension.
- Radar Layer 3 Attacks
- Get layer 3 attacks by bitrate summary
- Retrieves the distribution of layer 3 attacks by bitrate.
- Radar Layer 3 Attacks
- Get layer 3 attacks by duration summary
- Retrieves the distribution of layer 3 attacks by duration.
- Radar Layer 3 Attacks
- Get layer 3 attacks by targeted industry summary
- Retrieves the distribution of layer 3 attacks by targeted industry.
- Radar Layer 3 Attacks
- Get layer 3 attacks by IP version summary
- Retrieves the distribution of layer 3 attacks by IP version.
- Radar Layer 3 Attacks
- Get layer 3 attacks by protocol summary
- Retrieves the distribution of layer 3 attacks by protocol.
- Radar Layer 3 Attacks
- Get layer 3 attacks by vector summary
- Retrieves the distribution of layer 3 attacks by vector.
- Radar Layer 3 Attacks
- Get layer 3 attacks by targeted vertical summary
- Retrieves the distribution of layer 3 attacks by targeted vertical.
- Radar Layer 3 Attacks
- Get layer 3 attacks by bytes time series
- Retrieves layer 3 attacks over time.
- Radar Layer 3 Attacks
- Get layer 3 attacks time series grouped by dimension
- Retrieves the distribution of layer 3 attacks grouped by dimension over time.
- Radar Layer 3 Attacks
- Get layer 3 attacks by bitrate time series
- Retrieves the distribution of layer 3 attacks by bitrate over time.
- Radar Layer 3 Attacks
- Get layer 3 attacks by duration time series
- Retrieves the distribution of layer 3 attacks by duration over time.
- Radar Layer 3 Attacks
- Get layer 3 attacks by target industries time series
- Retrieves the distribution of layer 3 attacks by targeted industry over time.
- Radar Layer 3 Attacks
- Get layer 3 attacks by IP version time series
- Retrieves the distribution of layer 3 attacks by IP version over time.
- Radar Layer 3 Attacks
- Get layer 3 attacks by protocol time series
- Retrieves the distribution of layer 3 attacks by protocol over time.
- Radar Layer 3 Attacks
- Get layer 3 attacks by vector time series
- Retrieves the distribution of layer 3 attacks by vector over time.
- Radar Layer 3 Attacks
- Get layer 3 attacks by vertical time series
- Retrieves the distribution of layer 3 attacks by targeted vertical over time.
- Radar Layer 3 Attacks
- Get top layer 3 attack pairs (origin and target locations)
- Retrieves the top layer 3 attacks from origin to target location. Values are a percentage out of the total layer 3 attacks (with billing country). You can optionally limit the number of attacks by origin/target location (useful if all the top attacks are from or to the same location).
- Radar Layer 3 Attacks
- Get top industries targeted by layer 3 attacks
- This endpoint is deprecated. To continue getting this data, switch to the summary by industry endpoint.
- Radar Layer 3 Attacks
- Get top origin locations of layer 3 attacks
- Retrieves the origin locations of layer 3 attacks.
- Radar Layer 3 Attacks
- Get top target locations of layer 3 attacks
- Retrieves the target locations of layer 3 attacks.
- Radar Layer 3 Attacks
- Get top verticals targeted by layer 3 attacks
- This endpoint is deprecated. To continue getting this data, switch to the summary by vertical endpoint.
- Radar Layer 3 Attacks
- Get layer 7 attacks summary by dimension
- Retrieves the distribution of layer 7 attacks by the specified dimension.
- Radar Layer 7 Attacks
- Get layer 7 attacks by HTTP method summary
- Retrieves the distribution of layer 7 attacks by HTTP method.
- Radar Layer 7 Attacks
- Get layer 7 attacks by HTTP version summary
- Retrieves the distribution of layer 7 attacks by HTTP version.
- Radar Layer 7 Attacks
- Get layer 7 attacks by targeted industry summary
- Retrieves the distribution of layer 7 attacks by targeted industry.
- Radar Layer 7 Attacks
- Get layer 7 attacks by IP version summary
- Retrieves the distribution of layer 7 attacks by IP version.
- Radar Layer 7 Attacks
- Get layer 7 attacks by managed rules summary
- Retrieves the distribution of layer 7 attacks by managed rules.
- Radar Layer 7 Attacks
- Get layer 7 attacks by mitigation product summary
- Retrieves the distribution of layer 7 attacks by mitigation product.
- Radar Layer 7 Attacks
- Get layer 7 attacks by targeted vertical summary
- Retrieves the distribution of layer 7 attacks by targeted vertical.
- Radar Layer 7 Attacks
- Get layer 7 attacks time series
- Retrieves layer 7 attacks over time.
- Radar Layer 7 Attacks
- Get layer 7 attacks time series grouped by dimension
- Retrieves the distribution of layer 7 attacks grouped by dimension over time.
- Radar Layer 7 Attacks
- Get layer 7 attacks by HTTP method time series
- Retrieves the distribution of layer 7 attacks by HTTP method over time.
- Radar Layer 7 Attacks
- Get layer 7 attacks by HTTP version time series
- Retrieves the distribution of layer 7 attacks by HTTP version over time.
- Radar Layer 7 Attacks
- Get layer 7 attacks by target industries time series
- Retrieves the distribution of layer 7 attacks by targeted industry over time.
- Radar Layer 7 Attacks
- Get layer 7 attacks by IP version time series
- Retrieves the distribution of layer 7 attacks by IP version used over time.
- Radar Layer 7 Attacks
- Get layer 7 attacks by managed rules time series
- Retrieves the distribution of layer 7 attacks by managed rules over time.
- Radar Layer 7 Attacks
- Get layer 7 attacks by mitigation product time series
- Retrieves the distribution of layer 7 attacks by mitigation product over time.
- Radar Layer 7 Attacks
- Get layer 7 attacks by vertical time series
- Retrieves the distribution of layer 7 attacks by targeted vertical over time.
- Radar Layer 7 Attacks
- Get top layer 7 attack pairs (origin and target locations)
- Retrieves the top attacks from origin to target location. Values are percentages of the total layer 7 attacks (with billing country). The attack magnitude can be defined by the number of mitigated requests or by the number of zones affected. You can optionally limit the number of attacks by origin/target location (useful if all the top attacks are from or to the same location).
- Radar Layer 7 Attacks
- Get top industries targeted by layer 7 attacks
- This endpoint is deprecated. To continue getting this data, switch to the summary by industry endpoint.
- Radar Layer 7 Attacks
- Get top origin ASes of layer 7 attacks
- Retrieves the top origin autonomous systems of layer 7 attacks. Values are percentages of the total layer 7 attacks, with the origin autonomous systems determined by the client IP address.
- Radar Layer 7 Attacks
- Get top origin locations of layer 7 attacks
- Retrieves the top origin locations of layer 7 attacks. Values are percentages of the total layer 7 attacks, with the origin location determined by the client IP address.
- Radar Layer 7 Attacks
- Get top target locations of layer 7 attacks
- Retrieves the top target locations of and by layer 7 attacks. Values are a percentage out of the total layer 7 attacks. The target location is determined by the attacked zone's billing country, when available.
- Radar Layer 7 Attacks
- Get top verticals targeted by layer 7 attacks
- This endpoint is deprecated. To continue getting this data, switch to the summary by vertical endpoint.
- Radar Layer 7 Attacks
- Get BGP hijack events
- Retrieves the BGP hijack events.
- Radar BGP
- Get announced IP address space time series
- Retrieves time series data for the announced IP space count, represented as the number of IPv4 /24s and IPv6 /48s, for a given ASN.
- Radar BGP
- Get top ASes by announced IP space
- Returns the top-N autonomous systems by announced IP space at the nearest 8-hour RIB boundary at or before the requested date. The snapped boundary is returned as `anchor_ts`.
- Radar BGP
- Get prefix-to-ASN mapping
- Retrieves the prefix-to-ASN mapping from global routing tables.
- Radar BGP
- Get Multi-Origin AS (MOAS) prefixes
- Retrieves all Multi-Origin AS (MOAS) prefixes in the global routing tables.
- Radar BGP
- Get BGP route leak events
- Retrieves the BGP route leak events.
- Radar BGP
- List ASes from global routing tables
- Retrieves all ASes in the current global routing tables with routing statistics.
- Radar BGP
- Get tier-1 path segments for an AS
- Retrieves the paths an AS uses to reach the tier-1 clique, derived from RouteViews RIB snapshots. Each entry is an ordered AS-path segment (from the queried AS toward a tier-1) with the number of observed paths and peers, and the collectors that observed it. By default segments are merged across all active collectors; pass "collector" to scope to one. The response also includes an "asnInfo" map (keyed by ASN) with the name and country for every ASN in the returned segments plus the queried ASN (best-effort; null when unavailable).
- Radar BGP
- Get real-time BGP routes for a prefix
- Retrieves real-time BGP routes for a prefix, using public real-time data collectors (RouteViews and RIPE RIS).
- Radar BGP
- Get BGP routing table stats
- Retrieves the BGP routing table stats.
- Radar BGP
- Get upstream composition time series for an AS
- Retrieves the share of an AS’s observed paths carried by each direct upstream over time, derived from RouteViews RIB snapshots across all collectors (the combined product). Each upstream ASN is returned as its own series of shares (0–1); the least-significant upstreams beyond the requested limit are grouped into an "OTHER" series. Series share a common set of timestamps.
- Radar BGP
- Get ASPA changes over time
- Retrieves ASPA (Autonomous System Provider Authorization) changes over time. Returns daily aggregated changes including additions, removals, and modifications of ASPA objects.
- Radar BGP
- Get ASPA objects snapshot
- Retrieves current or historical ASPA (Autonomous System Provider Authorization) objects. ASPA objects define which ASNs are authorized upstream providers for a customer ASN.
- Radar BGP
- Get ASPA count time series
- Retrieves ASPA (Autonomous System Provider Authorization) object count over time. Supports filtering by RIR or location (country code) to generate multiple named series. If no RIR or location filter is specified, returns total count.
- Radar BGP
- Get RPKI ROA deployment time series
- Retrieves RPKI ROA (Route Origin Authorization) validation ratios over time. Returns the selected metric as a time series. Supports filtering by ASN or location (country code) — multiple values of the same filter type produce one series per value. If no ASN or location is specified, returns the global aggregate.
- Radar BGP
- Get BGP time series
- Retrieves BGP updates over time. When requesting updates for an autonomous system, only BGP updates of type announcement are returned.
- Radar BGP
- Get top ASes by BGP updates
- Retrieves the top autonomous systems by BGP updates (announcements only).
- Radar BGP
- Get top ASes by prefix count
- Retrieves the full list of autonomous systems on the global routing table ordered by announced prefixes count. The data comes from public BGP MRT data archives and updates every 2 hours.
- Radar BGP
- Get top prefixes by BGP updates
- Retrieves the top network prefixes by BGP updates.
- Radar BGP
- Get bot details
- Retrieves the requested bot information.
- Radar Bots
- List bots
- Retrieves a list of bots.
- Radar Bots
- Get bots HTTP requests distribution by dimension
- Retrieves an aggregated summary of bots HTTP requests grouped by the specified dimension.
- Radar Bots
- Get bots HTTP requests time series
- Retrieves bots HTTP request volume over time.
- Radar Bots
- Get time series distribution of bots HTTP requests by dimension.
- Retrieves the distribution of HTTP requests from bots, grouped by the specified dimension over time.
- Radar Bots
- List certificate authorities
- Retrieves a list of certificate authorities.
- Radar Certificate Transparency
- Get certificate authority details
- Retrieves the requested CA information.
- Radar Certificate Transparency
- Get certificate log details
- Retrieves the requested certificate log information.
- Radar Certificate Transparency
- List certificate logs
- Retrieves a list of certificate logs.
- Radar Certificate Transparency
- Get crawler HTTP request distribution by dimension
- Retrieves an aggregated summary of HTTP requests from crawlers, grouped by the specified dimension.
- Radar Web Crawlers
- Get time series of crawler HTTP request distribution by dimension
- Retrieves the distribution of HTTP requests from crawlers, grouped by the specified dimension over time.
- Radar Web Crawlers
- Get certificate distribution by dimension
- Retrieves an aggregated summary of certificates grouped by the specified dimension.
- Radar Certificate Transparency
- Get certificates time series
- Retrieves certificate volume over time.
- Radar Certificate Transparency
- Get time series of certificate distribution by dimension
- Retrieves the distribution of certificates grouped by the specified dimension over time.
- Radar Certificate Transparency
- Get AS112 summary by dimension
- Retrieves the distribution of AS112 queries by the specified dimension.
- Radar AS112
- Get AS112 DNS queries time series
- Retrieves the AS112 DNS queries over time.
- Radar AS112
- Get AS112 DNS queries by DNSSEC summary
- Retrieves the distribution of DNS queries to AS112 by DNSSEC (DNS Security Extensions) support.
- Radar AS112
- Get AS112 DNS queries by EDNS summary
- Retrieves the distribution of DNS queries to AS112 by EDNS (Extension Mechanisms for DNS) support.
- Radar AS112
- Get AS112 DNS queries by IP version summary
- Retrieves the distribution of DNS queries to AS112 by IP version.
- Radar AS112
- Get AS112 DNS queries by DNS protocol summary
- Retrieves the distribution of DNS queries to AS112 by protocol.
- Radar AS112
- Get AS112 DNS queries by type summary
- Retrieves the distribution of DNS queries to AS112 by type.
- Radar AS112
- Get AS112 DNS queries by response code summary
- Retrieves the distribution of AS112 DNS requests classified by response code.
- Radar AS112
- Get AS112 time series grouped by dimension
- Retrieves the distribution of AS112 queries grouped by dimension over time.
- Radar AS112
- Get AS112 DNS queries by DNSSEC support time series
- Retrieves the distribution of AS112 DNS queries by DNSSEC (DNS Security Extensions) support over time.
- Radar AS112
- Get AS112 DNS queries by EDNS support summary
- Retrieves the distribution of AS112 DNS queries by EDNS (Extension Mechanisms for DNS) support over time.
- Radar AS112
- Get AS112 DNS queries by IP version time series
- Retrieves the distribution of AS112 DNS queries by IP version over time.
- Radar AS112
- Get AS112 DNS queries by DNS protocol time series
- Retrieves the distribution of AS112 DNS requests classified by protocol over time.
- Radar AS112
- Get AS112 DNS queries by type time series
- Retrieves the distribution of AS112 DNS queries by type over time.
- Radar AS112
- Get AS112 DNS queries by response code time series
- Retrieves the distribution of AS112 DNS requests classified by response code over time.
- Radar AS112
- Get top locations by AS112 DNS queries
- Retrieves the top locations by AS112 DNS queries.
- Radar AS112
- Get top locations by AS112 DNS queries with DNSSEC support
- Retrieves the top locations of DNS queries to AS112 with DNSSEC (DNS Security Extensions) support.
- Radar AS112
- Get top locations by AS112 DNS queries with EDNS support
- Retrieves the top locations of DNS queries to AS112 with EDNS (Extension Mechanisms for DNS) support.
- Radar AS112
- Get top locations by AS112 DNS queries for an IP version
- Retrieves the top locations of DNS queries to AS112 for an IP version.
- Radar AS112
- Get DNS summary by dimension
- Retrieves the distribution of DNS queries by the specified dimension.
- Radar DNS
- Get DNS queries by cache status summary
- Retrieves the distribution of DNS queries by cache status.
- Radar DNS
- Get DNS queries by DNSSEC support summary
- Retrieves the distribution of DNS responses by DNSSEC (DNS Security Extensions) support.
- Radar DNS
- Get DNS queries by DNSSEC awareness summary
- Retrieves the distribution of DNS queries by DNSSEC (DNS Security Extensions) client awareness.
- Radar DNS
- Get DNS queries by DNSSEC end-to-end summary
- Retrieves the distribution of DNSSEC-validated answers by end-to-end security status.
- Radar DNS
- Get DNS queries by IP version summary
- Retrieves the distribution of DNS queries by IP version.
- Radar DNS
- Get DNS queries by matching answer summary
- Retrieves the distribution of DNS queries by matching answers.
- Radar DNS
- Get DNS queries by protocol summary
- Retrieves the distribution of DNS queries by DNS transport protocol.
- Radar DNS
- Get DNS queries by type summary
- Retrieves the distribution of DNS queries by type.
- Radar DNS
- Get DNS queries by response code summary
- Retrieves the distribution of DNS queries by response code.
- Radar DNS
- Get DNS queries by response TTL summary
- Retrieves the distribution of DNS queries by minimum response TTL.
- Radar DNS
- Get DNS queries time series
- Retrieves normalized query volume to the 1.1.1.1 DNS resolver over time.
- Radar DNS
- Get DNS time series grouped by dimension
- Retrieves the distribution of DNS queries grouped by dimension over time.
- Radar DNS
- Get DNS queries by cache status time series
- Retrieves the distribution of DNS queries by cache status over time.
- Radar DNS
- Get DNS queries by DNSSEC support time series
- Retrieves the distribution of DNS responses by DNSSEC (DNS Security Extensions) support over time.
- Radar DNS
- Get DNS queries by DNSSEC awareness time series
- Retrieves the distribution of DNS queries by DNSSEC (DNS Security Extensions) client awareness over time.
- Radar DNS
- Get DNS queries by DNSSEC end-to-end time series
- Retrieves the distribution of DNSSEC-validated answers by end-to-end security status over time.
- Radar DNS
- Get DNS queries by IP version time series
- Retrieves the distribution of DNS queries by IP version over time.
- Radar DNS
- Get DNS queries by matching answer time series
- Retrieves the distribution of DNS queries by matching answers over time.
- Radar DNS
- Get DNS queries by protocol time series
- Retrieves the distribution of DNS queries by DNS transport protocol over time.
- Radar DNS
- Get DNS queries by type time series
- Retrieves the distribution of DNS queries by type over time.
- Radar DNS
- Get DNS queries by response code time series
- Retrieves the distribution of DNS queries by response code over time.
- Radar DNS
- Get DNS queries by response TTL time series
- Retrieves the distribution of DNS queries by minimum answer TTL over time.
- Radar DNS
- Get top ASes by DNS queries
- Retrieves the top autonomous systems by DNS queries made to 1.1.1.1 DNS resolver.
- Radar DNS
- Get top locations by DNS queries
- Retrieves the top locations by DNS queries made to 1.1.1.1 DNS resolver.
- Radar DNS
- Get email routing summary by dimension
- Retrieves the distribution of email routing metrics by the specified dimension.
- Radar Email Routing
- Get email ARC validation summary
- Retrieves the distribution of emails by ARC (Authenticated Received Chain) validation.
- Radar Email Routing
- Get email DKIM validation summary
- Retrieves the distribution of emails by DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail) validation.
- Radar Email Routing
- Get email DMARC validation summary
- Retrieves the distribution of emails by DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting and Conformance) validation.
- Radar Email Routing
- Get email encryption status summary
- Retrieves the distribution of emails by encryption status (encrypted vs. not-encrypted).
- Radar Email Routing
- Get email IP version summary
- Retrieves the distribution of emails by IP version.
- Radar Email Routing
- Get email SPF validation summary
- Retrieves the distribution of emails by SPF (Sender Policy Framework) validation.
- Radar Email Routing
- Get email routing time series grouped by dimension
- Retrieves the distribution of email routing metrics grouped by dimension over time.
- Radar Email Routing
- Get email ARC validation time series
- Retrieves the distribution of emails by ARC (Authenticated Received Chain) validation over time.
- Radar Email Routing
- Get email DKIM validation time series
- Retrieves the distribution of emails by DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail) validation over time.
- Radar Email Routing
- Get email DMARC validation time series
- Retrieves the distribution of emails by DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting and Conformance) validation over time.
- Radar Email Routing
- Get email encryption status time series
- Retrieves the distribution of emails by encryption status (encrypted vs. not-encrypted) over time.
- Radar Email Routing
- Get email IP version time series
- Retrieves the distribution of emails by IP version over time.
- Radar Email Routing
- Get email SPF validation time series
- Retrieves the distribution of emails by SPF (Sender Policy Framework) validation over time.
- Radar Email Routing
- Get email security summary by dimension
- Retrieves the distribution of email security metrics by the specified dimension.
- Radar Email Security
- Get email ARC validation summary
- Retrieves the distribution of emails by ARC (Authenticated Received Chain) validation.
- Radar Email Security
- Get email DKIM validation summary
- Retrieves the distribution of emails by DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail) validation.
- Radar Email Security
- Get email DMARC validation summary
- Retrieves the distribution of emails by DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting and Conformance) validation.
- Radar Email Security
- Get email malicious classification summary
- Retrieves the distribution of emails by malicious classification.
- Radar Email Security
- Get email spam classification summary
- Retrieves the proportion of emails by spam classification (spam vs. non-spam).
- Radar Email Security
- Get email SPF validation summary
- Retrieves the distribution of emails by SPF (Sender Policy Framework) validation.
- Radar Email Security
- Get email spoof classification summary
- Retrieves the proportion of emails by spoof classification (spoof vs. non-spoof).
- Radar Email Security
- Get email threat category summary
- Retrieves the distribution of emails by threat categories.
- Radar Email Security
- Get email TLS version summary
- Retrieves the distribution of emails by TLS version.
- Radar Email Security
- Get email security time series grouped by dimension
- Retrieves the distribution of email security metrics grouped by dimension over time.
- Radar Email Security
- Get email ARC validation time series
- Retrieves the distribution of emails by ARC (Authenticated Received Chain) validation over time.
- Radar Email Security
- Get email DKIM validation time series
- Retrieves the distribution of emails by DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail) validation over time.
- Radar Email Security
- Get email DMARC validation time series
- Retrieves the distribution of emails by DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting and Conformance) validation over time.
- Radar Email Security
- Get email malicious classification time series
- Retrieves the distribution of emails by malicious classification over time.
- Radar Email Security
- Get email spam classification time series
- Retrieves the distribution of emails by spam classification (spam vs. non-spam) over time.
- Radar Email Security
- Get email SPF validation time series
- Retrieves the distribution of emails by SPF (Sender Policy Framework) validation over time.
- Radar Email Security
- Get email spoof classification time series
- Retrieves the distribution of emails by spoof classification (spoof vs. non-spoof) over time.
- Radar Email Security
- Get email threat category time series
- Retrieves the distribution of emails by threat category over time.
- Radar Email Security
- Get email TLS version time series
- Retrieves the distribution of emails by TLS version over time.
- Radar Email Security
- Get top TLDs by email malicious classification
- Retrieves the top TLDs by emails classified as malicious or not.
- Radar Email Security
- Get top TLDs by email message volume
- Retrieves the top TLDs by number of email messages.
- Radar Email Security
- Get top TLDs by email spam classification
- Retrieves the top TLDs by emails classified as spam or not.
- Radar Email Security
- Get top TLDs by email spoof classification
- Retrieves the top TLDs by emails classified as spoof or not.
- Radar Email Security
- Get AS details by ASN
- Retrieves the requested autonomous system information. (A confidence level below `5` indicates a low level of confidence in the traffic data - normally this happens because Cloudflare has a small amount of traffic from/to this AS). Population estimates come from APNIC (refer to https://labs.apnic.net/?p=526).
- Radar Autonomous Systems
- Get AS details by IP address
- Retrieves the requested autonomous system information based on IP address. Population estimates come from APNIC (refer to https://labs.apnic.net/?p=526).
- Radar Autonomous Systems
- List autonomous systems
- Retrieves a list of autonomous systems.
- Radar Autonomous Systems
- Get IP address details
- Retrieves IP address information.
- Radar IP
- Get location details
- Retrieves the requested location information. (A confidence level below `5` indicates a low level of confidence in the traffic data - normally this happens because Cloudflare has a small amount of traffic from/to this location).
- Radar Locations
- List locations
- Retrieves a list of locations.
- Radar Locations
- Get Geolocation details
- Retrieves the requested Geolocation information. Geolocation names can be localized by sending an `Accept-Language` HTTP header with a BCP 47 language tag (e.g., `Accept-Language: pt-PT`). The full quality-value chain is supported (e.g., `pt-PT,pt;q=0.9,en;q=0.8`).
- Radar Geolocations
- List Geolocations
- Retrieves a list of geolocations. Geolocation names can be localized by sending an `Accept-Language` HTTP header with a BCP 47 language tag (e.g., `Accept-Language: pt-PT`). The full quality-value chain is supported (e.g., `pt-PT,pt;q=0.9,en;q=0.8`).
- Radar Geolocations
- Get HTTP requests summary by dimension
- Retrieves the distribution of HTTP requests by the specified dimension.
- Radar HTTP
- Get HTTP requests by bot class summary
- Retrieves the distribution of bot-generated HTTP requests to genuine human traffic, as classified by Cloudflare. Visit https://developers.cloudflare.com/radar/concepts/bot-classes/ for more information.
- Radar HTTP
- Get HTTP requests by device type summary
- Retrieves the distribution of HTTP requests generated by mobile, desktop, and other types of devices.
- Radar HTTP
- Get HTTP requests by HTTP/HTTPS summary
- Retrieves the distribution of HTTP requests by HTTP protocol (HTTP vs. HTTPS).
- Radar HTTP
- Get HTTP requests by HTTP version summary
- Retrieves the distribution of HTTP requests by HTTP version.
- Radar HTTP
- Get HTTP requests by IP version summary
- Retrieves the distribution of HTTP requests by IP version.
- Radar HTTP
- Get HTTP requests by OS summary
- Retrieves the distribution of HTTP requests by operating system (Windows, macOS, Android, iOS, and others).
- Radar HTTP
- Get HTTP requests by post-quantum support summary
- Retrieves the distribution of HTTP requests by post-quantum support.
- Radar HTTP
- Get HTTP requests by TLS version summary
- Retrieves the distribution of HTTP requests by TLS version.
- Radar HTTP
- Get HTTP requests time series
- Retrieves the HTTP requests over time.
- Radar HTTP
- Get HTTP requests time series grouped by dimension
- Retrieves the distribution of HTTP requests grouped by dimension.
- Radar HTTP
- Get HTTP requests by bot class time series
- Retrieves the distribution of HTTP requests classified as automated or human over time. Visit https://developers.cloudflare.com/radar/concepts/bot-classes/ for more information.
- Radar HTTP
- Get HTTP requests by user agent family time series
- Retrieves the distribution of HTTP requests by user agent family over time.
- Radar HTTP
- Get HTTP requests by user agent time series
- Retrieves the distribution of HTTP requests by user agent over time.
- Radar HTTP
- Get HTTP requests by device type time series
- Retrieves the distribution of HTTP requests by device type over time.
- Radar HTTP
- Get HTTP requests by HTTP/HTTPS time series
- Retrieves the distribution of HTTP requests by HTTP protocol (HTTP vs. HTTPS) over time.
- Radar HTTP
- Get HTTP requests by HTTP version time series
- Retrieves the distribution of HTTP requests by HTTP version over time.
- Radar HTTP
- Get HTTP requests by IP version time series
- Retrieves the distribution of HTTP requests by IP version over time.
- Radar HTTP
- Get HTTP requests by OS time series
- Retrieves the distribution of HTTP requests by operating system over time.
- Radar HTTP
- Get HTTP requests by post-quantum support time series
- Retrieves the distribution of HTTP requests by post-quantum support over time.
- Radar HTTP
- Get HTTP requests by TLS version time series
- Retrieves the distribution of HTTP requests by TLS version over time.
- Radar HTTP
- Get top ASes by HTTP requests for a bot class
- Retrieves the top autonomous systems, by HTTP requests, of the requested bot class.
- Radar HTTP
- Get top ASes by HTTP requests for a browser family
- Retrieves the top autonomous systems, by HTTP requests, of the requested browser family.
- Radar HTTP
- Get top ASes by HTTP requests for a device type
- Retrieves the top autonomous systems, by HTTP requests, of the requested device type.
- Radar HTTP
- Get top ASes by HTTP requests for an HTTP protocol
- Retrieves the top autonomous systems, by HTTP requests, of the requested HTTP protocol.
- Radar HTTP
- Get top ASes by HTTP requests
- Retrieves the top autonomous systems by HTTP requests.
- Radar HTTP
- Get top ASes by HTTP requests for an HTTP version
- Retrieves the top autonomous systems, by HTTP requests, of the requested HTTP version.
- Radar HTTP
- Get top ASes by HTTP requests for an IP version
- Retrieves the top autonomous systems, by HTTP requests, of the requested IP version.
- Radar HTTP
- Get top ASes by HTTP requests for an OS
- Retrieves the top autonomous systems, by HTTP requests, of the requested operating system.
- Radar HTTP
- Get top ASes by HTTP requests for a TLS version
- Retrieves the top autonomous systems, by HTTP requests, of the requested TLS protocol version.
- Radar HTTP
- Get top user agent families by HTTP requests
- Retrieves the top user agents, aggregated in families, by HTTP requests.
- Radar HTTP
- Get top user agents by HTTP requests
- Retrieves the top user agents by HTTP requests.
- Radar HTTP
- Get top locations by HTTP requests for a bot class
- Retrieves the top locations, by HTTP requests, of the requested bot class.
- Radar HTTP
- Get top locations by HTTP requests for a browser family
- Retrieves the top locations, by HTTP requests, of the requested browser family.
- Radar HTTP
- Get top locations by HTTP requests for a device type
- Retrieves the top locations, by HTTP requests, of the requested device type.
- Radar HTTP
- Get top locations by HTTP requests for an HTTP protocol
- Retrieves the top locations, by HTTP requests, of the requested HTTP protocol.
- Radar HTTP
- Get top locations by HTTP requests
- Retrieves the top locations by HTTP requests.
- Radar HTTP
- Get top locations by HTTP requests for an HTTP version
- Retrieves the top locations, by HTTP requests, of the requested HTTP version.
- Radar HTTP
- Get top locations by HTTP requests for an IP version
- Retrieves the top locations, by HTTP requests, of the requested IP version.
- Radar HTTP
- Get top locations by HTTP requests for an OS
- Retrieves the top locations, by HTTP requests, of the requested operating system.
- Radar HTTP
- Get top locations by HTTP requests for a TLS version
- Retrieves the top locations, by HTTP requests, of the requested TLS protocol version.
- Radar HTTP
- Get HTTP authentication requests distribution by dimension
- Retrieves an aggregated summary of HTTP authentication requests grouped by the specified dimension.
- Radar Leaked Credential Checks
- Get HTTP authentication requests by bot class summary
- Retrieves the distribution of HTTP authentication requests by bot class.
- Radar Leaked Credential Checks
- Get HTTP authentication requests by compromised credential status summary
- Retrieves the distribution of HTTP authentication requests by compromised credential status.
- Radar Leaked Credential Checks
- Get time series distribution of HTTP authentication requests by dimension.
- Retrieves the distribution of HTTP authentication requests, grouped by the specified dimension over time.
- Radar Leaked Credential Checks
- Get HTTP authentication requests by bot class time series
- Retrieves the distribution of HTTP authentication requests by bot class over time.
- Radar Leaked Credential Checks
- Get HTTP authentication requests by compromised credential status time series
- Retrieves the distribution of HTTP authentication requests by compromised credential status over time.
- Radar Leaked Credential Checks
- Get network traffic distribution by dimension
- Retrieves the distribution of network traffic (NetFlows) by the specified dimension.
- Radar NetFlows
- Get network traffic summary
- Retrieves the distribution of network traffic (NetFlows) by HTTP vs other protocols.
- Radar NetFlows
- Get network traffic time series
- Retrieves network traffic (NetFlows) over time.
- Radar NetFlows
- Get time series distribution of network traffic by dimension
- Retrieves the distribution of NetFlows traffic, grouped by the specified dimension over time.
- Radar NetFlows
- Get top ASes by network traffic
- Retrieves the top autonomous systems by network traffic (NetFlows).
- Radar NetFlows
- Get top locations by network traffic
- Retrieves the top locations by network traffic (NetFlows).
- Radar NetFlows
- Get Origin details
- Retrieves the requested origin information with its regions.
- Radar Origins
- Get Origin Post-Quantum Data Summary
- Returns a summary of origin post-quantum data grouped by the specified dimension.
- Radar Post-Quantum
- Get Origin Post-Quantum Data Over Time
- Returns a timeseries of origin post-quantum data grouped by the specified dimension.
- Radar Post-Quantum
- List Origins
- Retrieves a list of origins with their regions.
- Radar Origins
- Get origin metrics distribution by dimension
- Retrieves an aggregated summary of origin metrics grouped by the specified dimension.
- Radar Origins
- Get origin metrics time series
- Retrieves the time series of origin metrics for the specified origin.
- Radar Origins
- Get origin metrics time series grouped by dimension
- Retrieves the distribution of origin metrics grouped by the specified dimension over time.
- Radar Origins
- Check Post-Quantum TLS support
- Tests whether a hostname or IP address supports Post-Quantum (PQ) TLS key exchange. Returns information about the negotiated key exchange algorithm, whether it uses PQ cryptography, and any detected TLS implementation bugs (Split ClientHello, HRR failure, etc.).
- Radar Post-Quantum
- Get Internet Quality Index (IQI) summary
- Retrieves a summary (percentiles) of bandwidth, latency, or DNS response time from the Radar Internet Quality Index (IQI).
- Radar Quality
- Get Internet Quality Index (IQI) time series
- Retrieves a time series (percentiles) of bandwidth, latency, or DNS response time from the Radar Internet Quality Index (IQI).
- Radar Quality
- Get speed tests histogram
- Retrieves a histogram from the previous 90 days of Cloudflare Speed Test data, split into fixed bandwidth (Mbps), latency (ms), or jitter (ms) buckets.
- Radar Quality
- Get speed tests summary
- Retrieves a summary of bandwidth, latency, jitter, and packet loss, from the previous 90 days of Cloudflare Speed Test data.
- Radar Quality
- Get top ASes by speed test results
- Retrieves the top autonomous systems by bandwidth, latency, jitter, or packet loss, from the previous 90 days of Cloudflare Speed Test data.
- Radar Quality
- Get top locations by speed test results
- Retrieves the top locations by bandwidth, latency, jitter, or packet loss, from the previous 90 days of Cloudflare Speed Test data.
- Radar Quality
- Get domain rank details
- Retrieves domain rank details. Cloudflare provides an ordered rank for the top 100 domains, but for the remainder it only provides ranking buckets like top 200 thousand, top one million, etc.. These are available through Radar datasets endpoints.
- Radar Domains Ranking
- Get domains rank time series
- Retrieves domains rank over time.
- Radar Domains Ranking
- List Internet services categories
- Retrieves the list of Internet services categories.
- Radar Internet Services Ranking
- Get Internet services rank time series
- Retrieves Internet Services rank update changes over time.
- Radar Internet Services Ranking
- Get top or trending domains
- Retrieves the top or trending domains based on their rank. Popular domains are domains of broad appeal based on how people use the Internet. Trending domains are domains that are generating a surge in interest. For more information on top domains, see https://blog.cloudflare.com/radar-domain-rankings/.
- Radar Domains Ranking
- Get top Internet services
- Retrieves top Internet services based on their rank.
- Radar Internet Services Ranking
- Get dataset CSV stream
- Retrieves the CSV content of a given dataset by alias or ID. When getting the content by alias the latest dataset is returned, optionally filtered by the latest available at a given date.
- Radar Datasets
- List datasets
- Retrieves a list of datasets.
- Radar Datasets
- Get top domain categories by robots.txt files parsed
- Retrieves the top domain categories by the number of robots.txt files parsed.
- Radar Robots.txt
- Get top user agents on robots.txt files
- Retrieves the top user agents on robots.txt files.
- Radar Robots.txt
- Search for locations, ASes, reports, and more
- Searches for locations, autonomous systems, reports, bots, certificate logs, certificate authorities, industries and verticals. Location names can be localized by sending an `Accept-Language` HTTP header with a BCP 47 language tag (e.g., `Accept-Language: pt-PT`). The full quality-value chain is supported (e.g., `pt-PT,pt;q=0.9,en;q=0.8`).
- Radar Search
- Get TCP resets and timeouts summary
- Retrieves the distribution of connection stage by TCP connections terminated within the first 10 packets by a reset or timeout.
- Radar TCP Resets and Timeouts
- Get TCP resets and timeouts time series
- Retrieves the distribution of connection stage by TCP connections terminated within the first 10 packets by a reset or timeout over time.
- Radar TCP Resets and Timeouts
- Get TLD details
- Retrieves the requested TLD information.
- Radar Top-Level Domains
- List TLDs
- Retrieves a list of TLDs.
- Radar Top-Level Domains
- Get TLD Performance Summary
- Returns a summary of TLD authoritative nameserver performance grouped by the specified dimension.
- Radar Top-Level Domains
- Get TLD Performance Over Time
- Returns a timeseries of TLD authoritative nameserver performance grouped by the specified dimension.
- Radar Top-Level Domains
- Get latest Internet traffic anomalies
- Retrieves the latest Internet traffic anomalies, which are signals that might indicate an outage. These alerts are automatically detected by Radar and manually verified by our team.
- Radar Traffic Anomalies
- Get top locations by total traffic anomalies
- Retrieves the sum of Internet traffic anomalies, grouped by location. These anomalies are signals that might indicate an outage, automatically detected by Radar and manually verified by our team.
- Radar Traffic Anomalies
- Get top verified bots by HTTP requests
- Retrieves the top verified bots by HTTP requests, with owner and category.
- Radar Verified Bots
- Get top verified bot categories by HTTP requests
- Retrieves the top verified bot categories by HTTP requests, along with their corresponding percentage, over the total verified bot HTTP requests.
- Radar Verified Bots
- Get dataset download URL
- Retrieves an URL to download a single dataset.
- Radar Datasets
- Get Rate Limiting Analytics
- Returns rate limiting analytics for a zone over the specified time period. The time period divides into time segments of a given length. Each segment contains total action counts and action counts broken down by colo.
- Rate Limiting Analytics
- Create a rate limit
- **Deprecated**: This endpoint returns 410 Gone. Please use the Rulesets API instead.
- Rate limits for a zone
- Delete a rate limit
- **Deprecated**: This endpoint returns 410 Gone. Please use the Rulesets API instead.
- Rate limits for a zone
- Get a rate limit
- **Deprecated**: This endpoint returns 410 Gone. Please use the Rulesets API instead.
- Rate limits for a zone
- List rate limits
- **Deprecated**: This endpoint returns 410 Gone. Please use the Rulesets API instead.
- Rate limits for a zone
- Update a rate limit
- **Deprecated**: This endpoint returns 410 Gone. Please use the Rulesets API instead.
- Rate limits for a zone
- Refresh participant's authentication token
- Regenerates participant's authentication token for the given meeting and participant ID.
- Meetings
- Check domain availability
- Performs real-time, authoritative availability checks directly against domain registries. Use this endpoint to verify a domain is available before attempting registration via `POST /registrations`. **Important:** Unlike the Search endpoint, these results are authoritative and reflect current registry status. Always check availability immediately before registration as domain status can change rapidly. **Note:** This endpoint uses POST to accept a list of domains in the request body. It is a read-only operation — it does not create, modify, or reserve any domains. ### Extension support Only domains on extensions supported for programmatic registration by this API can be registered. If you check a domain on an unsupported extension, the response will include `registrable: false` with a `reason` field explaining why: - `extension_not_supported_via_api` — Cloudflare Registrar supports this extension in the dashboard, but it is not yet available for programmatic registration via this API. Register via `https://dash.cloudflare.com/{account_id}/domains/registrations` instead. - `extension_not_supported` — This extension is not supported by Cloudflare Registrar. - `extension_disallows_registration` — The extension's registry has temporarily or permanently frozen new registrations. No registrar can register domains on this extension at this time. - `domain_premium` — The domain is premium priced. Premium registration is not currently supported by this API. - `domain_unavailable` — The domain is already registered, reserved, or otherwise not available for registration on a supported extension. The `reason` field is only present when `registrable` is `false`. ### Behavior - Maximum 20 domains per request - Pricing is only returned for domains where `registrable: true` - Results are not cached; each request queries the registry ### Workflow 1. Call this endpoint with domains the user wants to register. 2. For each domain where `registrable: true`, present pricing to the user. 3. If `tier: premium`, note that premium registration is not currently supported by this API and do not proceed to `POST /registrations`. 4. Proceed to `POST /registrations` only for supported non-premium domains.
- Domain Discovery
- Search for available domains
- Searches for domain name suggestions based on a keyword, phrase, or partial domain name. Returns a list of potentially available domains with pricing information. **Important:** Results are non-authoritative and based on cached data. Always use the `/domain-check` endpoint to verify real-time availability before attempting registration. Suggestions are scoped to extensions supported for programmatic registration via this API (`POST /registrations`). Domains on unsupported extensions will not appear in results, even if they are available at the registry level. ### Use cases - Brand name discovery (e.g., "acme corp" → acmecorp.com, acmecorp.dev) - Keyword-based suggestions (e.g., "coffee shop" → coffeeshop.com, mycoffeeshop.net) - Alternative extension discovery (e.g., "example.com" → example.com, example.app, example.xyz) ### Workflow 1. Call this endpoint with a keyword or domain name. 2. Present suggestions to the user. 3. Call `/domain-check` with the user's chosen domains to confirm real-time availability and pricing. 4. Proceed to `POST /registrations` only for supported non-premium domains where the Check response returns `registrable: true`. **Note:** Searching with just a domain extension (e.g., "com" or ".app") is not supported. Provide a keyword or domain name.
- Domain Discovery
- Create Registration
- Starts a domain registration workflow. This is a billable operation — successful registration charges the account's default payment method. All successful domain registrations are non-refundable — once the workflow completes with `state: succeeded`, the charge cannot be reversed. ### Prerequisites - The account must have a billing profile with a valid default payment method. Set this up at `https://dash.cloudflare.com/{account_id}/billing/payment-info`. - The account must not already be at the maximum supported domain limit. A single account may own up to 100 domains in total across registrations created through either the dashboard or this API. - The domain must be on a supported extension for programmatic registration. - Use `POST /domain-check` immediately before calling this endpoint to confirm real-time availability and pricing. ### Express mode The only required field is `domain_name`. If `contacts` is omitted, the system uses the account's default address book entry as the registrant. If no default exists and no contact is provided, the request fails. Set up a default address book entry and accept the required agreement at `https://dash.cloudflare.com/{account_id}/domains/registrations`. ### Defaults - `years`: defaults to the extension's minimum registration period (1 year for most extensions, but varies — for example, `.ai` (if supported) requires a minimum of 2 years). - `auto_renew`: defaults to `false`. Setting it to `true` is an explicit opt-in authorizing Cloudflare to charge the account's default payment method up to 30 days before domain expiry to renew the registration. Renewal pricing may change over time based on registry pricing. - `privacy_mode`: defaults to `redaction`. ### Premium domains Premium domain registration is not currently supported by this API. If `POST /domain-check` returns `tier: premium`, do not call this endpoint for that domain. ### Response behavior By default, the server holds the connection for a bounded, server-defined amount of time while the registration completes. Most registrations finish within this window and return `201 Created` with a completed workflow status. If the registration is still processing after this synchronous wait window, the server returns `202 Accepted`. Poll the URL in `links.self` to track progress. To skip the wait and receive an immediate `202`, send `Prefer: respond-async`.
- Registrar Registration
- Get Registration
- Returns the current state of a domain registration. This is the canonical read endpoint for a domain you own. It returns the full registration resource including current settings and expiration. When the registration resource is ready, both `created_at` and `expires_at` are present in the response.
- Registrar Registration
- Get Registration Status
- Returns the current status of a domain registration workflow. Use this endpoint to poll for completion when the POST response returned `202 Accepted`. The URL is provided in the `links.self` field of the workflow status response. Poll this endpoint until the workflow reaches a terminal state or a state that requires user attention. **Terminal states:** `succeeded` and `failed` are terminal and always have `completed: true`. **Non-terminal states:** - `action_required` has `completed: false` and will not resolve on its own. The workflow is paused pending user intervention. - `blocked` has `completed: false` and indicates the workflow is waiting on a third party such as the extension registry or losing registrar. Continue polling while informing the user of the delay. Use increasing backoff between polls. When `state: blocked`, use a longer polling interval and do not poll indefinitely. A naive polling loop that only checks `completed` can run indefinitely when `state: action_required`. Break explicitly on `action_required`: ```js let status; do { await new Promise(r => setTimeout(r, 2000)); status = await cloudflare.request({ method: 'GET', path: reg.result.links.self, }); } while ( !status.result.completed && status.result.state !== 'action_required' ); if (status.result.state === 'action_required') { // Surface context.action and context.confirmation_sent_to to the user. // Do not re-submit the registration request. } ```
- Registrar Registration
- Get Update Status
- Returns the current status of a domain update workflow. Use this endpoint to poll for completion when the PATCH response returned `202 Accepted`. The URL is provided in the `links.self` field of the workflow status response. Poll this endpoint until the workflow reaches a terminal state or a state that requires user attention. Use increasing backoff between polls. When the workflow remains blocked on a third party, use a longer polling interval and do not poll indefinitely.
- Registrar Registration
- List Registrations
- Returns a paginated list of domain registrations owned by the account. This endpoint uses cursor-based pagination. Results are ordered by registration date by default. To fetch the next page, pass the `cursor` value from the `result_info` object in the response as the `cursor` query parameter in your next request. An empty `cursor` string indicates there are no more pages.
- Registrar Registration
- Update Registration
- Updates an existing domain registration. By default, the server holds the connection for a bounded, server-defined amount of time while the update completes. Most updates finish within this window and return `200 OK` with a completed workflow status. If the update is still processing after this synchronous wait window, the server returns `202 Accepted`. Poll the URL in `links.self` to track progress. To skip the wait and receive an immediate `202`, send `Prefer: respond-async`. This endpoint currently supports updating `auto_renew` only.
- Registrar Registration
- Get domain
- Show individual domain.
- Registrar Domains
- List domains
- List domains handled by Registrar.
- Registrar Domains
- Update domain
- Update individual domain.
- Registrar Domains
- Get extension
- Returns metadata and JSON Schema documents describing the expected input structure for registration operations on a specific extension (TLD). Supports HTTP conditional GET via `ETag`. Include the `ETag` value from a previous response in an `If-None-Match` header to receive a `304 Not Modified` when the data has not changed.
- Extension
- List extensions
- Returns metadata and JSON Schema documents describing the expected input structure for registration operations on each supported extension (TLD). This endpoint uses cursor-based pagination. Results are ordered by extension name by default. To fetch the next page, pass the `cursor` value from the `result_info` object in the response as the `cursor` query parameter in your next request. An empty `cursor` string indicates there are no more pages. Supports HTTP conditional GET via `ETag`. Include the `ETag` value from a previous response in an `If-None-Match` header to receive a `304 Not Modified` when the data has not changed.
- Extension
- Replace a meeting
- Replaces all the details for the given meeting ID.
- Meetings
- Replace a participant's detail
- Replaces a participant's details for the given meeting and participant ID.
- Meetings
- Replace a webhook
- Replace all details for the given webhook ID.
- Webhooks
- Request review on mitigations
- Request a review for mitigations on an account.
- tseng-abuse-complaint-processor_other
- Reset severity for a finding back to the default
- If a Finding's severity has been changed, reset it back to default value. Does nothing if no override exists.
- findings
- Export Resources
- Export resources in the Resource Catalog as a JSON file (Closed Beta).
- Resources
- List Resources
- List resources in the Resource Catalog (Closed Beta).
- Resources
- Preview Rego Query
- Preview Rego query result against the latest resource catalog (Closed Beta).
- Resources
- Read Resource
- Read an resource from the Resource Catalog (Closed Beta).
- Resources
- Restart Hyperdrive
- Restarts the connection pool for the specified Hyperdrive configuration without changing its configuration. Existing connections are drained and a new pool is established at the edge.
- Hyperdrive
- Resume integration
- Resumes a paused integration, restarting crawlers.
- Integrations
- Revoke device registrations
- Revokes all WARP registrations associated with the specified device.
- Physical Devices
- Revoke registrations
- Revokes a list of WARP registrations.
- Registrations
- Check domain availability
- Performs real-time, authoritative availability checks directly against domain registries. Use this endpoint to verify a domain is available before attempting registration via `POST /registrations`. **Important:** Unlike the Search endpoint, these results are authoritative and reflect current registry status. Always check availability immediately before registration as domain status can change rapidly. **Note:** This endpoint uses POST to accept a list of domains in the request body. It is a read-only operation — it does not create, modify, or reserve any domains. ### Extension support Only domains on extensions supported for programmatic registration by this API can be registered. If you check a domain on an unsupported extension, the response will include `registrable: false` with a `reason` field explaining why: - `extension_not_supported_via_api` — Cloudflare Registrar supports this extension in the dashboard, but it is not yet available for programmatic registration via this API. Register via `https://dash.cloudflare.com/{account_id}/domains/registrations` instead. - `extension_not_supported` — This extension is not supported by Cloudflare Registrar. - `extension_disallows_registration` — The extension's registry has temporarily or permanently frozen new registrations. No registrar can register domains on this extension at this time. - `domain_premium` — The domain is premium priced. Premium registration is not currently supported by this API. - `domain_unavailable` — The domain is already registered, reserved, or otherwise not available for registration on a supported extension. The `reason` field is only present when `registrable` is `false`. ### Behavior - Maximum 20 domains per request - Pricing is only returned for domains where `registrable: true` - Results are not cached; each request queries the registry ### Workflow 1. Call this endpoint with domains the user wants to register. 2. For each domain where `registrable: true`, present pricing to the user. 3. If `tier: premium`, note that premium registration is not currently supported by this API and do not proceed to `POST /registrations`. 4. Proceed to `POST /registrations` only for supported non-premium domains.
- Domain Discovery
- Search for available domains
- Searches for domain name suggestions based on a keyword, phrase, or partial domain name. Returns a list of potentially available domains with pricing information. **Important:** Results are non-authoritative and based on cached data. Always use the `/domain-check` endpoint to verify real-time availability before attempting registration. Suggestions are scoped to extensions supported for programmatic registration via this API (`POST /registrations`). Domains on unsupported extensions will not appear in results, even if they are available at the registry level. ### Use cases - Brand name discovery (e.g., "acme corp" → acmecorp.com, acmecorp.dev) - Keyword-based suggestions (e.g., "coffee shop" → coffeeshop.com, mycoffeeshop.net) - Alternative extension discovery (e.g., "example.com" → example.com, example.app, example.xyz) ### Workflow 1. Call this endpoint with a keyword or domain name. 2. Present suggestions to the user. 3. Call `/domain-check` with the user's chosen domains to confirm real-time availability and pricing. 4. Proceed to `POST /registrations` only for supported non-premium domains where the Check response returns `registrable: true`. **Note:** Searching with just a domain extension (e.g., "com" or ".app") is not supported. Provide a keyword or domain name.
- Domain Discovery
- Create Registration
- Starts a domain registration workflow. ### Prerequisites - The account must not already be at the maximum supported domain limit. A single account may own up to 100 domains in total across registrations created through either the dashboard or this API. - The domain must be on a supported extension for programmatic registration. - Use `POST /domain-check` immediately before calling this endpoint to confirm real-time availability and pricing. ### Defaults - `years`: defaults to the extension's minimum registration period (1 year for most extensions, but varies — for example, `.ai` (if supported) requires a minimum of 2 years). - `auto_renew`: defaults to `false`. Setting it to `true` is an explicit opt-in authorizing Cloudflare to charge the account's default payment method up to 30 days before domain expiry to renew the registration. Renewal pricing may change over time based on registry pricing. - `privacy_mode`: defaults to `redaction`. ### Premium domains Premium domain registration is not currently supported by this API. If `POST /domain-check` returns `tier: premium`, do not call this endpoint for that domain. ### Response behavior By default, the server holds the connection for a bounded, server-defined amount of time while the registration completes. Most registrations finish within this window and return `201 Created` with a completed workflow status. If the registration is still processing after this synchronous wait window, the server returns `202 Accepted`. Poll the URL in `links.self` to track progress. To skip the wait and receive an immediate `202`, send `Prefer: respond-async`.
- Registrar Registration
- Get Registration
- Returns the current state of a domain registration. This is the canonical read endpoint for a domain you own. It returns the full registration resource including current settings and expiration. When the registration resource is ready, both `created_at` and `expires_at` are present in the response.
- Registrar Registration
- Get Registration Status
- Returns the current status of a domain registration workflow. Use this endpoint to poll for completion when the POST response returned `202 Accepted`. The URL is provided in the `links.self` field of the workflow status response. Poll this endpoint until the workflow reaches a terminal state or a state that requires user attention. **Terminal states:** `succeeded` and `failed` are terminal and always have `completed: true`. **Non-terminal states:** - `action_required` has `completed: false` and will not resolve on its own. The workflow is paused pending user intervention. - `blocked` has `completed: false` and indicates the workflow is waiting on a third party such as the extension registry or losing registrar. Continue polling while informing the user of the delay. Use increasing backoff between polls. When `state: blocked`, use a longer polling interval and do not poll indefinitely. A naive polling loop that only checks `completed` can run indefinitely when `state: action_required`. Break explicitly on `action_required`: ```js let status; do { await new Promise(r => setTimeout(r, 2000)); status = await cloudflare.request({ method: 'GET', path: reg.result.links.self, }); } while ( !status.result.completed && status.result.state !== 'action_required' ); if (status.result.state === 'action_required') { // Surface context.action and context.confirmation_sent_to to the user. // Do not re-submit the registration request. } ```
- Registrar Registration
- Get Update Status
- Returns the current status of a domain update workflow. Use this endpoint to poll for completion when the PATCH response returned `202 Accepted`. The URL is provided in the `links.self` field of the workflow status response. Poll this endpoint until the workflow reaches a terminal state or a state that requires user attention. Use increasing backoff between polls. When the workflow remains blocked on a third party, use a longer polling interval and do not poll indefinitely.
- Registrar Registration
- List Registrations
- Returns a paginated list of domain registrations owned by the account. This endpoint uses cursor-based pagination. Results are ordered by registration date by default. To fetch the next page, pass the `cursor` value from the `result_info` object in the response as the `cursor` query parameter in your next request. An empty `cursor` string indicates there are no more pages.
- Registrar Registration
- Update Registration
- Updates an existing domain registration. By default, the server holds the connection for a bounded, server-defined amount of time while the update completes. Most updates finish within this window and return `200 OK` with a completed workflow status. If the update is still processing after this synchronous wait window, the server returns `202 Accepted`. Poll the URL in `links.self` to track progress. To skip the wait and receive an immediate `202`, send `Prefer: respond-async`. This endpoint currently supports updating `auto_renew` only.
- Registrar Registration
- Get extension
- Returns metadata and JSON Schema documents describing the expected input structure for registration operations on a specific extension (TLD). Supports HTTP conditional GET via `ETag`. Include the `ETag` value from a previous response in an `If-None-Match` header to receive a `304 Not Modified` when the data has not changed.
- Extension
- List extensions
- Returns metadata and JSON Schema documents describing the expected input structure for registration operations on each supported extension (TLD). This endpoint uses cursor-based pagination. Results are ordered by extension name by default. To fetch the next page, pass the `cursor` value from the `result_info` object in the response as the `cursor` query parameter in your next request. An empty `cursor` string indicates there are no more pages. Supports HTTP conditional GET via `ETag`. Include the `ETag` value from a previous response in an `If-None-Match` header to receive a `304 Not Modified` when the data has not changed.
- Extension
- Bulk edit per-operation schema validation settings
- Updates schema validation settings for multiple API operations in a single request. Efficient for applying consistent validation rules across endpoints.
- Schema Validation Settings
- Upload a schema
- Uploads a new OpenAPI schema for API Shield schema validation. The schema defines expected request/response formats for API endpoints.
- Schema Validation
- Delete per-operation schema validation setting
- Removes custom schema validation settings for a specific API operation, reverting to zone-level defaults.
- Schema Validation Settings
- Delete a schema
- Permanently removes an uploaded OpenAPI schema from API Shield. Operations using this schema will lose their validation rules.
- Schema Validation
- Edit details of a schema to enable validation
- Modifies an existing OpenAPI schema in API Shield, updating the validation rules for associated API operations.
- Schema Validation
- Edit global schema validation settings
- Partially updates global schema validation settings for a zone using PATCH semantics.
- Schema Validation Settings
- Retrieve all operations from the schema.
- Retrieves all operations from the schema. Operations that already exist in API Shield Endpoint Management will be returned as full operations.
- Schema Validation
- Get per-operation schema validation setting
- Retrieves the schema validation settings configured for a specific API operation.
- Schema Validation Settings
- Get details of a schema
- Gets the contents and metadata of a specific OpenAPI schema uploaded to API Shield.
- Schema Validation
- Get global schema validation settings
- Retrieves the current global schema validation settings for a zone.
- Schema Validation Settings
- List per-operation schema validation settings
- Lists all per-operation schema validation settings configured for the zone.
- Schema Validation Settings
- List hosts covered by uploaded schemas
- Lists all unique hosts found in uploaded OpenAPI schemas for the zone.
- Schema Validation
- List all uploaded schemas
- Lists all OpenAPI schemas uploaded to API Shield with pagination support.
- Schema Validation
- Update per-operation schema validation setting
- Fully updates schema validation settings for a specific API operation.
- Schema Validation Settings
- Update global schema validation settings
- Fully updates global schema validation settings for a zone, replacing existing configuration.
- Schema Validation Settings
- Create SCIM Group
- Creates a new SCIM Group (user group) for the account. The `displayName` must not be empty and must not begin with `CF` (reserved for system groups).
- SCIM Groups
- Delete SCIM Group
- Deletes a SCIM Group (custom user groups only). System groups backed by Cloudflare permission groups cannot be deleted via SCIM. Returns 204 No Content on success.
- SCIM Groups
- Get SCIM Group
- Retrieves a single SCIM Group resource by group ID.
- SCIM Groups
- List SCIM Groups
- Lists SCIM Group resources for the account. Returns both system groups (backed by Cloudflare permission groups, prefixed `cloudflare-v1-`) and custom user groups. Supports filtering by `displayName` using SCIM filter syntax.
- SCIM Groups
- Patch SCIM Group
- Partially updates a SCIM Group via PATCH operations (RFC 7644 Section 3.5.2). Supports add, remove, and replace operations on `members`, `displayName`, and `externalId`. For system groups (prefixed `cloudflare-v1-`), only member management operations are supported.
- SCIM Groups
- Get SCIM Resource Type
- Returns a single SCIM resource type by ID (RFC 7643 Section 6). Valid IDs are `User` and `Group`.
- SCIM Discovery
- List SCIM Resource Types
- Returns the list of SCIM resource types supported by the Cloudflare SCIM service (RFC 7643 Section 6, RFC 7644 Section 4). Clients use this to discover available resource categories (e.g. Users, Groups) and their associated schemas. Query parameters are not supported on this endpoint.
- SCIM Discovery
- Get SCIM Schema
- Returns a single SCIM schema definition by schema URI ID (RFC 7643 Section 7). Valid IDs are `urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:core:2.0:User` and `urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:core:2.0:Group`.
- SCIM Discovery
- List SCIM Schemas
- Returns the list of SCIM schemas supported by the Cloudflare SCIM service (RFC 7643 Section 7, RFC 7644 Section 4). Clients use this to introspect the attributes of each resource type. Query parameters are not supported on this endpoint.
- SCIM Discovery
- Get SCIM Service Provider Config
- Returns the SCIM 2.0 Service Provider configuration (RFC 7643 Section 5). IdPs use this endpoint to auto-configure their SCIM integration with Cloudflare, discovering which optional features (patch, bulk, filter, etc.) are supported.
- SCIM Discovery
- Create SCIM User
- Provisions a new account member via SCIM. The `userName` field must be a valid email address and must match the primary email in `emails`. The account must be an Enterprise account with SCIM entitlements enabled.
- SCIM Users
- Get SCIM User
- Retrieves a single account member as a SCIM User resource by user tag.
- SCIM Users
- List SCIM Users
- Lists account members as SCIM User resources. Supports optional filtering by `userName` (email) using the SCIM filter syntax (e.g. `userName eq "user@example.com"`). Pagination is controlled via `startIndex` and `count` query parameters per RFC 7644 Section 3.4.2.4.
- SCIM Users
- Patch SCIM User
- Partially updates a SCIM User via PATCH operations (RFC 7644 Section 3.5.2). Supports updating `userName`, `name.givenName`, `name.familyName`, and `active`. Setting `active: false` deprovisions the user (removes them from the account). For IdP compatibility, `emails[type eq "work"].value` is also accepted as an alias for `userName`.
- SCIM Users
- Replace SCIM User
- Replaces a SCIM User resource (RFC 7644 Section 3.5.1). Fully replaces the mutable attributes of the user. Supports updating `userName`, `name`, `emails`, and `active`.
- SCIM Users
- ACL Details
- Get ACL.
- Secondary DNS (ACL)
- Create ACL
- Create ACL.
- Secondary DNS (ACL)
- Delete ACL
- Delete ACL.
- Secondary DNS (ACL)
- List ACLs
- List ACLs.
- Secondary DNS (ACL)
- Update ACL
- Modify ACL.
- Secondary DNS (ACL)
- Create Peer
- Create Peer.
- Secondary DNS (Peer)
- Delete Peer
- Delete Peer.
- Secondary DNS (Peer)
- List Peers
- List Peers.
- Secondary DNS (Peer)
- Peer Details
- Get Peer.
- Secondary DNS (Peer)
- Update Peer
- Modify Peer.
- Secondary DNS (Peer)
- Create Primary Zone Configuration
- Create primary zone configuration for outgoing zone transfers.
- Secondary DNS (Primary Zone)
- Delete Primary Zone Configuration
- Delete primary zone configuration for outgoing zone transfers.
- Secondary DNS (Primary Zone)
- Disable Outgoing Zone Transfers
- Disable outgoing zone transfers for primary zone and clears IXFR backlog of primary zone.
- Secondary DNS (Primary Zone)
- Enable Outgoing Zone Transfers
- Enable outgoing zone transfers for primary zone.
- Secondary DNS (Primary Zone)
- Force DNS NOTIFY
- Notifies the secondary nameserver(s) and clears IXFR backlog of primary zone.
- Secondary DNS (Primary Zone)
- Get Outgoing Zone Transfer Status
- Get primary zone transfer status.
- Secondary DNS (Primary Zone)
- Primary Zone Configuration Details
- Get primary zone configuration for outgoing zone transfers.
- Secondary DNS (Primary Zone)
- Update Primary Zone Configuration
- Update primary zone configuration for outgoing zone transfers.
- Secondary DNS (Primary Zone)
- Create Secondary Zone Configuration
- Create secondary zone configuration for incoming zone transfers.
- Secondary DNS (Secondary Zone)
- Delete Secondary Zone Configuration
- Delete secondary zone configuration for incoming zone transfers.
- Secondary DNS (Secondary Zone)
- Force AXFR
- Sends AXFR zone transfer request to primary nameserver(s).
- Secondary DNS (Secondary Zone)
- Secondary Zone Configuration Details
- Get secondary zone configuration for incoming zone transfers.
- Secondary DNS (Secondary Zone)
- Update Secondary Zone Configuration
- Update secondary zone configuration for incoming zone transfers.
- Secondary DNS (Secondary Zone)
- Create TSIG
- Create TSIG.
- Secondary DNS (TSIG)
- Delete TSIG
- Delete TSIG.
- Secondary DNS (TSIG)
- List TSIGs
- List TSIGs.
- Secondary DNS (TSIG)
- TSIG Details
- Get TSIG.
- Secondary DNS (TSIG)
- Update TSIG
- Modify TSIG.
- Secondary DNS (TSIG)
- Create a store
- Creates a store in the account.
- Secrets Store
- Delete secrets
- Deletes one or more secrets.
- Secrets Store
- Delete a store
- Deletes a single store. By default, a store that still contains secrets cannot be deleted and returns HTTP 409 (Conflict) with the "store_not_empty" error. Pass `force=true` to cascade-delete all secrets in the store. Empty stores are always deleted regardless of the force parameter.
- Secrets Store
- Duplicate Secret
- Creates a duplicate of the secret, keeping the value.
- Secrets Store
- Get a secret by ID
- Returns details of a single secret.
- Secrets Store
- Get a store by ID
- Returns details of a single store.
- Secrets Store
- List account stores
- Lists all the stores in an account.
- Secrets Store
- Patch a secret
- Updates a single secret.
- Secrets Store
- View secret usage
- Lists the number of secrets used in the account.
- Secrets Store
- Create a secret
- Creates a secret in the account.
- Secrets Store
- Delete a secret
- Deletes a single secret.
- Secrets Store
- List store secrets
- Lists all store secrets.
- Secrets Store
- Create a new share
- Creates a new resource share for sharing Cloudflare resources with other accounts or organizations.
- Resource Sharing
- Delete a share
- Deletion is not immediate, an updated share object with a new status will be returned.
- Resource Sharing
- Create a new share recipient
- Adds a recipient to a resource share, granting them access to the shared resources.
- Resource Sharing
- Delete a share recipient
- Deletion is not immediate, an updated share recipient object with a new status will be returned.
- Resource Sharing
- Get share recipient by ID
- Get share recipient by ID.
- Resource Sharing
- List share recipients by share ID
- List share recipients by share ID.
- Resource Sharing
- Update a share's recipients
- Changes a share's recipients to match the given list. Returns an error if the share targets an organization.
- Resource Sharing
- Create a new share resource
- Adds a resource to an existing share, making it available to share recipients.
- Resource Sharing
- Delete a share resource
- Deletion is not immediate, an updated share resource object with a new status will be returned.
- Resource Sharing
- Update a share resource
- Update is not immediate, an updated share resource object with a new status will be returned.
- Resource Sharing
- Get share resource by ID
- Get share resource by ID.
- Resource Sharing
- List share resources by share ID
- List share resources by share ID.
- Resource Sharing
- Update a share
- Updating is not immediate, an updated share object with a new status will be returned.
- Resource Sharing
- View a query that has been shared
- Shared queries store the results of a previously run query, allowing you to share the results with others.
- SharedQuery
- Create a sharable link to a query result
- Shared queries store the results of a previously run query, allowing you to share the results with others.
- SharedQuery
- Get account share by ID
- Fetches share by ID.
- Resource Sharing
- List account shares
- Lists all account shares.
- Resource Sharing
- Create an ingress rule
- Create a new ingress rule for the specified sinkhole. The CIDR block must be a Cloudflare BYOIP associated with your account. The zone_id must be a zone with the ability to create Spectrum Apps. The sinkhole must belong to the same account as the zone.
- Sinkhole Config
- Create a new sinkhole for your account
- Create a new sinkhole. Logs of large request bodies will be truncated, but the full request body can be recorded in R2. If you wish to record large request bodies in R2, include the R2 key ID, key secret, and bucket name in the request body.
- Sinkhole Config
- Delete an ingress rule
- Delete the specified ingress rule. The sinkhole must belong to the same account as the zone.
- Sinkhole Config
- Delete a sinkhole
- Delete the specified sinkhole. The sinkhole must not have any active ingress rules defined. A 409 response code indicates that this condition is not met.
- Sinkhole Config
- Get an ingress rule
- Get the specified ingress rule associated with a sinkhole. The sinkhole must belong to the same account as the zone.
- Sinkhole Config
- Get a sinkhole
- Get the specified sinkhole by its unique identifier.
- Sinkhole Config
- List ingresses for a sinkhole
- List all ingress rules associated with the specified sinkhole.
- Sinkhole Config
- List sinkholes owned by this account
- Lists sinkholes owned by the account for redirecting malicious traffic.
- Sinkhole Config
- Update an ingress rule
- Update the specified ingress rule. The sinkhole must belong to the same account as the zone.
- Sinkhole Config
- Update a sinkhole
- Update the name or R2 configuration of the specified sinkhole.
- Sinkhole Config
- Abort all jobs
- Cancels all running R2 Super Slurper migration jobs for the account. Any objects in the middle of a transfer will finish, but no new objects will start transferring.
- R2 Super Slurper
- Abort a job
- Cancels a specific R2 Super Slurper migration job. Any objects in the middle of a transfer will finish, but no new objects will start transferring.
- R2 Super Slurper
- Check source connectivity
- Check whether tokens are valid against the source bucket
- R2 Super Slurper
- Check target connectivity
- Check whether tokens are valid against the target bucket
- R2 Super Slurper
- Create a job
- Creates a new R2 Super Slurper migration job to transfer objects from a source bucket (e.g. S3, GCS, R2) to R2.
- R2 Super Slurper
- Delete a job
- Deletes a completed, aborted, or errored R2 Super Slurper migration job. Active jobs cannot be deleted.
- R2 Super Slurper
- Get job details
- Retrieves detailed status and configuration for a specific R2 Super Slurper migration job.
- R2 Super Slurper
- Get job logs
- Gets log entries for an R2 Super Slurper migration job, showing migration status changes, errors, etc.
- R2 Super Slurper
- Get job progress
- Retrieves current progress metrics for an R2 Super Slurper migration job
- R2 Super Slurper
- List jobs
- Lists all R2 Super Slurper migration jobs for the account with their status.
- R2 Super Slurper
- Pause a job
- Pauses a running R2 Super Slurper migration job. The job can be resumed later to continue transferring.
- R2 Super Slurper
- Resume a job
- Resumes a paused R2 Super Slurper migration job, continuing the transfer from where it stopped.
- R2 Super Slurper
- Create Health Check
- Create a new health check.
- Health Checks
- Delete Health Check
- Delete a health check.
- Health Checks
- Get Smart Shield Settings
- Retrieve Smart Shield Settings.
- Smart Shield Settings
- Health Check Details
- Fetch a single configured health check.
- Health Checks
- List Health Checks
- List configured health checks.
- Health Checks
- Patch Health Check
- Patch a configured health check.
- Health Checks
- Patch Smart Shield Settings
- Set Smart Shield Settings.
- Smart Shield Settings
- Get Cache Reserve Clear
- You can use Cache Reserve Clear to clear your Cache Reserve, but you must first disable Cache Reserve. In most cases, this will be accomplished within 24 hours. You cannot re-enable Cache Reserve while this process is ongoing. Keep in mind that you cannot undo or cancel this operation.
- Cache Reserve Clear
- Start Cache Reserve Clear
- You can use Cache Reserve Clear to clear your Cache Reserve, but you must first disable Cache Reserve. In most cases, this will be accomplished within 24 hours. You cannot re-enable Cache Reserve while this process is ongoing. Keep in mind that you cannot undo or cancel this operation.
- Cache Reserve Clear
- Update Health Check
- Update a configured health check.
- Health Checks
- Create Smart Tiered Cache setting
- Smart Tiered Cache dynamically selects the single closest upper tier for each of your website's origins with no configuration required, using our in-house performance and routing data. Cloudflare collects latency data for each request to an origin, and uses the latency data to determine how well any upper-tier data center is connected with an origin. As a result, Cloudflare can select the data center with the lowest latency to be the upper-tier for an origin.
- Smart Tiered Cache
- Delete Smart Tiered Cache setting
- Smart Tiered Cache dynamically selects the single closest upper tier for each of your website’s origins with no configuration required, using our in-house performance and routing data. Cloudflare collects latency data for each request to an origin, and uses the latency data to determine how well any upper-tier data center is connected with an origin. As a result, Cloudflare can select the data center with the lowest latency to be the upper-tier for an origin.
- Smart Tiered Cache
- Get Smart Tiered Cache setting
- Smart Tiered Cache dynamically selects the single closest upper tier for each of your website’s origins with no configuration required, using our in-house performance and routing data. Cloudflare collects latency data for each request to an origin, and uses the latency data to determine how well any upper-tier data center is connected with an origin. As a result, Cloudflare can select the data center with the lowest latency to be the upper-tier for an origin.
- Smart Tiered Cache
- Patch Smart Tiered Cache setting
- Smart Tiered Cache dynamically selects the single closest upper tier for each of your website’s origins with no configuration required, using our in-house performance and routing data. Cloudflare collects latency data for each request to an origin, and uses the latency data to determine how well any upper-tier data center is connected with an origin. As a result, Cloudflare can select the data center with the lowest latency to be the upper-tier for an origin.
- Smart Tiered Cache
- Get current aggregated analytics
- Retrieves analytics aggregated from the last minute of usage on Spectrum applications underneath a given zone.
- Spectrum Analytics
- Get analytics by time
- Retrieves a list of aggregate metrics grouped by time interval.
- Spectrum Analytics
- Get analytics summary
- Retrieves a list of summarised aggregate metrics over a given time period.
- Spectrum Analytics
- Create Spectrum application using a name for the origin
- Creates a new Spectrum application from a configuration using a name for the origin.
- Spectrum Applications
- Delete Spectrum application
- Deletes a previously existing application.
- Spectrum Applications
- Get Spectrum application configuration
- Gets the application configuration of a specific application inside a zone.
- Spectrum Applications
- List Spectrum applications
- Retrieves a list of currently existing Spectrum applications inside a zone.
- Spectrum Applications
- Update Spectrum application configuration using a name for the origin
- Updates a previously existing application's configuration that uses a name for the origin.
- Spectrum Applications
- Create scheduled page test
- Creates a scheduled test for a page.
- Observatory
- Start page test
- Starts a test for a specific webpage, in a specific region.
- Observatory
- Delete scheduled page test
- Deletes a scheduled test for a page.
- Observatory
- Delete all page tests
- Deletes all tests for a specific webpage from a specific region. Deleted tests are still counted as part of the quota.
- Observatory
- Get quota and availability
- Retrieves quota for all plans, as well as the current zone quota.
- Observatory
- Get a page test schedule
- Retrieves the test schedule for a page in a specific region.
- Observatory
- Get a page test result
- Retrieves the result of a specific test.
- Observatory
- List core web vital metrics trend
- Lists the core web vital metrics trend over time for a specific page.
- Observatory
- List tested webpages
- Lists all webpages which have been tested.
- Observatory
- List page test history
- Test history (list of tests) for a specific webpage.
- Observatory
- Get Auto-Origin TLS KEX enrollment status for the given zone
- When enabled, Cloudflare automatically selects the preferred TLS key-exchange algorithm to use when establishing the TLS connection to the zone's origin, picking from the algorithms permitted by the zone's `origin_tls_compliance_modes` setting. When disabled, the default key-exchange ordering is used.
- Origin TLS
- Patch Auto-Origin TLS KEX enrollment status for the given zone
- Enable or disable Auto-Origin TLS KEX selection for the zone by sending `{"enabled": true}` or `{"enabled": false}`. When enabled, Cloudflare runs a periodic scan of the zone's origins to determine the preferred key-exchange algorithm and writes that preference to the edge so it is sent first in the TLS ClientHello to the origin.
- Origin TLS
- Get Automatic SSL/TLS enrollment status for the given zone
- If the system is enabled, the response will include next_scheduled_scan, representing the next time this zone will be scanned and the zone's ssl/tls encryption mode is potentially upgraded by the system. If the system is disabled, next_scheduled_scan will not be present in the response body.
- Automatic SSL/TLS
- Patch Automatic SSL/TLS Enrollment status for given zone
- The automatic system is enabled when this endpoint is hit with value in the request body is set to "auto", and disabled when the request body value is set to "custom".
- Automatic SSL/TLS
- Edit SSL Certificate Pack Validation Method
- Edit SSL validation method for a certificate pack. A PATCH request will request an immediate validation check on any certificate, and return the updated status. If a validation method is provided, the validation will be immediately attempted using that method.
- SSL Verification
- SSL Verification Details
- Get SSL Verification Info for a Zone.
- SSL Verification
- Start livestreaming a meeting
- Starts livestream of a meeting associated with the given meeting ID. Retreive the meeting ID using the `Create a meeting` API.
- Live streams
- Start recording a meeting
- Starts recording a meeting. The meeting can be started by an App admin directly, or a participant with permissions to start a recording, based on the type of authorization used.
- Recordings
- Start On-Demand Account Scan
- Initiates an on-demand security scan for the entire account, scanning all zones associated with the account. Rate limited to 5 scans per account per 24-hour window.
- Security Center Scans
- Start On-Demand Zone Scan
- Initiates an on-demand security scan for a specific zone. Rate limited to 5 scans per account per 24-hour window (shared with account-level scans).
- Security Center Scans
- Start recording participant audio tracks
- Starts track recording for a meeting. Track recording currently records separate participant audio tracks as WebM files in the RealtimeKit bucket. Video track recording is in development. For more information, refer to [Track recording](/realtime/realtimekit/recording-guide/track-recording/).
- Recordings
- Stop livestreaming a meeting
- Stops the active livestream of a meeting associated with the given meeting ID. Retreive the meeting ID using the `Create a meeting` API.
- Live streams
- Store catalog credentials
- Store authentication credentials for a catalog. These credentials are used to authenticate with R2 storage when performing catalog operations.
- Credential Management
- Create download
- Creates a download for a video of specified type. For backwards-compatibility, POST requests to /downloads will enable the default download.
- Stream MP4 Downloads
- Delete download
- Delete specific type of download. For backwards-compatibility, DELETE requests to /downloads will delete the default download.
- Stream MP4 Downloads
- Create a live input
- Creates a live input, and returns credentials that you or your users can use to stream live video to Cloudflare Stream.
- Stream Live Inputs
- Create a new output, connected to a live input
- Creates a new output that can be used to simulcast or restream live video to other RTMP or SRT destinations. Outputs are always linked to a specific live input — one live input can have many outputs.
- Stream Live Inputs
- Delete a live input
- Prevents a live input from being streamed to and makes the live input inaccessible to any future API calls.
- Stream Live Inputs
- Delete an output
- Deletes an output and removes it from the associated live input.
- Stream Live Inputs
- Disable a live input
- Prevents a live input from being streamed to and makes the live input inaccessible to any future API calls until enabled.
- Stream Live Inputs
- Enable a live input
- Allows a live input to be streamed to and makes the live input accessible to any future API calls.
- Stream Live Inputs
- List all outputs associated with a specified live input
- Retrieves all outputs associated with a specified live input.
- Stream Live Inputs
- List live inputs
- Lists the live inputs created for an account. To get the credentials needed to stream to a specific live input, request a single live input.
- Stream Live Inputs
- Retrieve a live input
- Retrieves details of an existing live input.
- Stream Live Inputs
- Rotate keys for a live input
- Rotates the credentials for a live input without changing its identifier. Old credentials are revoked, broadcasts using stale credentials are automatically disconnected shortly after rotation, and the response returns refreshed credentials.
- Stream Live Inputs
- Update a live input
- Updates a specified live input.
- Stream Live Inputs
- Update an output
- Updates the state of an output.
- Stream Live Inputs
- Create downloads
- Creates a download for a video when a video is ready to view. Use `/downloads/{download_type}` instead for type-specific downloads. Available types are `default` and `audio`.
- Stream MP4 Downloads
- Delete downloads
- Delete the downloads for a video. Use `/downloads/{download_type}` instead for type-specific downloads. Available types are `default` and `audio`.
- Stream MP4 Downloads
- List downloads
- Lists the downloads created for a video.
- Stream MP4 Downloads
- Create signing keys
- Creates an RSA private key in PEM and JWK formats. Key files are only displayed once after creation. Keys are created, used, and deleted independently of videos, and every key can sign any video.
- Stream Signing Keys
- Delete signing keys
- Deletes signing keys and revokes all signed URLs generated with the key.
- Stream Signing Keys
- List signing keys
- Lists the video ID and creation date and time when a signing key was created.
- Stream Signing Keys
- Delete captions or subtitles
- Removes the captions or subtitles from a video.
- Stream Subtitles/Captions
- Generate captions or subtitles for a provided language via AI
- Generate captions or subtitles for provided language via AI.
- Stream Subtitles/Captions
- List captions or subtitles for a provided language
- Lists the captions or subtitles for provided language.
- Stream Subtitles/Captions
- Return WebVTT captions for a provided language
- Return WebVTT captions for a provided language.
- Stream Subtitles/Captions
- List captions or subtitles
- Lists the available captions or subtitles for a specific video.
- Stream Subtitles/Captions
- Upload captions or subtitles
- Uploads the caption or subtitle file to the endpoint for a specific BCP47 language. One caption or subtitle file per language is allowed.
- Stream Subtitles/Captions
- Clip videos given a start and end time
- Clips a video based on the specified start and end times provided in seconds.
- Stream Video Clipping
- Create signed URL tokens for videos
- Creates a signed URL token for a video. If a body is not provided in the request, a token is created with default values.
- Stream Videos
- Delete video
- Deletes a video and its copies from Cloudflare Stream.
- Stream Videos
- Initiate video uploads using TUS
- Initiates a video upload using the TUS protocol. On success, the server responds with a status code 201 (created) and includes a `location` header to indicate where the content should be uploaded. Refer to https://tus.io for protocol details.
- Stream Videos
- List videos
- Lists up to 1000 videos from a single request. For a specific range, refer to the optional parameters.
- Stream Videos
- Retrieve embed Code HTML
- Fetches an HTML code snippet to embed a video in a web page delivered through Cloudflare. On success, returns an HTML fragment for use on web pages to display a video. On failure, returns a JSON response body.
- Stream Videos
- Retrieve video details
- Fetches details for a single video.
- Stream Videos
- Storage use
- Returns information about an account's storage use.
- Stream Videos
- Edit video details
- Edit details for a single video.
- Stream Videos
- Upload videos from a URL
- Uploads a video to Stream from a provided URL.
- Stream Videos
- Upload videos via direct upload URLs
- Creates a direct upload that allows video uploads without an API key.
- Stream Videos
- Create watermark profiles via basic upload
- Creates watermark profiles using a single `HTTP POST multipart/form-data` request.
- Stream Watermark Profile
- Delete watermark profiles
- Deletes a watermark profile.
- Stream Watermark Profile
- List watermark profiles
- Lists all watermark profiles for an account.
- Stream Watermark Profile
- Watermark profile details
- Retrieves details for a single watermark profile.
- Stream Watermark Profile
- Create webhooks
- Creates a webhook notification.
- Stream Webhook
- Delete webhooks
- Deletes a webhook.
- Stream Webhook
- View webhooks
- Retrieves a list of webhooks.
- Stream Webhook
- Submit an abuse report
- Submit an abuse report of a particular type. Requires the abuse-reports entitlement on the account (Enterprise accounts have it by default; other accounts must request access) and an API token with the `Account > Abuse Reports > Edit` permission. If the account is not entitled, the request is rejected with an HTTP `401` response (see below).
- tseng-abuse-complaint-processor_other
- Create Event Subscription
- Create a new event subscription for a queue
- Queue
- Delete Event Subscription
- Delete an existing event subscription
- Queue
- Get Event Subscription
- Get details about an existing event subscription
- Queue
- List Event Subscriptions
- Get a paginated list of event subscriptions with optional sorting and filtering
- Queue
- Update Event Subscription
- Update an existing event subscription
- Queue
- Delete tags from an account-level resource
- Removes all tags from a specific account-level resource.
- Resource Tagging
- Get tags for an account-level resource
- Retrieves tags for a specific account-level resource.
- Resource Tagging
- List tagged resources
- Lists all tagged resources for an account.
- Resource Tagging
- List tag key summary
- Lists all distinct tag keys and their distinct values across resources in an account.
- Resource Tagging
- List tag keys
- Lists all distinct tag keys used across resources in an account.
- Resource Tagging
- List tag values
- Lists all distinct values for a given tag key, optionally filtered by resource type.
- Resource Tagging
- Set tags for an account-level resource
- Creates or updates tags for a specific account-level resource.
- Resource Tagging
- Delete tags from a zone-level resource
- Removes all tags from a specific zone-level resource.
- Resource Tagging
- Get tags for a zone-level resource
- Retrieves tags for a specific zone-level resource.
- Resource Tagging
- Set tags for a zone-level resource
- Creates or updates tags for a specific zone-level resource. Replaces all existing tags for the resource.
- Resource Tagging
- List keys
- List all the keys in your telemetry events.
- Keys
- Live tail heartbeat
- Notify live tail that user is still eligible to receive live events.
- Live Tail
- Prepare live tail
- Prepare websocket server for live tail.
- Live Tail
- Run a query
- Run a temporary or saved query.
- Query run
- List values
- List unique values found in your events.
- Values
- Add Tenant Custom Nameserver
- Add Tenant Custom Nameserver
- Tenant-Level Custom Nameservers
- Delete Tenant Custom Nameserver
- Delete Tenant Custom Nameserver
- Tenant-Level Custom Nameservers
- List Tenant Custom Nameservers
- List a tenant's custom nameservers.
- Tenant-Level Custom Nameservers
- List tenant accounts
- List of accounts for the Tenant.
- Tenants
- List tenant entitlements
- List of innate entitlements available for the Tenant.
- Tenants
- List tenant memberships
- List of active members (Cloudflare users) for the Tenant.
- Tenants
- Get tenant
- Retrieves a Tenant by Tenant ID.
- Tenants
- Get tenant account types
- List of account types available for the Tenant to provision accounts.
- Tenants
- Get Tiered Caching setting
- Tiered Cache works by dividing Cloudflare's data centers into a hierarchy of lower-tiers and upper-tiers. If content is not cached in lower-tier data centers (generally the ones closest to a visitor), the lower-tier must ask an upper-tier to see if it has the content. If the upper-tier does not have the content, only the upper-tier can ask the origin for content. This practice improves bandwidth efficiency by limiting the number of data centers that can ask the origin for content, which reduces origin load and makes websites more cost-effective to operate. Additionally, Tiered Cache concentrates connections to origin servers so they come from a small number of data centers rather than the full set of network locations. This results in fewer open connections using server resources.
- Tiered Caching
- Patch Tiered Caching setting
- Tiered Cache works by dividing Cloudflare's data centers into a hierarchy of lower-tiers and upper-tiers. If content is not cached in lower-tier data centers (generally the ones closest to a visitor), the lower-tier must ask an upper-tier to see if it has the content. If the upper-tier does not have the content, only the upper-tier can ask the origin for content. This practice improves bandwidth efficiency by limiting the number of data centers that can ask the origin for content, which reduces origin load and makes websites more cost-effective to operate. Additionally, Tiered Cache concentrates connections to origin servers so they come from a small number of data centers rather than the full set of network locations. This results in fewer open connections using server resources.
- Tiered Caching
- Create a new Token Validation configuration
- Create a new Token Validation configuration
- Token Validation Token Configuration
- Edit Token Configuration credentials
- Edit Token Configuration credentials. The provided `keys` array defines the full resulting key set (stored keys omitted from payload are removed). For each provided key identity (`{alg,kid}`), payload fields overwrite the stored key before validation and omitted fields inherit from the stored key. Key identities must be unique within the request. Existing symmetric keys (`kty: "oct"`) preserve stored key material when `k` is omitted; send `k` to rotate. `k: null` is invalid.
- Token Validation Token Configuration
- Update Token Configuration credentials
- Update Token Configuration credentials with full replacement semantics. Key identities (`{alg,kid}`) must be unique within the request. Symmetric keys (`kty: "oct"`) require `k`; `k: null` is invalid.
- Token Validation Token Configuration
- Delete Token Configuration
- Delete Token Configuration
- Token Validation Token Configuration
- Edit an existing Token Configuration
- Edit fields of an existing Token Configuration
- Token Validation Token Configuration
- Get a single Token Configuration
- Get a single Token Configuration
- Token Validation Token Configuration
- List token validation configurations
- Lists all token validation configurations for this zone
- Token Validation Token Configuration
- Bulk create token validation rules
- Create zone token validation rules. A request can create multiple Token Validation Rules.
- Token Validation Token Rules
- Bulk edit token validation rules
- Edit token validation rules. A request can update multiple Token Validation Rules. Rules can be re-ordered using the `position` field. Returns all updated rules.
- Token Validation Token Rules
- Create a token validation rule
- Create a token validation rule.
- Token Validation Token Rules
- Delete a zone token validation rule
- Delete a zone token validation rule.
- Token Validation Token Rules
- Edit a zone token validation rule
- Edit a zone token validation rule.
- Token Validation Token Rules
- Get a zone token validation rule
- Get a zone token validation rule.
- Token Validation Token Rules
- List token validation rules
- List token validation rules
- Token Validation Token Rules
- Preview operations covered by a Token Validation rule
- Preview operations covered by a Token Validation rule. The API will return all operations on a zone annotated with an additional `state` field. Operations with an `included` `state` will be covered by a Token Validation Rule.
- Token Validation Token Rules
- Enable or Disable Total TLS
- Set Total TLS Settings or disable the feature for a Zone.
- Total TLS
- Total TLS Settings Details
- Get Total TLS Settings for a Zone.
- Total TLS
- Trigger deploy hook
- Trigger a build using a deploy hook. This endpoint does not require authentication - the deploy_hook_uuid acts as a secret token.
- Deploy Hooks
- Clean up Cloudflare Tunnel connections
- Removes a connection (aka Cloudflare Tunnel Connector) from a Cloudflare Tunnel independently of its current state. If no connector id (client_id) is provided all connectors will be removed. We recommend running this command after rotating tokens.
- Cloudflare Tunnel
- Get configuration
- Gets the configuration for a remotely-managed tunnel
- Cloudflare Tunnel Configuration
- Get WARP Connector HA configuration
- Gets the high-availability configuration for a WARP Connector tunnel.
- Cloudflare Tunnel Configuration
- Configure Tunnel Ingress
- Configures public hostname routes for a remotely-managed Cloudflare Tunnel and appends the required catch-all fallback rule.
- tunnelconfigurationingress
- Update WARP Connector HA configuration
- Adds or updates the high-availability configuration for a WARP Connector tunnel.
- Cloudflare Tunnel Configuration
- Create a Cloudflare Tunnel
- Creates a new Cloudflare Tunnel in an account.
- Cloudflare Tunnel
- Create a Warp Connector Tunnel
- Creates a new Warp Connector Tunnel in an account.
- Cloudflare Tunnel
- Delete a Cloudflare Tunnel
- Deletes a Cloudflare Tunnel from an account.
- Cloudflare Tunnel
- Delete a Warp Connector Tunnel
- Deletes a Warp Connector Tunnel from an account.
- Cloudflare Tunnel
- Get a Cloudflare Tunnel
- Fetches a single Cloudflare Tunnel.
- Cloudflare Tunnel
- Get a Cloudflare Tunnel management token
- Gets a management token used to access the management resources (i.e. Streaming Logs) of a tunnel.
- Cloudflare Tunnel
- Get a Cloudflare Tunnel token
- Gets the token used to associate cloudflared with a specific tunnel.
- Cloudflare Tunnel
- Get a Warp Connector Tunnel
- Fetches a single Warp Connector Tunnel.
- Cloudflare Tunnel
- Get a Warp Connector Tunnel token
- Gets the token used to associate warp device with a specific Warp Connector tunnel.
- Cloudflare Tunnel
- Get Cloudflare Tunnel connector
- Fetches connector and connection details for a Cloudflare Tunnel.
- Cloudflare Tunnel
- Get WARP Connector Tunnel connector
- Fetches connector and connection details for a WARP Connector Tunnel.
- Cloudflare Tunnel
- List All Tunnels
- Lists and filters all types of Tunnels in an account.
- Cloudflare Tunnel
- List Cloudflare Tunnel connections
- Fetches connection details for a Cloudflare Tunnel.
- Cloudflare Tunnel
- List Cloudflare Tunnels
- Lists and filters Cloudflare Tunnels in an account.
- Cloudflare Tunnel
- List WARP Connector Tunnel connections
- Fetches connection details for a WARP Connector Tunnel.
- Cloudflare Tunnel
- List Warp Connector Tunnels
- Lists and filters Warp Connector Tunnels in an account.
- Cloudflare Tunnel
- Trigger a manual failover for a WARP Connector Tunnel
- Triggers a manual failover for a specific WARP Connector Tunnel, setting the specified client as the active connector. The tunnel must be configured for high availability (HA) and the client must be linked to the tunnel.
- Cloudflare Tunnel
- Create a tunnel route
- Routes a private network through a Cloudflare Tunnel.
- Tunnel Routing
- Create a tunnel route (CIDR Endpoint)
- Routes a private network through a Cloudflare Tunnel. The CIDR in `ip_network_encoded` must be written in URL-encoded format.
- Tunnel Routing
- Delete a tunnel route
- Deletes a private network route from an account.
- Tunnel Routing
- Delete a tunnel route (CIDR Endpoint)
- Deletes a private network route from an account. The CIDR in `ip_network_encoded` must be written in URL-encoded format. If no virtual_network_id is provided it will delete the route from the default vnet. If no tun_type is provided it will fetch the type from the tunnel_id or if that is missing it will assume Cloudflare Tunnel as default. If tunnel_id is provided it will delete the route from that tunnel, otherwise it will delete the route based on the vnet and tun_type.
- Tunnel Routing
- Get tunnel route
- Get a private network route in an account.
- Tunnel Routing
- Get tunnel route by IP
- Fetches routes that contain the given IP address.
- Tunnel Routing
- List tunnel routes
- Lists and filters private network routes in an account.
- Tunnel Routing
- Update a tunnel route
- Updates an existing private network route in an account. The fields that are meant to be updated should be provided in the body of the request.
- Tunnel Routing
- Update a tunnel route (CIDR Endpoint)
- Updates an existing private network route in an account. The CIDR in `ip_network_encoded` must be written in URL-encoded format.
- Tunnel Routing
- Update a Cloudflare Tunnel
- Updates an existing Cloudflare Tunnel.
- Cloudflare Tunnel
- Update a Warp Connector Tunnel
- Updates an existing Warp Connector Tunnel.
- Cloudflare Tunnel
- Create a virtual network
- Adds a new virtual network to an account.
- Tunnel Virtual Network
- Delete a virtual network
- Deletes an existing virtual network.
- Tunnel Virtual Network
- Get a virtual network
- Get a virtual network.
- Tunnel Virtual Network
- List virtual networks
- Lists and filters virtual networks in an account.
- Tunnel Virtual Network
- Update a virtual network
- Updates an existing virtual network.
- Tunnel Virtual Network
- Remove ignore marker from a finding
- Ability to un-ignore a Finding if it's previously been ignored. Does nothing if the Finding is not ignored.
- findings
- Remove the archive marking from a finding instance
- Remove the archive marking from one or more finding instances.
- findings
- Edit Universal SSL Settings
- Patch Universal SSL Settings for a Zone.
- Universal SSL Settings for a Zone
- Universal SSL Settings Details
- Get Universal SSL Settings for a Zone.
- Universal SSL Settings for a Zone
- Unrevoke registrations
- Unrevokes a list of WARP registrations.
- Registrations
- Update an account entry point ruleset
- Updates an account entry point ruleset, creating a new version.
- Account Rulesets
- Update an account ruleset
- Updates an account ruleset, creating a new version.
- Account Rulesets
- Update an account ruleset rule
- Updates an existing rule in an account ruleset.
- Account Rulesets
- Update allowlist prefix.
- Update an allowlist prefix specified by the given UUID.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Modify stored information about a CNI object
- Modify stored information about a CNI object
- CNIs
- Update Credential
- Replaces a credential. All fields must be provided.
- Credentials
- Update Credential Set
- Replaces a credential set. All fields must be provided.
- Credential Sets
- Update deploy hook
- Update an existing deploy hook.
- Deploy Hooks
- Update deployment group
- Updates a deployment group. Returns 409 if any newly added policy IDs already belong to another deployment group. This endpoint is in Beta.
- Deployment Groups
- Update a DEX Rule
- Update a DEX Rule.
- DEX Rules
- Update DNS Protection rule.
- Update a DNS Protection rule specified by the given UUID.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Update Hyperdrive
- Updates and returns the specified Hyperdrive configuration.
- Hyperdrive
- Update integration
- Updates an integration's name, permissions, DLP profiles, use cases, or credentials.
- Integrations
- Update IP profile
- Updates a WARP Device IP profile. Currently, only IPv4 Device subnets can be associated.
- IP Profiles
- Update catalog maintenance configuration
- Update the maintenance configuration for a catalog. This allows you to enable or disable compaction and adjust target file sizes for optimization.
- Maintenance Configuration
- Update Managed Transforms
- Updates the status of one or more Managed Transforms.
- Managed Transforms
- Update a meeting
- Updates a meeting in an App for the given meeting ID.
- Meetings
- Update prefix.
- Update a prefix specified by the given UUID.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Update protection status.
- Update the protection status of the account.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Updates Security Center Insight Classification
- Updates the user classification for a Security Center insight. Valid values are 'false_positive' or 'accept_risk'. To reset, set classification to null. Cannot change directly between classification values - must reset to null first.
- Security Center Insights
- Updates security.txt
- Updates the security.txt file configuration for a zone, which provides security researchers with vulnerability reporting information.
- security.txt
- Update the current settings for the active account
- Update the current settings for the active account
- Settings
- Update SSO connector state
- Updates the state or configuration of an SSO connector.
- SSO
- Update SYN Protection filter.
- Update a SYN Protection filter specified by the given UUID.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Update SYN Protection rule.
- Update a SYN Protection rule specified by the given UUID.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Update table maintenance configuration
- Update the maintenance configuration for a specific table. This allows you to enable or disable compaction and adjust target file sizes for optimization.
- Table Maintenance Configuration
- Update Target Environment
- Replaces a target environment. All fields must be provided.
- Target Environments
- Update TCP Flow Protection filter.
- Update a TCP Flow Protection filter specified by the given UUID.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Update TCP Flow Protection rule.
- Update a TCP Flow Protection rule specified by the given UUID.
- dos-flowtrackd-api_other
- Update trigger
- Update an existing CI/CD trigger
- Triggers
- Update URL Normalization settings
- Updates the URL Normalization settings.
- URL Normalization
- Update an existing webhook configuration
- Updates an existing webhook configuration with new settings.
- webhooks
- Update Worker
- Perform a complete replacement of a Worker, where omitted properties are set to their default values. This is the exact same as the Create Worker endpoint, but operates on an existing Worker. To perform a partial update instead, use the Edit Worker endpoint.
- Workers
- Update worker build configuration
- Update the build configuration for a Worker script. Supports partial updates to git repository settings and production build settings.
- Workers
- Update a zone entry point ruleset
- Updates a zone entry point ruleset, creating a new version.
- Zone Rulesets
- Update a zone ruleset
- Updates a zone ruleset, creating a new version.
- Zone Rulesets
- Update a zone ruleset rule
- Updates an existing rule in a zone ruleset.
- Zone Rulesets
- Updates Zone Security Center Insight Classification
- Updates the user classification for a zone-specific Security Center insight. Valid values are 'false_positive' or 'accept_risk'. To reset, set classification to null. Cannot change directly between classification values - must reset to null first.
- Security Center Insights
- Update a zone snippet
- Creates or updates a snippet belonging to the zone.
- Zone Snippets
- Update zone snippet rules
- Updates all snippet rules belonging to the zone.
- Zone Snippets
- Upsert environment variables
- Create or update environment variables for a trigger
- Environment Variables
- Create or update repository connection
- Upsert a repository connection for CI/CD integration
- Repository Connections
- Get URL Intelligence
- Gets security information about a URL, including content categories and risk types. The URL must be provided as a query parameter.
- URL Intelligence
- Create URL Scan
- Submit a URL to scan. You can also set some options, like the visibility level and custom headers. Check limits at https://developers.cloudflare.com/security-center/investigate/scan-limits/.
- URL Scanner (Deprecated)
- Bulk create URL Scans
- Submit URLs to scan. Check limits at https://developers.cloudflare.com/security-center/investigate/scan-limits/ and take into account scans submitted in bulk have lower priority and may take longer to finish.
- URL Scanner
- Create URL Scan
- Submit a URL to scan. Check limits at https://developers.cloudflare.com/security-center/investigate/scan-limits/.
- URL Scanner
- Get raw response
- Returns the plain response of the network request.
- URL Scanner (Deprecated)
- Get raw response
- Returns the raw response of the network request. Find the `response_id` in the `data.requests.response.hash`.
- URL Scanner
- Get URL scan
- Get URL scan by uuid
- URL Scanner (Deprecated)
- Get URL scan's DOM
- Returns a plain text response, with the scan's DOM content as rendered by Chrome.
- URL Scanner
- Get URL scan's HAR
- Get a URL scan's HAR file. See HAR spec at http://www.softwareishard.com/blog/har-12-spec/.
- URL Scanner (Deprecated)
- Get URL scan's HAR
- Get a URL scan's HAR file. See HAR spec at http://www.softwareishard.com/blog/har-12-spec/.
- URL Scanner
- Get screenshot
- Get scan's screenshot by resolution (desktop/mobile/tablet).
- URL Scanner (Deprecated)
- Get screenshot
- Get scan's screenshot by resolution (desktop/mobile/tablet).
- URL Scanner
- Get URL scan
- Get URL scan by uuid
- URL Scanner
- Search URL scans
- Search scans by date and webpages' requests, including full URL (after redirects), hostname, and path. <br/> A successful scan will appear in search results a few minutes after finishing but may take much longer if the system in under load. By default, only successfully completed scans will appear in search results, unless searching by `scanId`. Please take into account that older scans may be removed from the search index at an unspecified time.
- URL Scanner (Deprecated)
- Search URL scans
- Use a subset of ElasticSearch Query syntax to filter scans. Some example queries:<br/> <br/>- 'path:"/bundles/jquery.js"': Searches for scans who requested resources with the given path.<br/>- 'page.asn:AS24940 AND hash:xxx': Websites hosted in AS24940 where a resource with the given hash was downloaded.<br/>- 'page.domain:microsoft* AND verdicts.malicious:true AND NOT page.domain:microsoft.com': malicious scans whose hostname starts with "microsoft".<br/>- 'apikey:me AND date:[2025-01 TO 2025-02]': my scans from 2025 January to 2025 February.
- URL Scanner
- Get account billing usage
- Retrieve billing usage analytics for an account. Returns time-series data for all billable product metrics including Stream, Media (Images), Rate Limiting, Load Balancing, Argo, Workers, Workers KV, Image Resizing, and Spectrum.
- Usage Analytics
- Get account Media usage
- Retrieve Media usage analytics for an account. This endpoint shares the same backend handler as the Stream usage endpoint and returns identical Stream metrics (streamMinutesViewed). The gateway rewrites this path to the shared usage handler.
- Usage Analytics
- Get account Stream usage
- Retrieve Stream usage analytics for an account. Returns time-series data for Stream billable minutes viewed across all zones in the account. The gateway rewrites this path before forwarding to the backend usage handler.
- Usage Analytics
- Get zone Media usage
- Retrieve Media usage analytics for a zone. This endpoint shares the same backend handler as the Stream usage endpoint and returns identical Stream metrics (streamMinutesViewed). The gateway resolves the zone to its owning account and rewrites this path to the shared usage handler.
- Usage Analytics
- Get zone Stream usage
- Retrieve Stream usage analytics for a zone. Returns time-series data for Stream billable minutes viewed. The gateway resolves the zone to its owning account and rewrites this path before forwarding to the backend usage handler.
- Usage Analytics
- Get event count
- Event counts broken down by dataset and service, bucketed by day, for up to 90 days. The top-level events field is the sum of all breakdown counts.
- Usage
- Create a User Agent Blocking rule
- Creates a new User Agent Blocking rule in a zone.
- User Agent Blocking rules
- Delete a User Agent Blocking rule
- Deletes an existing User Agent Blocking rule.
- User Agent Blocking rules
- Get a User Agent Blocking rule
- Fetches the details of a User Agent Blocking rule.
- User Agent Blocking rules
- List User Agent Blocking rules
- Fetches User Agent Blocking rules in a zone. You can filter the results using several optional parameters.
- User Agent Blocking rules
- Update a User Agent Blocking rule
- Updates an existing User Agent Blocking rule.
- User Agent Blocking rules
- Get user analytics dashboard
- The user analytics dashboard provides totals and timeseries data aggregated across all zones owned by the authenticated user for the given time period. Only zones for which the user has the `#analytics:read` permission are included. This endpoint is deprecated. Please use the GraphQL Analytics API instead: https://developers.cloudflare.com/analytics/graphql-api/
- User Analytics (Deprecated)
- Create Token
- Create a new access token.
- User API Tokens
- Delete Token
- Destroy a token.
- User API Tokens
- List Tokens
- List all access tokens you created. Results include active, disabled, and recently-expired tokens when include_expired is set to true.
- User API Tokens
- Roll Token
- Roll the token secret.
- User API Tokens
- Token Details
- Get information about a specific token.
- User API Tokens
- Update Token
- Update an existing token.
- User API Tokens
- Verify Token
- Test whether a token works.
- User API Tokens
- Billing History Details
- Accesses your billing history object.
- User Billing History
- Billing Profile Details
- Accesses your billing profile object.
- User Billing Profile
- Edit User
- Edit part of your user details.
- User
- List user tenants
- Retrieves list of tenants the authenticated user / method has access to.
- User
- List Regions
- List all region mappings in the user context.
- Load Balancer Regions
- Delete Membership
- Remove the associated member from an account.
- User's Account Memberships
- List Memberships
- List memberships of accounts the user can access.
- User's Account Memberships
- Membership Details
- Get a specific membership.
- User's Account Memberships
- Update Membership
- Accept or reject this account invitation.
- User's Account Memberships
- Invitation Details
- Gets the details of an invitation.
- User's Invites
- List Invitations
- Lists all invitations associated with my user.
- User's Invites
- Respond to Invitation
- Responds to an invitation.
- User's Invites
- Leave Organization
- Removes association to an organization.
- User's Organizations
- List Organizations
- Lists organizations the user is associated with.
- User's Organizations
- Organization Details
- Gets a specific organization the user is associated with.
- User's Organizations
- Create User Subscription
- Creates a user subscription.
- User Subscription
- Delete User Subscription
- Deletes a user's subscription.
- User Subscription
- Get User Subscriptions
- Lists all of a user's subscriptions.
- User Subscription
- Update User Subscription
- Updates a user's subscriptions.
- User Subscription
- User Details
- Retrieves detailed information about the currently authenticated user, including email, name, and account memberships.
- User
- Create Metadata Index
- Enable metadata filtering based on metadata property. Limited to 10 properties.
- Vectorize
- Create Vectorize Index
- Creates and returns a new Vectorize Index.
- Vectorize
- Delete Metadata Index
- Allow Vectorize to delete the specified metadata index.
- Vectorize
- Delete Vectorize Index
- Deletes the specified Vectorize Index.
- Vectorize
- Delete Vectors By Identifier
- Delete a set of vectors from an index by their vector identifiers.
- Vectorize
- Create Vectorize Index (Deprecated)
- Creates and returns a new Vectorize Index.
- Vectorize Beta (Deprecated)
- Delete Vectorize Index (Deprecated)
- Deletes the specified Vectorize Index.
- Vectorize Beta (Deprecated)
- Delete Vectors By Identifier (Deprecated)
- Delete a set of vectors from an index by their vector identifiers.
- Vectorize Beta (Deprecated)
- Get Vectorize Index (Deprecated)
- Returns the specified Vectorize Index.
- Vectorize Beta (Deprecated)
- Get Vectors By Identifier (Deprecated)
- Get a set of vectors from an index by their vector identifiers.
- Vectorize Beta (Deprecated)
- Insert Vectors (Deprecated)
- Inserts vectors into the specified index and returns the count of the vectors successfully inserted.
- Vectorize Beta (Deprecated)
- List Vectorize Indexes (Deprecated)
- Returns a list of Vectorize Indexes
- Vectorize Beta (Deprecated)
- Query Vectors (Deprecated)
- Finds vectors closest to a given vector in an index.
- Vectorize Beta (Deprecated)
- Update Vectorize Index (Deprecated)
- Updates and returns the specified Vectorize Index.
- Vectorize Beta (Deprecated)
- Upsert Vectors (Deprecated)
- Upserts vectors into the specified index, creating them if they do not exist and returns the count of values and ids successfully inserted.
- Vectorize Beta (Deprecated)
- Get Vectorize Index
- Returns the specified Vectorize Index.
- Vectorize
- Get Vectors By Identifier
- Get a set of vectors from an index by their vector identifiers.
- Vectorize
- Get Vectorize Index Info
- Get information about a vectorize index.
- Vectorize
- Insert Vectors
- Inserts vectors into the specified index and returns a mutation id corresponding to the vectors enqueued for insertion.
- Vectorize
- List Metadata Indexes
- List Metadata Indexes for the specified Vectorize Index.
- Vectorize
- List Vectorize Indexes
- Returns a list of Vectorize Indexes
- Vectorize
- List Vectors
- Returns a paginated list of vector identifiers from the specified index.
- Vectorize
- Query Vectors
- Finds vectors closest to a given vector in an index.
- Vectorize
- Upsert Vectors
- Upserts vectors into the specified index, creating them if they do not exist and returns a mutation id corresponding to the vectors enqueued for upsertion.
- Vectorize
- Add Custom Scan Expressions
- Add custom scan expressions for Content Scanning.
- Content Scanning
- Delete a Custom Scan Expression
- Delete a Content Scan Custom Expression.
- Content Scanning
- Disable Content Scanning
- Disable Content Scanning.
- Content Scanning
- Enable Content Scanning
- Enable Content Scanning.
- Content Scanning
- Get Content Scanning Status
- Retrieve the current status of Content Scanning.
- Content Scanning
- List Existing Custom Scan Expressions
- Get a list of existing custom scan expressions for Content Scanning.
- Content Scanning
- Update Content Scanning Status
- Update the Content Scanning status.
- Content Scanning
- Create a WAF override
- **This endpoint has been deprecated and returns 410 Gone. Please use the [Rulesets API](https://developers.cloudflare.com/ruleset-engine/) instead.** Previously created a URI-based WAF override for a zone.
- WAF overrides
- Delete a WAF override
- **This endpoint has been deprecated and returns 410 Gone. Please use the [Rulesets API](https://developers.cloudflare.com/ruleset-engine/) instead.** Previously deleted an existing URI-based WAF override.
- WAF overrides
- Get a WAF override
- **This endpoint has been deprecated and returns 410 Gone. Please use the [Rulesets API](https://developers.cloudflare.com/ruleset-engine/) instead.** Previously fetched the details of a URI-based WAF override.
- WAF overrides
- List WAF overrides
- **This endpoint has been deprecated and returns 410 Gone. Please use the [Rulesets API](https://developers.cloudflare.com/ruleset-engine/) instead.** Previously fetched the URI-based WAF overrides in a zone.
- WAF overrides
- Update WAF override
- **This endpoint has been deprecated and returns 410 Gone. Please use the [Rulesets API](https://developers.cloudflare.com/ruleset-engine/) instead.** Previously updated an existing URI-based WAF override.
- WAF overrides
- Get a WAF package
- Fetches the details of a WAF package. **Note:** Applies only to the [previous version of WAF managed rules](https://developers.cloudflare.com/support/firewall/managed-rules-web-application-firewall-waf/understanding-waf-managed-rules-web-application-firewall/).
- WAF packages
- List WAF packages
- Fetches WAF packages for a zone. **Note:** Applies only to the [previous version of WAF managed rules](https://developers.cloudflare.com/support/firewall/managed-rules-web-application-firewall-waf/understanding-waf-managed-rules-web-application-firewall/).
- WAF packages
- Update a WAF package
- Updates a WAF package. You can update the sensitivity and the action of an anomaly detection WAF package. **Note:** Applies only to the [previous version of WAF managed rules](https://developers.cloudflare.com/support/firewall/managed-rules-web-application-firewall-waf/understanding-waf-managed-rules-web-application-firewall/).
- WAF packages
- Create Leaked Credential Checks Custom Detection
- Create user-defined detection pattern for Leaked Credential Checks.
- Leaked Credential Checks
- Delete Leaked Credential Checks Custom Detection
- Remove user-defined detection pattern for Leaked Credential Checks.
- Leaked Credential Checks
- Get Leaked Credential Checks Custom Detection
- Get user-defined detection pattern for Leaked Credential Checks.
- Leaked Credential Checks
- Get Leaked Credential Checks Status
- Retrieves the current status of Leaked Credential Checks.
- Leaked Credential Checks
- List Leaked Credential Checks Custom Detections
- List user-defined detection patterns for Leaked Credential Checks.
- Leaked Credential Checks
- Set Leaked Credential Checks Status
- Updates the current status of Leaked Credential Checks.
- Leaked Credential Checks
- Update Leaked Credential Checks Custom Detection
- Update user-defined detection pattern for Leaked Credential Checks.
- Leaked Credential Checks
- Get a WAF rule group
- Fetches the details of a WAF rule group. **Note:** Applies only to the [previous version of WAF managed rules](https://developers.cloudflare.com/support/firewall/managed-rules-web-application-firewall-waf/understanding-waf-managed-rules-web-application-firewall/).
- WAF rule groups
- List WAF rule groups
- Fetches the WAF rule groups in a WAF package. **Note:** Applies only to the [previous version of WAF managed rules](https://developers.cloudflare.com/support/firewall/managed-rules-web-application-firewall-waf/understanding-waf-managed-rules-web-application-firewall/).
- WAF rule groups
- Update a WAF rule group
- Updates a WAF rule group. You can update the state (`mode` parameter) of a rule group. **Note:** Applies only to the [previous version of WAF managed rules](https://developers.cloudflare.com/support/firewall/managed-rules-web-application-firewall-waf/understanding-waf-managed-rules-web-application-firewall/).
- WAF rule groups
- Get a WAF rule
- Fetches the details of a WAF rule in a WAF package. **Note:** Applies only to the [previous version of WAF managed rules](https://developers.cloudflare.com/support/firewall/managed-rules-web-application-firewall-waf/understanding-waf-managed-rules-web-application-firewall/).
- WAF rules
- List WAF rules
- Fetches WAF rules in a WAF package. **Note:** Applies only to the [previous version of WAF managed rules](https://developers.cloudflare.com/support/firewall/managed-rules-web-application-firewall-waf/understanding-waf-managed-rules-web-application-firewall/).
- WAF rules
- Update a WAF rule
- Updates a WAF rule. You can only update the mode/action of the rule. **Note:** Applies only to the [previous version of WAF managed rules](https://developers.cloudflare.com/support/firewall/managed-rules-web-application-firewall-waf/understanding-waf-managed-rules-web-application-firewall/).
- WAF rules
- Create a custom waiting room page preview
- Creates a waiting room page preview. Upload a custom waiting room page for preview. You will receive a preview URL in the form `http://waitingrooms.dev/preview/<uuid>`. You can use the following query parameters to change the state of the preview: 1. `force_queue`: Boolean indicating if all users will be queued in the waiting room and no one will be let into the origin website (also known as queueAll). 2. `queue_is_full`: Boolean indicating if the waiting room's queue is currently full and not accepting new users at the moment. 3. `queueing_method`: The queueing method currently used by the waiting room. - **fifo** indicates a FIFO queue. - **random** indicates a Random queue. - **passthrough** indicates a Passthrough queue. Keep in mind that the waiting room page will only be displayed if `force_queue=true` or `event=prequeueing` — for other cases the request will pass through to the origin. For our preview, this will be a fake origin website returning \"Welcome\". - **reject** indicates a Reject queue. 4. `event`: Used to preview a waiting room event. - **none** indicates no event is occurring. - **prequeueing** indicates that an event is prequeueing (between `prequeue_start_time` and `event_start_time`). - **started** indicates that an event has started (between `event_start_time` and `event_end_time`). 5. `shuffle_at_event_start`: Boolean indicating if the event will shuffle users in the prequeue when it starts. This can only be set to **true** if an event is active (`event` is not **none**). For example, you can make a request to `http://waitingrooms.dev/preview/<uuid>?force_queue=false&queue_is_full=false&queueing_method=random&event=started&shuffle_at_event_start=true` 6. `waitTime`: Non-zero, positive integer indicating the estimated wait time in minutes. The default value is 10 minutes. For example, you can make a request to `http://waitingrooms.dev/preview/<uuid>?waitTime=50` to configure the estimated wait time as 50 minutes.
- Waiting Room
- Create event
- Only available for the Waiting Room Advanced subscription. Creates an event for a waiting room. An event takes place during a specified period of time, temporarily changing the behavior of a waiting room. While the event is active, some of the properties in the event's configuration may either override or inherit from the waiting room's configuration. Note that events cannot overlap with each other, so only one event can be active at a time.
- Waiting Room
- Create waiting room
- Creates a new waiting room.
- Waiting Room
- Create Waiting Room Rule
- Only available for the Waiting Room Advanced subscription. Creates a rule for a waiting room.
- Waiting Room
- Delete event
- Deletes an event for a waiting room.
- Waiting Room
- Delete waiting room
- Deletes a waiting room.
- Waiting Room
- Delete Waiting Room Rule
- Deletes a rule for a waiting room.
- Waiting Room
- Event details
- Fetches a single configured event for a waiting room.
- Waiting Room
- Get waiting room status
- Fetches the status of a configured waiting room. Response fields include: 1. `status`: String indicating the status of the waiting room. The possible status are: - **not_queueing** indicates that the configured thresholds have not been met and all users are going through to the origin. - **queueing** indicates that the thresholds have been met and some users are held in the waiting room. - **event_prequeueing** indicates that an event is active and is currently prequeueing users before it starts. - **suspended** indicates that the room is suspended. 2. `event_id`: String of the current event's `id` if an event is active, otherwise an empty string. 3. `estimated_queued_users`: Integer of the estimated number of users currently waiting in the queue. 4. `estimated_total_active_users`: Integer of the estimated number of users currently active on the origin. 5. `max_estimated_time_minutes`: Integer of the maximum estimated time currently presented to the users.
- Waiting Room
- Get zone-level Waiting Room settings
- Get zone-level Waiting Room settings.
- Waiting Room
- List events
- Lists events for a waiting room.
- Waiting Room
- List Waiting Room Rules
- Lists rules for a waiting room.
- Waiting Room
- List waiting rooms for zone
- Lists waiting rooms for zone.
- Waiting Room
- List waiting rooms for account
- Lists waiting rooms for account.
- Waiting Room
- Patch event
- Patches a configured event for a waiting room.
- Waiting Room
- Patch waiting room
- Patches a configured waiting room.
- Waiting Room
- Patch Waiting Room Rule
- Patches a rule for a waiting room.
- Waiting Room
- Patch zone-level Waiting Room settings
- Patch zone-level Waiting Room settings.
- Waiting Room
- Preview active event details
- Previews an event's configuration as if it was active. Inherited fields from the waiting room will be displayed with their current values.
- Waiting Room
- Replace Waiting Room Rules
- Only available for the Waiting Room Advanced subscription. Replaces all rules for a waiting room.
- Waiting Room
- Update event
- Updates a configured event for a waiting room.
- Waiting Room
- Update waiting room
- Updates a configured waiting room.
- Waiting Room
- Update zone-level Waiting Room settings
- Replace zone-level Waiting Room settings.
- Waiting Room
- Waiting room details
- Fetches a single configured waiting room.
- Waiting Room
- Create a Web Analytics rule
- Creates a new rule in a Web Analytics ruleset.
- Web Analytics
- Create a Web Analytics site
- Creates a new Web Analytics site.
- Web Analytics
- Delete a Web Analytics rule
- Deletes an existing rule from a Web Analytics ruleset.
- Web Analytics
- Delete a Web Analytics site
- Deletes an existing Web Analytics site.
- Web Analytics
- Get RUM status for a zone
- Retrieves RUM status for a zone.
- Web Analytics
- Get a Web Analytics site
- Retrieves a Web Analytics site.
- Web Analytics
- List rules in Web Analytics ruleset
- Lists all the rules in a Web Analytics ruleset.
- Web Analytics
- List Web Analytics site tags
- Returns all site tags for an account as an array of site tag strings. This endpoint returns all results without pagination.
- Web Analytics
- List Web Analytics sites
- Lists all Web Analytics sites of an account.
- Web Analytics
- List Web Analytics zone tags
- Returns all zone tags associated with Web Analytics sites for an account. These can be used to filter or exclude zones in the zone selection input. This endpoint returns all results without pagination.
- Web Analytics
- Update Web Analytics rules
- Modifies one or more rules in a Web Analytics ruleset with a single request.
- Web Analytics
- Toggle RUM on/off for a zone
- Toggles RUM on/off for an existing zone.
- Web Analytics
- Update a Web Analytics rule
- Updates a rule in a Web Analytics ruleset.
- Web Analytics
- Update a Web Analytics site
- Updates an existing Web Analytics site.
- Web Analytics
- Validate a Web Analytics site hostname
- Validates that the provided hostname is well-formed, does not contain wildcards, and has a valid TLD. Returns an empty result on success.
- Web Analytics
- Create IPFS Universal Path Gateway Content List Entry
- Create IPFS Universal Path Gateway Content List Entry
- Web3 Hostname
- Create Web3 Hostname
- Create Web3 Hostname
- Web3 Hostname
- Delete IPFS Universal Path Gateway Content List Entry
- Delete IPFS Universal Path Gateway Content List Entry
- Web3 Hostname
- Delete Web3 Hostname
- Delete Web3 Hostname
- Web3 Hostname
- Edit IPFS Universal Path Gateway Content List Entry
- Edit IPFS Universal Path Gateway Content List Entry
- Web3 Hostname
- Edit Web3 Hostname
- Edit Web3 Hostname
- Web3 Hostname
- IPFS Universal Path Gateway Content List Details
- IPFS Universal Path Gateway Content List Details
- Web3 Hostname
- IPFS Universal Path Gateway Content List Entry Details
- IPFS Universal Path Gateway Content List Entry Details
- Web3 Hostname
- List IPFS Universal Path Gateway Content List Entries
- List IPFS Universal Path Gateway Content List Entries
- Web3 Hostname
- List Web3 Hostnames
- List Web3 Hostnames
- Web3 Hostname
- Update IPFS Universal Path Gateway Content List
- Update IPFS Universal Path Gateway Content List
- Web3 Hostname
- Web3 Hostname Details
- Web3 Hostname Details
- Web3 Hostname
- Get WHOIS Record
- Retrieves WHOIS registration data for a domain, including registrant and nameserver information.
- WHOIS Record
- Add script triggers
- Adds event trigger declarations without removing existing declarations owned by the script.
- Workflows
- Batch create new Workflow instances
- Creates multiple workflow instances in a single batch operation.
- Workflows
- Batch terminate instances of a workflow
- Terminates multiple workflow instances in a single batch operation.
- Workflows
- Change status of instance
- Changes the execution status of a workflow instance (e.g., pause, resume, terminate).
- Workflows
- Create a new workflow instance
- Creates a new instance of a workflow, starting its execution.
- Workflows
- Create/modify Workflow
- Creates a new workflow or updates an existing workflow definition.
- Workflows
- Delete script triggers
- Deletes all event trigger declarations owned by a Worker script.
- Workflows
- Deletes a Workflow
- Deletes a Workflow. This only deletes the Workflow and does not delete or modify any Worker associated to this Workflow or bounded to it.
- Workflows
- Delete a workflow instance
- Deletes a workflow instance and its stored state.
- Workflows
- Get logs and status from instance
- Retrieves logs and execution status for a specific workflow instance.
- Workflows
- Get Workflow version details
- Retrieves details for a specific deployed workflow version.
- Workflows
- Get Workflow version dag
- Retrieves the directed acyclic graph (DAG) representation of a workflow version.
- Workflows
- Get Workflow version graph
- Retrieves the graph visualization of a workflow version.
- Workflows
- Get script triggers
- Returns the event trigger declarations owned by a Worker script.
- Workflows
- Get Workflow details
- Retrieves configuration and metadata for a specific workflow.
- Workflows
- Get full step output from instance
- Retrieves the full, untruncated output for a specific step on a workflow instance. Returns a flat status-shaped JSON body with step `status` ('running' | 'waiting' | 'complete' | 'errored'), `error` (nullable), and `output` (the step value, or null while running/waiting/errored). When the step returned a ReadableStream from step.do, the response is served as 'application/octet-stream' with the raw bytes as the body instead of JSON. A `status='running'` response with non-null `error` indicates the step is currently retrying after a prior attempt failed.
- Workflows
- Get account settings
- Retrieves account-level Workflows settings, such as the default instance retention.
- Workflows
- List of workflow instances
- Lists all instances of a workflow with their execution status.
- Workflows
- List deployed Workflow versions
- Lists all deployed versions of a workflow.
- Workflows
- List all Workflows
- Lists all workflows configured for the account.
- Workflows
- Replace script triggers
- Replaces all event trigger declarations owned by a Worker script.
- Workflows
- Send event to instance
- Sends an event to a running workflow instance to trigger state transitions.
- Workflows
- Get status of the job responsible for terminate all instances of a workflow
- Gets the status of a bulk workflow instance termination job.
- Workflows
- Update account settings
- Partially updates account-level Workflows settings; only the fields present in the body are changed.
- Workflows
- Create Worker Account Settings
- Creates Worker account settings for an account.
- Worker Account Settings
- Fetch Worker Account Settings
- Fetches Worker account settings for an account.
- Worker Account Settings
- Upload Assets
- Upload assets ahead of creating a Worker version. To learn more about the direct uploads of assets, see https://developers.cloudflare.com/workers/static-assets/direct-upload/.
- Worker Script
- Get Cron Triggers
- Fetches Cron Triggers for a Worker.
- Worker Cron Trigger
- Update Cron Triggers
- Updates Cron Triggers for a Worker.
- Worker Cron Trigger
- Delete script secret
- Remove a secret from a script.
- Worker Script
- Create Deployment
- Deployments configure how [Worker Versions](https://developers.cloudflare.com/api/operations/worker-versions-list-versions) are deployed to traffic. A deployment can consist of one or two versions of a Worker.
- Worker Deployments
- Delete Deployment
- Delete a Worker Deployment. The latest deployment, which is actively serving traffic, cannot be deleted. All other deployments can be deleted.
- Worker Deployments
- Get Deployment
- Get information about a Worker Deployment.
- Worker Deployments
- List Deployments
- List of Worker Deployments. The first deployment in the list is the latest deployment actively serving traffic.
- Worker Deployments
- Get script content
- Get script content from a worker with an environment.
- Worker Environment
- Put script content
- Put script content from a worker with an environment.
- Worker Environment
- Get secret binding
- Get a given secret binding (value omitted) on a script.
- Worker Script
- List script secrets
- List secrets bound to a script.
- Worker Script
- Patch multiple script secrets
- Create, update, or delete multiple secrets on a script in a single operation using JSON Merge Patch (RFC 7396). Usage: - To create or update a secret, set its value to a secret object. - To delete a secret, set its value to `null`. - Secrets not included in the request are left unchanged.
- Worker Script
- List Placement Regions
- Returns a list of available placement regions organized by cloud provider. These regions can be used to configure Smart Placement for Workers.
- Worker Placement
- Add script secret
- Add a secret to a script.
- Worker Script
- Create Route
- Creates a route that maps a URL pattern to a Worker.
- Worker Routes
- Delete Route
- Deletes a route.
- Worker Routes
- Get Route
- Returns information about a route, including URL pattern and Worker.
- Worker Routes
- List Routes
- Returns routes for a zone.
- Worker Routes
- Update Route
- Updates the URL pattern or Worker associated with a route.
- Worker Routes
- Delete Worker subdomain
- Disable all workers.dev subdomains for a Worker.
- Worker Script
- Delete Worker
- Delete your worker. This call has no response body on a successful delete.
- Worker Script
- Download Worker
- Fetch raw script content for your worker. Note this is the original script content, not JSON encoded.
- Worker Script
- Get Script Settings
- Get script settings from a worker with an environment.
- Worker Environment
- Patch Script Settings
- Patch script metadata, such as bindings.
- Worker Environment
- Fetch Usage Model
- Fetches the Usage Model for a given Worker.
- Worker Script
- Get script content
- Fetch script content only.
- Worker Script
- Get Settings
- Get metadata and config, such as bindings or usage model.
- Worker Script
- Get Worker subdomain
- Get if the Worker is available on the workers.dev subdomain.
- Worker Script
- List Workers
- Fetch a list of uploaded workers.
- Worker Script
- Patch Settings
- Patch metadata or config, such as bindings or usage model.
- Worker Script
- Post Worker subdomain
- Enable or disable the Worker on the workers.dev subdomain.
- Worker Script
- Put script content
- Put script content without touching config or metadata.
- Worker Script
- Search Workers
- Search for Workers in an account.
- Worker Script
- Get Script Settings
- Get script-level settings when using [Worker Versions](https://developers.cloudflare.com/api/operations/worker-versions-list-versions). Includes Logpush and Tail Consumers.
- Worker Script
- Patch Script Settings
- Patch script-level settings when using [Worker Versions](https://developers.cloudflare.com/api/operations/worker-versions-list-versions). Including but not limited to Logpush and Tail Consumers.
- Worker Script
- Create Assets Upload Session
- Start uploading a collection of assets for use in a Worker version. To learn more about the direct uploads of assets, see https://developers.cloudflare.com/workers/static-assets/direct-upload/.
- Worker Script
- Update Usage Model
- Updates the Usage Model for a given Worker. Requires a Workers Paid subscription.
- Worker Script
- Upload Worker Module
- Upload a worker module. You can find more about the multipart metadata on our docs: https://developers.cloudflare.com/workers/configuration/multipart-upload-metadata/.
- Worker Script
- Create Subdomain
- Creates a Workers subdomain for an account.
- Worker Subdomain
- Delete Subdomain
- Deletes a Workers subdomain for an account.
- Worker Subdomain
- Get Subdomain
- Returns a Workers subdomain for an account.
- Worker Subdomain
- Delete Tail
- Deletes a tail from a Worker.
- Worker Tail Logs
- List Tails
- Get list of tails currently deployed on a Worker.
- Worker Tail Logs
- Start Tail
- Starts a tail that receives logs and exception from a Worker.
- Worker Tail Logs
- Get Version Detail
- Retrieves detailed information about a specific version of a Workers script.
- Worker Versions
- List Versions
- List of Worker Versions. The first version in the list is the latest version.
- Worker Versions
- Upload Version
- Upload a Worker Version without deploying to Cloudflare's network. You can find more about the multipart metadata on our docs: https://developers.cloudflare.com/workers/configuration/multipart-upload-metadata/.
- Worker Versions
- Create a new Finetune
- Creates a new fine-tuning job for a Workers AI model using custom training data.
- Workers AI Finetune
- Get Model Schema
- Retrieves the input and output JSON schema definition for a Workers AI model.
- Workers AI
- Get all converted formats supported
- Lists all file formats supported for conversion to Markdown.
- Workers AI
- List Finetunes
- Lists all fine-tuning jobs created by the account, including status and metrics.
- Workers AI Finetune
- List Public Finetunes
- Lists publicly available fine-tuned models that can be used with Workers AI.
- Workers AI Finetune
- Execute AI Model (Generic)
- Execute an AI model by specifying the model name in the request body. This endpoint provides a generic interface for running AI models where the model name is part of the request payload rather than the URL path. It supports all AI Gateway features including caching, custom headers, and request options. Model-specific inputs available in [Cloudflare Docs](https://developers.cloudflare.com/workers-ai/models/).
- Workers AI
- Execute AI model
- This endpoint provides users with the capability to run specific AI models on-demand. By submitting the required input data, users can receive real-time predictions or results generated by the chosen AI model. The endpoint supports various AI model types, ensuring flexibility and adaptability for diverse use cases. Model specific inputs available in [Cloudflare Docs](https://developers.cloudflare.com/workers-ai/models/).
- Workers AI
- Convert Files into Markdown
- Converts uploaded files into Markdown format using Workers AI.
- Workers AI
- Author Search
- Searches Workers AI models by author or organization name.
- Workers AI
- Model Search
- Searches Workers AI models by name or description.
- Workers AI
- Task Search
- Searches Workers AI models by task type (e.g., text-generation, embeddings).
- Workers AI
- Upload a Finetune Asset
- Uploads training data assets for a Workers AI fine-tuning job.
- Workers AI Finetune
- Detach Domain
- Detaches a domain from a Worker. Both the Worker and all of its previews are no longer routable using this domain.
- Domains
- Get Domain
- Gets information about a domain.
- Domains
- List Domains
- Lists all domains for an account.
- Domains
- Attach Domain
- Attaches a domain that routes traffic to a Worker.
- Domains
- Create a Namespace
- Creates a namespace under the given title. A `400` is returned if the account already owns a namespace with this title. A namespace must be explicitly deleted to be replaced.
- Workers KV Namespace
- Delete key-value pair
- Remove a KV pair from the namespace. Use URL-encoding to use special characters (for example, `:`, `!`, `%`) in the key name.
- Workers KV Namespace
- Delete multiple key-value pairs
- Remove multiple KV pairs from the namespace. Body should be an array of up to 10,000 keys to be removed.
- Workers KV Namespace
- Delete multiple key-value pairs
- Remove multiple KV pairs from the namespace. Body should be an array of up to 10,000 keys to be removed.
- Workers KV Namespace
- Get a Namespace
- Get the namespace corresponding to the given ID.
- Workers KV Namespace
- Get multiple key-value pairs
- Retrieve up to 100 KV pairs from the namespace. Keys must contain text-based values. JSON values can optionally be parsed instead of being returned as a string value. Metadata can be included if `withMetadata` is true.
- Workers KV Namespace
- List a Namespace's Keys
- Lists a namespace's keys.
- Workers KV Namespace
- List Namespaces
- Returns the namespaces owned by an account.
- Workers KV Namespace
- Read key-value pair
- Returns the value associated with the given key in the given namespace. Use URL-encoding to use special characters (for example, `:`, `!`, `%`) in the key name. If the KV-pair is set to expire at some point, the expiration time as measured in seconds since the UNIX epoch will be returned in the `expiration` response header.
- Workers KV Namespace
- Read the metadata for a key
- Returns the metadata associated with the given key in the given namespace. Use URL-encoding to use special characters (for example, `:`, `!`, `%`) in the key name.
- Workers KV Namespace
- Remove a Namespace
- Deletes the namespace corresponding to the given ID.
- Workers KV Namespace
- Rename a Namespace
- Modifies a namespace's title.
- Workers KV Namespace
- Write key-value pair with optional metadata
- Write a value identified by a key. Use URL-encoding to use special characters (for example, `:`, `!`, `%`) in the key name. Body should be the value to be stored. If JSON metadata to be associated with the key/value pair is needed, use `multipart/form-data` content type for your PUT request (see dropdown below in `REQUEST BODY SCHEMA`). Existing values, expirations, and metadata will be overwritten. If neither `expiration` nor `expiration_ttl` is specified, the key-value pair will never expire. If both are set, `expiration_ttl` is used and `expiration` is ignored.
- Workers KV Namespace
- Write multiple key-value pairs
- Write multiple keys and values at once. Body should be an array of up to 10,000 key-value pairs to be stored, along with optional expiration information. Existing values and expirations will be overwritten. If neither `expiration` nor `expiration_ttl` is specified, the key-value pair will never expire. If both are set, `expiration_ttl` is used and `expiration` is ignored. The entire request size must be 100 megabytes or less.
- Workers KV Namespace
- Create Zero Trust account
- Create a Zero Trust account for an existing Cloudflare account.
- Zero Trust accounts
- Reset device settings for a Zero Trust account with defaults. This turns off all proxying.
- Resets the current device settings for a Zero Trust account.
- Zero Trust accounts
- Get Zero Trust Connectivity Settings
- Gets the Zero Trust Connectivity Settings for the given account.
- Zero Trust Connectivity Settings
- Get device settings for a Zero Trust account
- Describes the current device settings for a Zero Trust account.
- Zero Trust accounts
- Get gateway egress CIDRs pairs assigned to this account
- Retrieve the list of egress CIDRs allocated to this Zero Trust account.
- Zero Trust accounts
- Get logging settings for the Zero Trust account
- Retrieve the current logging settings for the Zero Trust account.
- Zero Trust accounts
- Get Zero Trust account configuration
- Retrieve the current Zero Trust account configuration.
- Zero Trust accounts
- Get Zero Trust account information
- Retrieve information about the current Zero Trust account.
- Zero Trust accounts
- Get Zero Trust certificate configuration
- Retrieve the current Zero Trust certificate configuration.
- Zero Trust accounts
- Updates the Zero Trust Connectivity Settings
- Updates the Zero Trust Connectivity Settings for the given account.
- Zero Trust Connectivity Settings
- Patch device settings for a Zero Trust account
- Patches the current device settings for a Zero Trust account.
- Zero Trust accounts
- Patch Zero Trust account configuration
- Update (PATCH) a single subcollection of settings such as `antivirus`, `tls_decrypt`, `activity_log`, `block_page`, `browser_isolation`, `fips`, `body_scanning`, `certificate`, or `max_ttl_secs` without updating the entire configuration object. This endpoint returns an error if any settings collection lacks proper configuration.
- Zero Trust accounts
- Update device settings for a Zero Trust account
- Updates the current device settings for a Zero Trust account.
- Zero Trust accounts
- Update Zero Trust account logging settings
- Update logging settings for the current Zero Trust account.
- Zero Trust accounts
- Update Zero Trust account configuration
- Update the current Zero Trust account configuration.
- Zero Trust accounts
- List applications review statuses
- Retrieve the statuses of your applications.
- Zero Trust applications review status
- Update applications review statuses
- Update the statuses of your applications.
- Zero Trust applications review status
- Activate a Zero Trust certificate
- Bind a single Zero Trust certificate to the edge.
- Zero Trust certificates
- Create Zero Trust certificate
- Create a new Zero Trust certificate.
- Zero Trust certificates
- Deactivate a Zero Trust certificate
- Unbind a single Zero Trust certificate from the edge.
- Zero Trust certificates
- Delete Zero Trust certificate
- Delete a gateway-managed Zero Trust certificate. You must deactivate the certificate from the edge (inactive) before deleting it.
- Zero Trust certificates
- List Zero Trust certificates
- List all Zero Trust certificates for an account.
- Zero Trust certificates
- Get Zero Trust certificate details
- Get a single Zero Trust certificate.
- Zero Trust certificates
- List Zero Trust Gateway DNS destination IPv4 address pairs
- List Zero Trust Gateway IPv4 address pairs for an account.
- Zero Trust Gateway DNS destination IPv4 address pairs
- List application and application type mappings
- List all application and application type mappings.
- Zero Trust Gateway application and application type mappings
- List categories
- List all categories.
- Zero Trust Gateway categories
- Create a Zero Trust Gateway location
- Create a new Zero Trust Gateway location.
- Zero Trust Gateway locations
- Delete a Zero Trust Gateway location
- Delete a configured Zero Trust Gateway location.
- Zero Trust Gateway locations
- List Zero Trust Gateway locations
- List Zero Trust Gateway locations for an account.
- Zero Trust Gateway locations
- Update a Zero Trust Gateway location
- Update a configured Zero Trust Gateway location.
- Zero Trust Gateway locations
- Get Zero Trust Gateway location details
- Get a single Zero Trust Gateway location.
- Zero Trust Gateway locations
- List Zero Trust Gateway operations
- List all Zero Trust Gateway operations for an account.
- Zero Trust Gateway operations
- Zero Trust Gateway operation details
- Fetch a single Zero Trust Gateway operation by its ID.
- Zero Trust Gateway operations
- Create a PAC file
- Create a new Zero Trust Gateway PAC file.
- Zero Trust Gateway PAC files
- Delete a PAC file
- Delete a configured Zero Trust Gateway PAC file.
- Zero Trust Gateway PAC files
- Get a PAC file
- Get a single Zero Trust Gateway PAC file.
- Zero Trust Gateway PAC files
- List PAC files
- List all Zero Trust Gateway PAC files for an account.
- Zero Trust Gateway PAC files
- Update a Zero Trust Gateway PAC file
- Update a configured Zero Trust Gateway PAC file.
- Zero Trust Gateway PAC files
- Create a proxy endpoint
- Create a new Zero Trust Gateway proxy endpoint.
- Zero Trust Gateway proxy endpoints
- Delete a proxy endpoint
- Delete a configured Zero Trust Gateway proxy endpoint.
- Zero Trust Gateway proxy endpoints
- List proxy endpoints
- List all Zero Trust Gateway proxy endpoints for an account.
- Zero Trust Gateway proxy endpoints
- Get a proxy endpoint
- Get a single Zero Trust Gateway proxy endpoint.
- Zero Trust Gateway proxy endpoints
- Update a proxy endpoint
- Update a configured Zero Trust Gateway proxy endpoint.
- Zero Trust Gateway proxy endpoints
- Create a Zero Trust Gateway rule
- Create a new Zero Trust Gateway rule.
- Zero Trust Gateway rules
- Delete a Zero Trust Gateway rule
- Delete a Zero Trust Gateway rule.
- Zero Trust Gateway rules
- List Zero Trust Gateway rules
- List Zero Trust Gateway rules for an account.
- Zero Trust Gateway rules
- List Zero Trust Gateway rules inherited from the parent account
- List Zero Trust Gateway rules for the parent account of an account in the MSP configuration.
- Zero Trust Gateway rules
- Patch multiple Zero Trust Gateway rules
- Update select fields of multiple Zero Trust Gateway rules in a single request. This is commonly used to reorder rules by updating their precedence values. Only the fields provided for each rule are updated.
- Zero Trust Gateway rules
- Patch a Zero Trust Gateway rule
- Update select fields of an existing Zero Trust Gateway rule. Only the fields provided in the request body are updated. This endpoint supports a limited subset of fields (`name`, `description`, `precedence`, `enabled`). To update other fields such as `action`, `traffic`, `identity`, `device_posture`, `rule_settings`, `schedule`, or `expiration`, use the PUT endpoint for a full rule replacement.
- Zero Trust Gateway rules
- Reset the expiration of a Zero Trust Gateway Rule
- Resets the expiration of a Zero Trust Gateway Rule if its duration elapsed and it has a default duration. The Zero Trust Gateway Rule must have values for both `expiration.expires_at` and `expiration.duration`.
- Zero Trust Gateway rules
- Update a Zero Trust Gateway rule
- Update a configured Zero Trust Gateway rule.
- Zero Trust Gateway rules
- Get Zero Trust Gateway rule details.
- Get a single Zero Trust Gateway rule.
- Zero Trust Gateway rules
- Get Zero Trust SSH settings
- Retrieve all Zero Trust Audit SSH and SSH with Access for Infrastructure settings for an account.
- Zero Trust SSH Settings
- Create Zero Trust list
- Creates a new Zero Trust list.
- Zero Trust lists
- Create Zero Trust list from CSV
- Create a new Zero Trust list by uploading a CSV file. The file must be `text/csv` or `text/plain` and cannot exceed 2 MB. The operation is processed asynchronously. Use the returned operation ID to poll for status.
- Zero Trust lists
- Delete Zero Trust list
- Deletes a Zero Trust list.
- Zero Trust lists
- List Zero Trust lists
- Fetch all Zero Trust lists for an account.
- Zero Trust lists
- Patch Zero Trust list.
- Appends or removes an item from a configured Zero Trust list.
- Zero Trust lists
- Update Zero Trust list
- Updates a configured Zero Trust list. Skips updating list items if not included in the payload. A non empty list items will overwrite the existing list.
- Zero Trust lists
- Get Zero Trust list details
- Fetch a single Zero Trust list.
- Zero Trust lists
- Get Zero Trust list items
- Fetch all items in a single Zero Trust list.
- Zero Trust lists
- Create hostname route
- Create a hostname route.
- Zero Trust Hostname Route
- Delete hostname route
- Delete a hostname route.
- Zero Trust Hostname Route
- Get hostname route
- Get a hostname route.
- Zero Trust Hostname Route
- List hostname routes
- Lists and filters hostname routes in an account.
- Zero Trust Hostname Route
- Update hostname route
- Updates a hostname route.
- Zero Trust Hostname Route
- Create WARP IP subnet
- Create a WARP IP assignment subnet. Currently, only IPv4 subnets can be created. **Network constraints:** - The network must be within one of the following private IP ranges: - `10.0.0.0/8` (RFC 1918) - `172.16.0.0/12` (RFC 1918) - `192.168.0.0/16` (RFC 1918) - `100.64.0.0/10` (RFC 6598 - CGNAT) - The subnet must have a prefix length of `/24` or larger (e.g., `/16`, `/20`, `/24` are valid; `/25`, `/28` are not)
- Zero Trust Subnets
- Delete WARP IP subnet
- Delete a WARP IP assignment subnet. This operation is idempotent - deleting an already-deleted or non-existent subnet will return success with a null result.
- Zero Trust Subnets
- Get Gateway Ephemeral Subnet
- Returns the account's default gateway ephemeral subnet for the given address family.
- Zero Trust Subnets
- Get WARP IP subnet
- Get a WARP IP assignment subnet.
- Zero Trust Subnets
- Update Cloudflare Source Subnet
- Updates the Cloudflare Source subnet of the given address family
- Zero Trust Subnets
- Update Gateway Ephemeral Subnet
- Updates the CIDR for the account's default gateway ephemeral subnet of the given address family. The new CIDR must not conflict with existing private routes in the account.
- Zero Trust Subnets
- Update WARP IP subnet
- Updates a WARP IP assignment subnet. **Update constraints:** - The `network` field cannot be modified for WARP subnets. Only `name`, `comment`, and `is_default_network` can be updated. - IPv6 subnets cannot be updated
- Zero Trust Subnets
- List Subnets
- Lists and filters subnets in an account.
- Zero Trust Subnets
- Create your Zero Trust organization
- Sets up a Zero Trust organization for your account.
- Zero Trust organization
- Get your Zero Trust organization
- Returns the configuration for your Zero Trust organization.
- Zero Trust organization
- Get your Zero Trust organization DoH settings
- Returns the DoH settings for your Zero Trust organization.
- Zero Trust organization
- Revoke all Access tokens for a user
- Revokes a user's access across all applications.
- Zero Trust organization
- Update your Zero Trust organization
- Updates the configuration for your Zero Trust organization.
- Zero Trust organization
- Update your Zero Trust organization DoH settings
- Updates the DoH settings for your Zero Trust organization.
- Zero Trust organization
- Rotate Zero Trust SSH account seed
- Rotate the SSH account seed that generates the host key identity when connecting through the Cloudflare SSH Proxy.
- Zero Trust SSH Settings
- Update a user seat
- Removes a user from a Zero Trust seat when both `access_seat` and `gateway_seat` are set to false.
- Zero Trust seats
- Update Zero Trust SSH settings
- Update Zero Trust Audit SSH and SSH with Access for Infrastructure settings for an account.
- Zero Trust SSH Settings
- Create a user
- Creates a new user.
- Zero Trust users
- Delete a user's MFA device
- Deletes a specific MFA device for a user. This action is only available if MFA is turned on for the organization.
- Zero Trust users
- Delete a user
- Deletes a specific user for an account. This will also revoke any active seats and tokens for the user.
- Zero Trust users
- Get single active session
- Get an active session for a single user.
- Zero Trust users
- Get active sessions
- Get active sessions for a single user.
- Zero Trust users
- Get failed logins
- Get all failed login attempts for a single user.
- Zero Trust users
- Get last seen identity
- Get last seen identity for a single user.
- Zero Trust users
- Get a user
- Gets a specific user for an account.
- Zero Trust users
- Get users
- Gets a list of users for an account.
- Zero Trust users
- Update a user
- Updates a specific user's name for an account. Requires the user's current email as confirmation (email cannot be changed).
- Zero Trust users
- Get analytics by Co-locations
- This view provides a breakdown of analytics data by datacenter. Note: This is available to Enterprise customers only.
- Zone Analytics (Deprecated)
- Get dashboard
- The dashboard view provides both totals and timeseries data for the given zone and time period across the entire Cloudflare network.
- Zone Analytics (Deprecated)
- Change aegis setting
- Aegis provides dedicated egress IPs (from Cloudflare to your origin) for your layer 7 WAF and CDN services. The egress IPs are reserved exclusively for your account so that you can increase your origin security by only allowing traffic from a small list of IP addresses.
- Zone Settings
- Change Cache Reserve setting
- Increase cache lifetimes by automatically storing all cacheable files into Cloudflare's persistent object storage buckets. Requires Cache Reserve subscription. Note: using Tiered Cache with Cache Reserve is highly recommended to reduce Reserve operations costs. See the [developer docs](https://developers.cloudflare.com/cache/about/cache-reserve) for more information.
- Zone Cache Settings
- Change Origin H2 Max Streams Setting
- Origin H2 Max Streams configures the max number of concurrent requests that Cloudflare will send within the same connection when communicating with the origin server, if the origin supports it. Note that if your origin does not support H2 multiplexing, 5xx errors may be observed, particularly 520s. Also note that the default value is `100` for all plan types except Enterprise where it is `1`. `1` means that H2 multiplexing is disabled.
- Zone Settings
- Change Origin Max HTTP Version Setting
- Origin Max HTTP Setting Version sets the highest HTTP version Cloudflare will attempt to use with your origin. This setting allows Cloudflare to make HTTP/2 requests to your origin. (Refer to [Enable HTTP/2 to Origin](https://developers.cloudflare.com/cache/how-to/enable-http2-to-origin/), for more information.). The default value is "2" for all plan types except Enterprise where it is "1".
- Zone Settings
- Change Origin Post-Quantum Encryption setting
- Instructs Cloudflare to use Post-Quantum (PQ) key agreement algorithms when connecting to your origin. Preferred instructs Cloudflare to opportunistically send a Post-Quantum keyshare in the first message to the origin (for fastest connections when the origin supports and prefers PQ), supported means that PQ algorithms are advertised but only used when requested by the origin, and off means that PQ algorithms are not advertised.
- Origin Post-Quantum
- Change Origin TLS Compliance Modes setting
- Update the set of TLS compliance modes for the zone. PATCH performs a full replace of the modes list, not a merge — the request body is treated as the complete new list, and any modes not present in it are removed. (To remove a single mode from an existing configuration, send the updated list without it.) The request body must be of the form `{"value": ["fips", "pqh"]}`. Currently supported modes are `fips` and `pqh`; an empty list clears the constraint. Future modes (e.g. `cnsa2`) may be added; clients should treat unknown values as opaque strings. Invalid mode values are rejected with a 4xx response.
- Origin TLS
- Change Regional Tiered Cache setting
- Instructs Cloudflare to check a regional hub data center on the way to your upper tier. This can help improve performance for smart and custom tiered cache topologies.
- Zone Cache Settings
- Change variants setting
- Variant support enables caching variants of images with certain file extensions in addition to the original. This only applies when the origin server sends the 'Vary: Accept' response header. If the origin server sends 'Vary: Accept' but does not serve the variant requested, the response will not be cached. This will be indicated with BYPASS cache status in the response headers.
- Zone Cache Settings
- Delete Origin TLS Compliance Modes setting
- Delete the Origin TLS Compliance Modes setting for the zone, removing any configured compliance constraint. After deletion, Cloudflare's default behavior applies (no compliance filtering of the key-exchange algorithm list sent to the origin).
- Origin TLS
- Delete variants setting
- Variant support enables caching variants of images with certain file extensions in addition to the original. This only applies when the origin server sends the 'Vary: Accept' response header. If the origin server sends 'Vary: Accept' but does not serve the variant requested, the response will not be cached. This will be indicated with BYPASS cache status in the response headers.
- Zone Cache Settings
- Get aegis setting
- Aegis provides dedicated egress IPs (from Cloudflare to your origin) for your layer 7 WAF and CDN services. The egress IPs are reserved exclusively for your account so that you can increase your origin security by only allowing traffic from a small list of IP addresses.
- Zone Settings
- Get Cache Reserve Clear
- You can use Cache Reserve Clear to clear your Cache Reserve, but you must first disable Cache Reserve. In most cases, this will be accomplished within 24 hours. You cannot re-enable Cache Reserve while this process is ongoing. Keep in mind that you cannot undo or cancel this operation.
- Zone Cache Settings
- Get Cache Reserve setting
- Increase cache lifetimes by automatically storing all cacheable files into Cloudflare's persistent object storage buckets. Requires Cache Reserve subscription. Note: using Tiered Cache with Cache Reserve is highly recommended to reduce Reserve operations costs. See the [developer docs](https://developers.cloudflare.com/cache/about/cache-reserve) for more information.
- Zone Cache Settings
- Get Origin H2 Max Streams Setting
- Origin H2 Max Streams configures the max number of concurrent requests that Cloudflare will send within the same connection when communicating with the origin server, if the origin supports it. Note that if your origin does not support H2 multiplexing, 5xx errors may be observed, particularly 520s. Also note that the default value is `100` for all plan types except Enterprise where it is `1`. `1` means that H2 multiplexing is disabled.
- Zone Settings
- Get Origin Max HTTP Version Setting
- Origin Max HTTP Setting Version sets the highest HTTP version Cloudflare will attempt to use with your origin. This setting allows Cloudflare to make HTTP/2 requests to your origin. (Refer to [Enable HTTP/2 to Origin](https://developers.cloudflare.com/cache/how-to/enable-http2-to-origin/), for more information.). The default value is "2" for all plan types except Enterprise where it is "1".
- Zone Settings
- Get Origin Post-Quantum Encryption setting
- Instructs Cloudflare to use Post-Quantum (PQ) key agreement algorithms when connecting to your origin. Preferred instructs Cloudflare to opportunistically send a Post-Quantum keyshare in the first message to the origin (for fastest connections when the origin supports and prefers PQ), supported means that PQ algorithms are advertised but only used when requested by the origin, and off means that PQ algorithms are not advertised.
- Origin Post-Quantum
- Get Origin TLS Compliance Modes setting
- Origin TLS Compliance Modes constrains the set of TLS key-exchange algorithms Cloudflare may use when establishing the TLS connection to the zone's origin. The value is a list of named compliance modes (currently `fips` and `pqh`). Multiple modes are combined as the intersection of their permitted algorithm lists. An empty list (or no rule configured) means no compliance constraint is applied.
- Origin TLS
- Get Regional Tiered Cache setting
- Instructs Cloudflare to check a regional hub data center on the way to your upper tier. This can help improve performance for smart and custom tiered cache topologies.
- Zone Cache Settings
- Get variants setting
- Variant support enables caching variants of images with certain file extensions in addition to the original. This only applies when the origin server sends the 'Vary: Accept' response header. If the origin server sends 'Vary: Accept' but does not serve the variant requested, the response will not be cached. This will be indicated with BYPASS cache status in the response headers.
- Zone Cache Settings
- Replace Origin TLS Compliance Modes setting
- Replace the entire set of TLS compliance modes for the zone with the list provided in the request body. PUT performs a full replace, not a merge — any modes not present in the request body are removed. The request body must be of the form `{"value": ["fips", "pqh"]}`. Currently supported modes are `fips` and `pqh`; an empty list clears the constraint. Future modes (e.g. `cnsa2`) may be added; clients should treat unknown values as opaque strings. Invalid mode values are rejected with a 4xx response.
- Origin TLS
- Start Cache Reserve Clear
- You can use Cache Reserve Clear to clear your Cache Reserve, but you must first disable Cache Reserve. In most cases, this will be accomplished within 24 hours. You cannot re-enable Cache Reserve while this process is ongoing. Keep in mind that you cannot undo or cancel this operation.
- Zone Cache Settings
- Put Rules
- Updates Cloud Connector rules for a zone, replacing the existing rule configuration.
- Zone Cloud Connector Rules PUT
- Rules
- Retrieves the Cloud Connector rules configured for a zone. Rules define how traffic is routed to cloud services.
- Zone Cloud Connector Rules GET
- Purge Cached Content by Environment
- Purge cached content scoped to a specific environment. Supports the same purge types as the zone-level endpoint (purge everything, by URL, by tag, host, or prefix). ### Availability and limits Please refer to [purge cache availability and limits documentation page](https://developers.cloudflare.com/cache/how-to/purge-cache/#availability-and-limits).
- Zone
- Add an Access application
- Adds a new application to Access.
- Zone-Level Access applications
- Delete an Access application
- Deletes an application from Access.
- Zone-Level Access applications
- Get an Access application
- Fetches information about an Access application.
- Zone-Level Access applications
- List Access Applications
- List all Access Applications in a zone.
- Zone-Level Access applications
- Update application settings
- Updates application settings.
- Zone-Level Access applications
- Update application settings
- Updates application settings.
- Zone-Level Access applications
- Revoke application tokens
- Revokes all tokens issued for an application.
- Zone-Level Access applications
- Test Access policies
- Tests if a specific user has permission to access an application.
- Zone-Level Access applications
- Update an Access application
- Updates an Access application.
- Zone-Level Access applications
- Create an Access group
- Creates a new Access group.
- Zone-Level Access groups
- Delete an Access group
- Deletes an Access group.
- Zone-Level Access groups
- Get an Access group
- Fetches a single Access group.
- Zone-Level Access groups
- List Access groups
- Lists all Access groups.
- Zone-Level Access groups
- Update an Access group
- Updates a configured Access group.
- Zone-Level Access groups
- Add an Access identity provider
- Adds a new identity provider to Access.
- Zone-Level Access identity providers
- Delete an Access identity provider
- Deletes an identity provider from Access.
- Zone-Level Access identity providers
- Get an Access identity provider
- Fetches a configured identity provider.
- Zone-Level Access identity providers
- List Access identity providers
- Lists all configured identity providers.
- Zone-Level Access identity providers
- Update an Access identity provider
- Updates a configured identity provider.
- Zone-Level Access identity providers
- Add an mTLS certificate
- Adds a new mTLS root certificate to Access.
- Zone-Level Access mTLS authentication
- Delete an mTLS certificate
- Deletes an mTLS certificate.
- Zone-Level Access mTLS authentication
- Get an mTLS certificate
- Fetches a single mTLS certificate.
- Zone-Level Access mTLS authentication
- List mTLS certificates
- Lists all mTLS certificates.
- Zone-Level Access mTLS authentication
- List all mTLS hostname settings
- List all mTLS hostname settings for this zone.
- Zone-Level Access mTLS authentication
- Update an mTLS certificate
- Updates a configured mTLS certificate.
- Zone-Level Access mTLS authentication
- Update an mTLS certificate's hostname settings
- Updates an mTLS certificate's hostname settings.
- Zone-Level Access mTLS authentication
- Create an Access policy
- Create a new Access policy for an application.
- Zone-Level Access policies
- Delete an Access policy
- Delete an Access policy.
- Zone-Level Access policies
- Get an Access policy
- Fetches a single Access policy.
- Zone-Level Access policies
- List Access policies
- Lists Access policies configured for an application.
- Zone-Level Access policies
- Update an Access policy
- Update a configured Access policy.
- Zone-Level Access policies
- Create a service token
- Generates a new service token. **Note:** This is the only time you can get the Client Secret. If you lose the Client Secret, you will have to create a new service token.
- Zone-Level Access service tokens
- Delete a service token
- Deletes a service token.
- Zone-Level Access service tokens
- Get a service token
- Fetches a single service token.
- Zone-Level Access service tokens
- List service tokens
- Lists all service tokens.
- Zone-Level Access service tokens
- Update a service token
- Updates a configured service token.
- Zone-Level Access service tokens
- Create a short-lived certificate CA
- Generates a new short-lived certificate CA and public key.
- Zone-Level Access short-lived certificate CAs
- Delete a short-lived certificate CA
- Deletes a short-lived certificate CA.
- Zone-Level Access short-lived certificate CAs
- Get a short-lived certificate CA
- Fetches a short-lived certificate CA and its public key.
- Zone-Level Access short-lived certificate CAs
- List short-lived certificate CAs
- Lists short-lived certificate CAs and their public keys.
- Zone-Level Access short-lived certificate CAs
- Delete Certificate
- Removes a client certificate used for zone-level authenticated origin pulls.
- Zone-Level Authenticated Origin Pulls
- Get Certificate Details
- Retrieves details for a specific client certificate used in zone-level authenticated origin pulls.
- Zone-Level Authenticated Origin Pulls
- Get Enablement Setting for Zone
- Get whether zone-level authenticated origin pulls is enabled or not. It is false by default.
- Zone-Level Authenticated Origin Pulls
- List Certificates
- Lists all client certificates configured for zone-level authenticated origin pulls.
- Zone-Level Authenticated Origin Pulls
- Set Enablement for Zone
- Enable or disable zone-level authenticated origin pulls. 'enabled' should be set true either before/after the certificate is uploaded to see the certificate in use.
- Zone-Level Authenticated Origin Pulls
- Upload Certificate
- Upload your own certificate you want Cloudflare to use for edge-to-origin communication to override the shared certificate. Please note that it is important to keep only one certificate active. Also, make sure to enable zone-level authenticated origin pulls by making a PUT call to settings endpoint to see the uploaded certificate in use.
- Zone-Level Authenticated Origin Pulls
- Create your Zero Trust organization
- Sets up a Zero Trust organization for your account.
- Zone-Level Zero Trust organization
- Get your Zero Trust organization
- Returns the configuration for your Zero Trust organization.
- Zone-Level Zero Trust organization
- Revoke all Access tokens for a user
- Revokes a user's access across all applications.
- Zone-Level Zero Trust organization
- Update your Zero Trust organization
- Updates the configuration for your Zero Trust organization.
- Zone-Level Zero Trust organization
- Create a Zone Lockdown rule
- Creates a new Zone Lockdown rule.
- Zone Lockdown
- Delete a Zone Lockdown rule
- Deletes an existing Zone Lockdown rule.
- Zone Lockdown
- Get a Zone Lockdown rule
- Fetches the details of a Zone Lockdown rule.
- Zone Lockdown
- List Zone Lockdown rules
- Fetches Zone Lockdown rules. You can filter the results using several optional parameters.
- Zone Lockdown
- Update a Zone Lockdown rule
- Updates an existing Zone Lockdown rule.
- Zone Lockdown
- Purge Cached Content
- ### Purge All Cached Content Removes ALL files from Cloudflare's cache. All tiers can purge everything. ``` {"purge_everything": true} ``` ### Purge Cached Content by URL Granularly removes one or more files from Cloudflare's cache by specifying URLs. All tiers can purge by URL. To purge files with custom cache keys, include the headers used to compute the cache key as in the example. If you have a device type or geo in your cache key, you will need to include the CF-Device-Type or CF-IPCountry headers. If you have lang in your cache key, you will need to include the Accept-Language header. **NB:** When including the Origin header, be sure to include the **scheme** and **hostname**. The port number can be omitted if it is the default port (80 for http, 443 for https), but must be included otherwise. Single file purge example with files: ``` {"files": ["http://www.example.com/css/styles.css", "http://www.example.com/js/index.js"]} ``` Single file purge example with url and header pairs: ``` {"files": [{"url": "http://www.example.com/cat_picture.jpg", "headers": {"CF-IPCountry": "US", "CF-Device-Type": "desktop", "Accept-Language": "zh-CN"}}, {"url": "http://www.example.com/dog_picture.jpg", "headers": {"CF-IPCountry": "EU", "CF-Device-Type": "mobile", "Accept-Language": "en-US"}}]} ``` ### Purge Cached Content by Tag, Host or Prefix Granularly removes one or more files from Cloudflare's cache either by specifying the host, the associated Cache-Tag, or a Prefix. Flex purge with tags: ``` {"tags": ["a-cache-tag", "another-cache-tag"]} ``` Flex purge with hosts: ``` {"hosts": ["www.example.com", "images.example.com"]} ``` Flex purge with prefixes: ``` {"prefixes": ["www.example.com/foo", "images.example.com/bar/baz"]} ``` ### Availability and limits Please refer to [purge cache availability and limits documentation page](https://developers.cloudflare.com/cache/how-to/purge-cache/#availability-and-limits).
- Zone
- Available Plan Details
- Details of the available plan that the zone can subscribe to.
- Zone Rate Plan
- List Available Plans
- Lists available plans the zone can subscribe to.
- Zone Rate Plan
- List Available Rate Plans
- Lists all rate plans the zone can subscribe to.
- Zone Rate Plan
- Change Cloudflare Fonts setting
- Enhance your website's font delivery with Cloudflare Fonts. Deliver Google Hosted fonts from your own domain, boost performance, and enhance user privacy. Refer to the Cloudflare Fonts documentation for more information.
- Zone Settings
- Update Google Tag Gateway configuration
- Updates the Google Tag Gateway configuration for a zone.
- Google Tag Gateway
- Change Cloudflare Speed Brain setting
- Speed Brain lets compatible browsers speculate on content which can be prefetched or preloaded, making website navigation faster. Refer to the Cloudflare Speed Brain documentation for more information.
- Zone Settings
- Edit zone setting
- Updates a single zone setting by the identifier
- Zone Settings
- Edit multiple zone settings
- Edit settings for a zone.
- Zone Settings
- Get all zone settings
- Available settings for your user in relation to a zone.
- Zone Settings
- Get Cloudflare Fonts setting
- Enhance your website's font delivery with Cloudflare Fonts. Deliver Google Hosted fonts from your own domain, boost performance, and enhance user privacy. Refer to the Cloudflare Fonts documentation for more information.
- Zone Settings
- Get Google Tag Gateway configuration
- Gets the Google Tag Gateway configuration for a zone.
- Google Tag Gateway
- Get zone setting
- Fetch a single zone setting by name
- Zone Settings
- Get Cloudflare Speed Brain setting
- Speed Brain lets compatible browsers speculate on content which can be prefetched or preloaded, making website navigation faster. Refer to the Cloudflare Speed Brain documentation for more information.
- Zone Settings
- Create Zone Subscription
- Create a zone subscription, either plan or add-ons.
- Zone Subscription
- Create Zone Subscription
- Create a zone subscription, either plan or add-ons. Retained for audit-log coverage. Use the singular `/zones/{zone_id}/subscription` path instead.
- Zone Subscription
- Delete Zone Subscription
- Deletes a zone's subscription.
- Zone Subscription
- Delete Zone Subscription
- Deletes a zone's subscription. Retained for audit-log coverage. Use the singular `/zones/{zone_id}/subscription` path instead.
- Zone Subscription
- Update Zone Subscription
- Updates zone subscriptions, either plan or add-ons.
- Zone Subscription
- Update Zone Subscription
- Updates zone subscriptions, either plan or add-ons. Retained for audit-log coverage. Use the singular `/zones/{zone_id}/subscription` path instead.
- Zone Subscription
- Zone Subscription Details
- Lists zone subscription details.
- Zone Subscription
- Delete Zone
- Deletes an existing zone.
- Zone
- Zone Details
- Retrieves detailed information about a specific zone identified by its zone ID. Returns zone configuration, status, nameservers, and associated metadata.
- Zone
- Remove Zone Hold
- Stop enforcement of a zone hold on the zone, permanently or temporarily, allowing the creation and activation of zones with this zone's hostname. Existing zone holds can be removed from CDN-only zones when `hold_after` is not provided. Active holds are automatically disabled when a zone transitions to CDN-only mode.
- Zone Holds
- Get Zone Hold
- Retrieve whether the zone is subject to a zone hold, and metadata about the hold.
- Zone Holds
- Update Zone Hold
- Update the `hold_after` and/or `include_subdomains` values on an existing zone hold. The hold is enabled if the `hold_after` date-time value is in the past. Existing zone holds can be removed from CDN-only zones by setting `hold_after` to `null`. Other zone hold updates cannot be made on CDN-only zones. Active holds are automatically disabled when a zone transitions to CDN-only mode.
- Zone Holds
- Create Zone Hold
- Enforce a zone hold on the zone, blocking the creation and activation of zones with this zone's hostname. Zone holds cannot be enabled on CDN-only zones.
- Zone Holds
- Get Zone Hold by Zone Name
- Retrieve whether a given hostname is subject to a zone hold, and metadata about the hold. This endpoint checks whether the given hostname (or any of its ancestor domains) is blocked by an active zone hold. If a hold with `include_subdomains` is active on an ancestor domain, that hold is returned. This endpoint is used internally by SSL/COMS to check hold status during zone activation.
- Zone Holds
- Edit Zone
- Edits a zone. Only one zone property can be changed at a time.
- Zone
- Create zone environments
- Creates environments for a zone.
- Zone Environments
- Delete zone environment
- Deletes a zone environment by reference identifier.
- Zone Environments
- Partially update zone environments
- Applies partial updates to zone environments.
- Zone Environments
- List zone environments
- Lists configured environments for a zone.
- Zone Environments
- Roll back zone environment
- Rolls a zone environment back to its previous version.
- Zone Environments
- Upsert zone environments
- Replaces the full environment configuration for a zone.
- Zone Environments
- List Zones
- Lists, searches, sorts, and filters your zones. Listing zones across more than 500 accounts is currently not allowed.
- Zone
- List available zone datasets
- Returns all dataset types that this zone can create. Each entry includes the dataset schema and timestamp field. The schema shows all possible fields for a dataset. However, not all fields may be available for your account. When creating or updating a dataset, only fields available to your account can be enabled. If you request a field that is not available, you will receive an error.
- Log Explorer Datasets
- Create a zone dataset
- Create a new Log Explorer dataset for the zone. List available zone datasets to see the dataset types and fields you can use. The `fields` property is optional. If not specified, all available fields will be enabled. For dataset field definitions, see: https://developers.cloudflare.com/logs/logpush/logpush-job/datasets/
- Log Explorer Datasets
- Get a zone dataset
- Retrieve a single Log Explorer dataset by ID for the zone.
- Log Explorer Datasets
- List zone datasets
- Returns all Log Explorer datasets configured for the zone. List responses omit the `fields` property; use the single-dataset endpoint to retrieve field configuration.
- Log Explorer Datasets
- Update a zone dataset
- Updates the enabled state and/or field configuration of a zone dataset.
- Log Explorer Datasets
- Run a log query
- Run a SQL query against zone-level datasets. The SQL query is passed as the `query` query parameter. Because the query appears in the URL, it is subject to gateway and proxy URL-length limits and may be recorded in access logs. This endpoint is deprecated in favour of the POST variant which sends the query in the request body.
- Log Explorer Queries
- Run a log query
- Run a SQL query against zone-level datasets. Timestamp fields are RFC3339 strings. Filter with: WHERE {timestamp_field} >= now() - INTERVAL '30' DAY WHERE {timestamp_field} >= '2026-04-01T00:00:00Z' WHERE {timestamp_field} BETWEEN '2026-04-01T00:00:00Z' AND '2026-04-30T23:59:59Z' List configured zone datasets to see enabled zone-level datasets. List available zone datasets to inspect their schemas and timestamp fields. For more information about the datasets, and the meaning of each field, check out https://developers.cloudflare.com/logs/logpush/logpush-job/datasets/
- Log Explorer Queries
- Create Zone
- Creates a new zone (domain) in your Cloudflare account. The zone is created in a pending state and must be activated by updating your domain's nameservers to point to Cloudflare, or by completing the verification process for partial (CNAME) setups.
- Zone
Cloudflare integration, answered
- How do AI agents use Cloudflare through Open Connector?
- Your user connects Cloudflare once with one of its cataloged authentication methods. Open Connector stores the credential in an encrypted vault and exposes Cloudflare tools to your agent over MCP or a typed API, with credentials injected server-side on each call.
- Is this a Cloudflare MCP server?
- Yes. Open Connector can serve Cloudflare as a named MCP server with a scoped allowlist and a per-user connection URL, so any MCP client can call Cloudflare actions with credentials injected server-side.
- Where do Cloudflare credentials live?
- In your own infrastructure. Open Connector keeps credentials in its own vault and injects them at call time, so they never leave your environment.
Give your agents Cloudflare — keep the keys.
Open source, self-hostable, with Cloudflare credentials that never leave your infrastructure. Run it from source today.